Zweihorn

Transcription

Zweihorn

Zweihorn® Product Catalogue 2009
9 DS 01
Akzo Nobel Deco GmbH
Zweihorn Division
Düsseldorfer Straße 96-100 · 40721 Hilden
Postfach 10 05 22 · 40705 Hilden/DEUTSCHLAND
Phone: +49 (0) 21 03 / 77-800 · Fax: +49 (0) 21 03 / 77-475
www.zweihorn.com · E-Mail: [email protected]
Token fee 25 €
Product Catalogue
Preface
Dear user,
The brand Zweihorn® stands for quality and innovation in the field of professional refinement of wood surfaces, for
more than 90 years. By the treatment with our products your objects will receive a brilliant surface that brings the
vitality and natural beauty of wood to its full effect.
The catalogue will enable you to become familiar with the comprehensive Zweihorn® product range for wood
refinement and offers you to select the suitable products for your objects. In addition to the wide product range, the
catalogue offers a variety of reference objects for your inspiration and serves at the same time as a practical tool to
show you where Zweihorn® products are used and in what manner you achieved optimum results with them.
We invite you to rely on the quality of professionals!
Your Zweihorn®Team
Contents
Professional woodworkers have relied on us for more than 90 years. Our products for
refinement of wood surfaces set standards for handicraft trade.
The logical consequence: Zweihorn® is one of the leading producers of stains, glazes,
paints and varnishes for the decorative design of wood surfaces.
Surfacers and fillers are used to compensate for roughness in wood and are the
prerequisites for a proper lacquer paint coat.
Zweihorn® stains highlight the natural beauty of wood and compensate for tiny colour
imperfections in the wood. Zweihorn® wood glazes are effective especially against
weather influence.
Zweihorn® coloured paints offer countless chances to come to surprising effects
characterised by high covering power.
The range includes coloured paints both on water and solvent basis.
Clear varnishes not only serve for the protection of surfaces against miscellaneous
loads, but by the varying degrees of transparency they can also be used for the
creation of visual effects.
Zweihorn® Naturtrend products are produced of raw materials that are of natural
origin and generally of continued growth.
Surfaces treated by these products (oils, waxes) keep their natural charm and beauty
throughout years.
Zweihorn® also offers products for surface correction. The Correct System provides
correction and retouching of the original material, whereby discrepancies in colour
tone and degree of gloss are compensated.
For extraordinary applications our product range offers a variety of additional items,
such as care products, additives and accessories.
Zweihorn® hardeners and thinners are optimally tuned to the
Zweihorn® lacquering systems.
Glues and adhesives are inevitable in the carpenters and joiners trade for keeping
different materials together. Keimfix products stand for highest quality, which is
ensured by numerous certificates and technical know-how.
4
About us ...
Contacts
7 - 13
14
Surfacers and fillers
15 - 26
Stains and wood glazes
25 - 50
Coloured paints
51 - 62
Clear varnishes
63 - 104
Naturtrend
105 - 120
Correct
121 - 130
Special products
131 - 152
Hardeners and thinners
153 - 154
Keimfix
155 - 172
For pictograms and test standards refer to pages 173-175.
5
6
About us ...
Innovation, consultation and quality – these are the major milestones of our performance for many years already,
and have become traditional features, despite the changes of time, proving our continuing success of business.
The history of woodworking is never-ending. Since mankind is working with wood, they are continuously looking
for new possibilities of refinement. Wood has become an important design feature as a living element, simply a
piece of life.
Today the challenge by far exceeds the design of a merely fashionable scenery change: solutions are expected in
surface finishing to environmental and safety issues in processing methods.
We have had a major influence on this development and enhancement by our stains, paints, varnishes and glazes.
Since 1912, the year when the Zweihorn® brand was founded.
www.zweihorn.com
7
Innovation
Designing
wood,
saving time!
There are two approaches to develop a
product: either by research and trying
to bring the result on the market, or by
focussing on the users’ requirements,
solving their problems and finding
answers to problems still pending. We
have decided to follow the second
approach – based on decades of our
experience. For you as a joiner and
carpenter this practically means: Our
products and services were developed
to facilitate and aggravate your
operations.
For instance, we developed the first
MDF insulation filler, which saves a
complete step of operation. The
colour mixing system invented by us
reduces the waiting period for the
desired colour tone by as much as
several days. The list of our innovations that have facilitated working for
the refinement of wood surfaces could
be extended as desired. We recommend you to inform yourself directly at
your Zweihorn® dealer.
Innovation does not only mean new
but also better!
8
Our second focal point of product
development has been the overall
system. It is beyond doubt that
products tuned to each other improve
the overall result. Therefore,
Zweihorn® offers you a programme
that permits complex compositions
for instance, from the glue via the
stain right through to surface
protection by a transparent lacquer.
Or as an opaque system from the
surfacer via the primer to the coloured
surface. This enables you to purchase
high-quality products for your entire
working process from one source.
Consultation
Questions regarding the refinement of
wood surfaces may also arise outside
the official business hours. To give you
assistance and consultation whenever
you have problems, Zweihorn® have
developed ORAKEL with the interactive consultant.
ORAKEL includes useful working aids
right up to practical operation and setup instructions. Here you find effect
descriptions, advice for troubleshooting and refurbishing, colour and
text samples for your marketing
activities. ORAKEL provides you
important information like our
Technical Data Sheets, Material Safety
Data Sheets and the locations of our
dealers. You will find these also and
currently up-to-date in the internet on
www.zweihorn.com.
Additionally, our competent field force
will be at your disposal. Our technical
consultants, all of them from the
joiner’s trade, will give you advice and
support in all specific product issues.
You will find their telephone numbers
on our home page under the item
Dealers. Technical aid will be provided
by the telephone hotline of our
technical user service, just dial
+49 (0)2103-77482.
www.zweihorn.com
9
Consultation
Your business success will primarily
depend on two aspects:
1. Your expertise and skill
2. Your competence in customer
consultation
In the latter aspect, you will be supported efficiently by our Zweihorn®
Information and Service-System: ZISS!
The mobile consultation system
housed in a beautiful, sturdy
aluminium case permits you to delimit
and stand ahead of your competitors!
ZISS is individually adaptable and,
due to its concept, ideally suited for
customer advice. For instance, realwood samples will give you a good
impression what the end product may
look like. Your customer can touch the
sample, compare it with existing
furniture and make the correct
selection.
This will make his decision easier!
Small investment – huge profit, even for your image!
ZISS:
The Zweihorn® Information and
Service-System to convince your
customers. For more information,
ask your Zweihorn® expert dealer.
Hints and ideas for practical use:
➜ Product catalogue
For colour consultation:
➜ RAL sample cards
➜ Colourit sample cards
10
All-in-one: ZISS – Zweihorn® Information and Service System
Samples as an aid for decision:
➜ 73 real-wood samples, assorted by wood type
➜ Every panel with composition instruction
➜ Space for 7 own samples or new product
samples, which will be provided free of
charge after you have filled-in the
registration sheet.
(enclosed with every case!)
Give your customer the security
to make the correct decision.
For your notes and records:
➜ Writing folder
➜ Writing paper block A4
➜ Ball point pen
➜ Pencil
For your calculations:
➜ Folding ruler
➜ Pocket calculator
➜ Tape measure
www.zweihorn.com
11
Quality
More and more people attach importance to a pleasant room climate, i.e.
at atmosphere free from chemical
evaporation from furniture and other
decorating elements. For joiners and
carpenters, the challenge is to
combine high craftsmanship and
products of unobjectionable health
quality features.
For your practice, this means to use
only such products that are not
doubtful in terms of detrimental
load.
0736
09
For the protection of your health
In general, our products do not use,
where avoidable, any raw materials
that must be registered. You can
thus be ensured that the products
used by you will not jeopardize your
health if the specified protections are
maintained.
Especially hard and mar-resistant: Crystallit®
12
You will be successful in this attempt
by using Zweihorn® products,
because these have been awarded
the TÜV Toxproof Certificate from
TÜV Rhineland, a seal awarded to
lacquers that after curing do not emit
any toxic matter to the environment
air. You can certify this to your
customers by a TÜV seal, in case you
use wood materials of low toxic
emission. By the way, we were the
first in the market who subjected
themselves to this voluntary
examination.
Additionally, these lacquers meet the
strict guidelines for lacquering of
children toys and furniture and for
the use in the food segment. We
also sell systems that have been
tested for low flammability
according to DIN 4102 B1 and IMO
Resolution A.653. For interior
equipment in public buildings, marine
vessels, trains, pubs, shops and
similar objects these products will
help you to meet these requirements.
The ChemVOCFarbV Directive
In Germany, there is a new directive
for the reduction of solvent emissions
by certain paints and lacquers, the
ChemVOCFarbV.
We from Zweihorn® have dealt with
this issue at an early stage and now
are able to offer you customized
products for professional wood
refinement, which are compliant with
VOC. We will readily and individually
answer your questions about the new
directive.
ChemVOCFarbV does not apply to
general purposes. Only paints and
lacquers are concerned that are
applied to the coating of buildings,
their components or decorative
structural elements.
These include, e.g.:
➜ Windows
➜ Doors, frames
➜ Stairs
➜ Floors
➜ Wall covers
Not involved are mobile components like furniture, kitchens, fair
stands, etc.
Nor are interiors of camping vans,
caravans, marine vessels, railway
wagons, etc. involved because
these are no integral parts of
buildings.
In this catalogue we offer you a wide
range of products, which are
compliant with VOC and which can
thus be used for all objects.
Brief summary:
Until 2007 there have been legal
directives only for factories with a
solvent output of more than 5 tons
per annum (31. BImSchV).
However, from 2007 on the new
directive involves all other users of
paints and lacquers containing
solvents, who need them for
coating of buildings, components
and decorative building elements.
In normal case, these products are
water-based or made from natural
raw materials.
To make it easier for you, we have
marked these products by the "VOC
compliant" label.
compliant
The new directive is aimed at
limiting the content of volatile
organic substances, to minimize
the formation of ozone near the
earth .
Two temporal stages apply to the
introduction of this directive, the
first one started on 01-01-2007,
while the second stage with even
stricter limits starts on 01-012010. From 01-01-2007 on,
producers of lacquers and paints
may only produce products for the
above-mentioned objects tghat
meet the requirements of this
directive. The producers and
dealers are given a transition
period of 12 months. However,
you as a processor may still use
the products if you have bought
them before 01-01-2008.
www.zweihorn.com
13
Contacts
Zweihorn Division
Düsseldorfer Straße 96-100
40721 Hilden/DEUTSCHLAND
Phone: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 800
Fax: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 242
E-Mail: [email protected]
Internet: www.zweihorn.com
Sales Office Manager
Phone: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 398
Fax: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 242
Sales Office North
Phone: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 338
Fax: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 475
Sales Office Centre
Phone: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 423
Fax: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 475
Sales Office South
and Non-EU Countries
Phone: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 462
Fax: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 475
Sales Office Export EU
Phone: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 243
Fax: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 475
Engineering and Product Safety
Application Engineering
Phone: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 482
Fax: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 622
Product Safety
Phone: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 253
Fax: +49 (0) 21 03 - 77 475
14
Surfacers and fillers are used for the preparation of substrates. The surfacers are for compensating cavities, cracks
and/or other damages to the wood surface. Fillers are used to even out small imperfections of the substrate and to
cover the wood material priot to further colour coating.
Fillers may also be used as adhesion promoter between the wood substrate and the top coating.
www.zweihorn.com
15
System overview
Surfacers and fillers, solvent-based
Porenspachtel weiß
Synthetic resin surfacer for the filling
of wood pores, for opaque coating
compositions.
➜ S 7834; 0.5 kg
MR 10:1 with PUR-Härter 5085,
PUR-Verdünner S 9004 or S 9029
➜ S 7850; 3 kg, 10 kg, 25 kg
Wigranit® 2K-PUR-Füller weiß
liant Can be used on MDF even without
c-Comp
o
Wigranit®
Magnethaftfüller grau
High-build two-pack primer with ferromagnetic effect for the creation of
surfaces with magnetic adherence on
conventional wood and wood material.
MR 20:1 (weigth) or 10:1 (volume) with
PUR-Härter 5085
➜ WIG/MHF; 5 kg
Wigranit® Kombinationsfüller
For opaque coating compositions,
even on critical substrates.
barrier coat, for opaque coating compositions even on critical substrates;
but not suitable for damp locations.
➜ WIG/FILL; 3 kg, 10 kg, 25 kg
Also available as two-pack aerosol can
(400 ml). Ask your specialized
Zweihorn® dealer.
Wigranit® 2K-MDFIsolierfüller weiß
need for a barrier coat, also suitable
on aluminium, plastic, ceramics, iron
and steel.
MR 5:1 with PUR-Härter S 8888,
➜ WIG-IF; 4 kg, 10 kg, 25 kg
Also available as two-pack aerosol
can (400 ml). Ask your specialized
Zweihorn® dealer .
Tönpaste
Black
Tinting paste for Wigranit® Kombinationsfüller S 7850, Wigranit® 2K PURFüller WIG/FILL and Wigranit® 2Kt
plian MDF-Isolierfüller WIG/IF.
oc-Com
➜ S 9045; 1 kg
Insulating filler, specially for MDF, no
Surfacers and fillers, water-based
Wasserspachtel
NEW
WSP white
Water dilutable surfacer for the filling
of pores and for the repair of minor
defects.
➜ WSP; 0.4 kg
pliant
oc-Com
Duofill
2K-Isolierfüller weiß
Water dilutable two-pack surfacer with
insulting effect against humidity and
wood ingredients. Also suitable as
16
adhesion promoter on many common
synthetics. MR 10:1 with PURWasserlackhärter PWH 3200.
➜ DF; 4 kg, 25 kg
Supercryl Unofill
pliant
oc-Com
Water dilutable primer for wood and
wood material. For opaque lacquer
constructions, quickly drying and well
sandable.
➜ SUF; 3 l, 25 l
For all other product-specific information
please see the technical data sheets
contained in this brochure. Only the
current technical data sheet that can be
downloaded from www.zweihorn.com is
valid. The validity of previous technical
data sheets expires as soon as a new
version is published.
Technical Data Sheet
Porenspachtel weiß
S 7834
pliant
oc-Com
Product description
Solvent-based synthetic resin surfacer for filling the
cellular tubes of wood with opaque paint
constructions.
Range of application
For filling the pores of coarse-pored veneer.
Surfaces
All common wood and wood materials.
Preparation
The surface must be dry and free from dust and
grease.
Application
Porenspachtel weiß is applied with a stopping knife,
so that the pore is filled and only a few or no material is left on the wood. With larger objects, application must be made quickly width by width.
Application methods
Stopping knife, scraper or other suitable tools for
pasty material.
Drying time
(at 20 °C room temperature,
65 % relative humidity of air)
overnight
Drying time is influenced by the quantity applied and
the ambient temperature.
Product data
Batch size
Viscosity at delivery
DIN 4 mm
Shelf life in unopened
original batch
0.5 kg
pasty
approx. 1 year
For further information please see the Safety Data
Sheet according to 91/155/EWG, which you can find
on our website www.zweihorn.com or which you
can request from us.
Special notes
Always keep the container closed
and protect contents against drying.
www.zweihorn.com
17
Wigranit® Magnethaftfüller grau
WIG/MHF
PUR 5085
PUR 5085
20
10
pliant
4h
Product description
High-build two-pack primer with ferromagnetic
effect. Suitable for the preparation of magnetic coats
on conventional wood materials. The top coat can
then be individually prepared with Zweihorn®
products. Ideally suitable for offices, shops, hotels,
schools, kindergartens, or private environments, e.g.
in kitchens, corridors, studies and everywhere you
want to fix easily changeable information, drawings
or diagrams by means of magnets.
Wigranit® Magnethaftfüller WIG/MHF is excellently
suitable as primer coating on wooden materials
such as MDF and particle board with priming foil.
Due to its ferromagnetic properties, this product can
be used to prepare surfaces on which commercially
available magnets will adhere to. With Wigranit®
Magnethaftfüller WIG/MHF, components of every
shape and contour can be coated seamlessly.
Surfaces
With MDF boards for interior applications it is not
necessary to apply a barrier primer. Only in case
of wet-room applications Plastiklack S 7000 or
Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIG-IF must be applied before.
After drying, slightly sand with 220 to 240 grit paper.
The substrate can also be a Zweihorn® paint system
with solvent-based two-pack PUR products, which
must have been thoroughly sanded with 220 to 240
grit paper before.
Preparation
Sand and dust well.
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
PUR-Härter 5085
by weight 20:1
by volume 10:1
approx. 4 hours
at 20 °C, 65 % relative
humidity of air
Thinner
Not required.
If necessary, the following thinners can be used:
PUR-Verdünner S 9004 (normal drying)
PUR-Verdünner S 9029 (slow drying)
Application
Stir well before use.
Always ensure the proper mixing ratio (lacquer/hardener), see 'Hardening'. Due to its viscosity,
Wigranit® Magnethaftfüller WIG/MHF is ready to use
and must not be thinned. The product is applied
three times with a wet film thickness of approximately 250 µm each time. Between the applications
a drying time of at least 3 hours must be ensured.
After drying, each coat must be lightly smoothed. For
doing so, abrasive pads or sponges are sufficient.
18
1
oc-Com
1
We do not recommend too thoroughly sanding until
the surface is completely levelled, because too
much material would be removed and the
adherence of the magnets would be negatively
affected.
Application methods
Always keep a spraying distance of at least 25 cm.
Spraying
High/Low pressure
Spray pressure (bar)
1.5-3.0
Nozzle size (mm)
2.0-2.5
Thinner added (%)
–
Processing viscosity
approx. 25
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Wet film thickness
250
per application (µm)
Yield (m2/l)
3-4
Nozzle size and pressure values are guide numbers
only and must be compared with the information
given by the painting device manufacturer.
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 30 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1,5 h
sandable
approx. 3 h
Aftertreatment
System with solvent-based products:
After Wigranit® Magnethaftfüller WIG/MHF has been
applied three times, after drying overnight and slight
sanding with 240 grit paper, the classic colour paint
system can be prepared with Wigranit® fillers WIG-IF,
WIG/Fill or S 7850. After drying and thorough sanding, the colour coat can be applied with Wigranit®
Novacolor WNC/colour and then the final coat with
lightfast two-pack PUR varnishes such as Crystallit®
or Purolit can be applied. It is also possible, after
thorough fine sanding and careful dust removal,
to directly apply a coat of Wigranit® Novacolor
Hochglanz WNCH/colour. Please see the separate
Technical Data Sheets for these products.
System with water-based products:
After Wigranit® Magnethaftfüller WIG/MHF has been
applied three times, the minimum drying time is
8 hours. After slight sanding with 240 grit paper, the
classic colour paint system can be prepared with
Duofill 2K-Isolierfüller DF or Supercryl Unofill SUF.
After drying and thorough sanding, the colour coat
can be applied with Variocryl® Color VCC/colour,
which optionally can be coated with the waterdilutable varnish systems Variocryl® VC or DuocrylTop DC-T. Please see the separate Technical Data
Sheets for these products.
Product data
Batch size
Batch sizes PUR-Härter 5085
Viscosity at delivery DIN 4 mm
original batches
5 kg
0,5 l, 2,5 l, 12,5 l
approx. 25 sec.
approx. 2 years
VOC Directive
EU limit value for this product (cat. A/j):
550 g/l (2007) / 500 g/l (2010)
This product contains max.. 480 g/l VOC.
Special notes
The magnetic adhesion depends on the selected
coverage.
At least 3 paint films are required. See
'Application'.
The magnetic effect also depends on the used
magnets and on the materials to be fixed. (e.g.
size and weight of the paper).
In order to familiarize yourself with the magnetic
adhesion of different magnets, we strongly recommend to prepare a sample board.
The surface should be at least one week old
before it is used (before magnets are applied).
Never drag the magnet over the surface in order
to avoid scratches. Always lift the magnet and
place it again.
Do not process and dry the materials below 15°C.
Intermediate sanding should be carried out shortly
before further processing.
Wigranit® Kombinationsfüller
S 7850
PUR 5085
8h
10
1
Product description
Wigranit® Kombinationsfüller S 7850 is a solventbased, white pigmented, very well-filling combination filler with good adherence properties even on
critical surfaces.
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 10 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1 h
sandable
approx. 2 h
Wigranit® Kombinationsfüller S 7850 is only suitable
for the finishing of interior furniture surfaces.
Wigranit® Kombinationsfüller S 7850 can be used for
priming of wood and wood material, e.g. particle
board with primer foil, solid and veneer wood, MDF
(not for moisture-proof applications).
Surfaces
Hardboard and MDF boards in moisture-proof applications, as well as some woods rich in resin or other
ingredients (e.g. some pine, teak or Wenge types)
should first be insulated with Plastiklack S 7000.
For priming MDF in moisture-proof applications,
such as bathroom or kitchen etc., we recommend
using Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIG-IF.
Preparation
In case of raw wood surfaces, carry out wood sanding in several steps (120/150 or possibly 180 grit
paper) and dust well.
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
PUR-Härter 5085
10:1
approx. 8 hours
humidity of air
Thinner
Application
Aftertreatment
After a drying time of at least 2 hours and after
intermediate sanding, further processing can be
made with Wigranit® Novacolor Buntlack WNC/colour
or WNCH/colour. Pearlescent or metallic effect
coatings are also possible. Please see the particular
Technical Data Sheets for these products.
Product data
Batch sizes
Batch sizes
PUR-Härter 5085
Viscos. at delivery DIN 4 mm
original batches
3 kg, 10 kg, 25 kg
0,5 l, 2,5 l, 12,5 l
approx. 65 sec.
approx. 2 years
Special notes
Do not process and dry PUR varnishes under
15°C.
PUR hardeners are sensitive to moisture. Always
store in tightly sealed containers.
Pay attention to the Safety Instruction appearing
on the label whenever you handle PUR hardeners.
PUR hardeners should be stored under cool and
dry conditions for not longer than approx. one year
in the closed original batch.
Opened containers must be immediately closed
tightly.
Meets the following test standard:
Stir well before use!
EN 71-3 Free from soluble heavy metals
(CE approval)
Application methods
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
www.zweihorn.com
Spraying
High/Low
Airless/
pressure
Airmix
1,5-3,0
110-130
2,0-2,5
0,33-0,38
10-20
10-15
approx. 25
approx. 30
120-200
120-200
4-7
4-7
Please follow the relevant test certificates for our
products, which can be downloaded from our website "www.zweihorn.com" or requested from us.
19
Wigranit® 2K-PUR-Füller
WIG/FILL
PUR 5085
8h
10
1
Product description
Wigranit® 2K-PUR-Füller WIG/FILL is a solventbased, white pigmented, very well filling, easy-tosand two-pack filler, also on critical surfaces
Wigranit® 2K-PUR-Füller WIG/FILL is only suitable for
the finishing of interior furniture surfaces. Wigranit®
2K-PUR-Füller WIG/FILL can be used for the priming
of wood and wood material, e.g. particle board with
primer foil, solid and veneer wood, MDF (not in
moisture-proof applications).
Surfaces
should first be insulated with Plastiklack S 7000. For
priming MDF in moisture-proof applications, such as
bathroom or kitchen etc., we recommend using
Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIG-IF.
Preparation
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
Aftertreatment
After a drying time of 4-6 hours and after intermediate sanding, further process with Wigranit®
Novacolor Buntlack WNC/colour or WNCH/colour.
Pearlescent or metallic effect coatings are also possible. Please see the particular Technical Data
Sheets for these products.
Product data
Batch sizes
Batch sizes
PUR-Härter 5085
Viscosity at deliv. DIN 4 mm
original batches
3 kg, 10 kg, 25 kg
0,5 l, 2,5 l, 12,5 l
approx. 95 sec.
approx. 2 years
Special notes
PUR-Härter 5085
10:1
approx. 8 hours
humidity of air
Thinner
Application
Application methods
Spraying
Pouring
Airless/
High/
Airmix
Low
pressure
Spray press. (bar) 1,5-3,0 110-130 –
Nozzle size (mm) 2,0-2,5 0,33-0,38 –
Thinner added
10-20
0-10
0-10
(%)
Processing
approx.
35-40
30-35
viscosity
25
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
120-200 120-200 120-200
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
4-7
4-7
4-7
20
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 20 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1 h
sandable
approx. 2 h
15°C.
tightly.
Meets the following test standards:
(CE approval)
Flame resistant according to IMO
Resolution A 653. USCG approval
Requirements to the surfaces of kitchen
furniture according to DIN 68930 regarding the resistance under changing
climatic conditions
Wigranit® 2K-MDF-Isolierfüller
WIG-IF
pliant
8h
oc-Com
Product description
Aftertreatment
Wigranit® 2K-MDF-Isolierfüller WIG-IF is a solventbased, white pigmented, very well filling two-pack
insulation filler, which is well sandable after drying.
After a drying time of 4-6 hours and after intermediate sanding, further process with Wigranit®
Novacolor Buntlack WNC/colour or WNCH/colour.
Pearlescent or metallic effect coatings are also
possible. Please see the particular Technical Data
Sheets for these products. Intermediate sanding just
before further processing must be carried out!
Wigranit® 2K-MDF-Isolierfüller WIG-IF is suitable for
VOC complaint interior coating. Wigranit® 2K-MDFIsolierfüller WIG-IF is a two-pack filler for many
applications. It allows coating of MDF without the
need to apply a colourless, deeply penetrating
barrier coat before, so that one work cycle is saved.
It is also suitable as primer coat on critical substrates, e.g. aluminium, various plastic materials,
ceramics, iron and steel.
Product data
Batch sizes WIG-IF
Batch sizes
Härter S 8888
original batches
4 kg, 10 kg, 25 kg
0,8 l, 2 l, 5 l
approx. 65 sec.
approx. 2 years
Surfaces
MDF (also in moisture-proof applications, and other
wood materials. As adhesive primer: On aluminium,
various plastic materials, ceramics, iron and steel.
Preparation
paper) and dust well. When used as adhesive primer
coat, surfaces must be degreased before.
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
EU limit value for this product (cat. A/j):
550 g/l (2007) / 500 g/l (2010)
Special notes
PUR-Härter S 8888
by weight 5:1
by volume 4:1
approx. 8 hours at 20 °C,
65 % rel. humidity of air
Thinner
Application
Only apply in hardened condition! As adhesive
primer coat only spray once with approx. 25 % of
thinner.
Application methods
Spraying
Pouring
Airless/
High/
Airmix
Low
pressure
Spray press. (bar) 1,5-3,0 110-130 –
Nozzle size (mm) 2,0-2,5 0,33-0,38 –
Thinner added
10-20
10-20
0-10
(%)
Processing
approx. approx.
30-35
viscosity
25
25
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
200-250 200-250 200-250
application (g/m2)
2
Yield (m /l)
4-5
4-5
4-5
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 20 min.
touch-dry
approx. 2 h
sandable
approx. 6 h
www.zweihorn.com
VOC Directive
15°C.
tightly.
Intermediate sanding must be made and, in case
of a longer rest time (more than 24 hours), the
surface must be carefully sanded again.
(CE approval)
climatic conditions
Flame resistant according to DIN 4102/B1
in compositions with Wigranit® Novacolor
and Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Klarlack on B1tested particle boards, also veneered
PILF-Seal – Function tested by the Testing
Institute for Varnishes/Pains, Cologne
TÜV-Toxproof – The label for low-emission
paints
21
Tönpaste schwarz S 9045
Wasserspachtel WSP weiß
pliant
oc-Com
Tönpaste schwarz S 9045
Wasserspachtel WSP weiß
Product description
Tönpaste S 9045 is used for tinting the solventbased fillers WIG/FILL, S 7850 and WIG-IF. The consistency of these tinting pastes is so that they can
be mixed with these fillers without any problems.
When doing so, careful mixing (also by hand) is
required. The tinting pastes are very colourful, so
that a distinctive colour mixture can already be
noticed with the addition of very small amounts. The
addition quantity can be as much as 20%, without a
noticeable change in the characteristics of the
fillers. The tinting pastes must be well stirred before
use.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
Product description
Wasserspachtel WSP is a white water-dilutable
one-pack pore and surface filler.
For filling the pores of coarse-pored veneer and for
repairing defects prior to the varnishing with waterbased, pigmented Zweihorn® products.
Surfaces
1 kg
pasty
Preparation
approx. 2 years
The surface must be dry and free from dust and
grease.
Application
Wasserspachtel WSP is applied with a Japan putty
knife, so that the pore is filled and that only a few or
no material is left on the wood. With larger objects,
application must be made quickly width by width.
Application methods
Japan putty knife, scraper or other suitable tools for
pasty material.
Drying time
approx. 3-4 h
Drying time is influenced by the quantity applied and
the ambient temperature.
Aftertreatment
After sufficient drying, sanding can be made with
240-grit paper and water-based, pigmented
Zweihorn® products, e.g. Duofill DF, can be used for
further coating.
Product data
Batch size
Shelf life in unopened original batch
400 g
pasty
approx.
1 year
Special notes
Always keep the container closed and protect
contents against drying.
22
Duofill 2K-Isolierfüller
DF
pliant
6h
Product description
Thinner
Duofill 2K-Isolierfüller DF DF is a water-dilutable,
white pigmented two-pack filler with insulating
effect against humidity and wood contents. Duofill
2K- Isolierfüller DF is quickly drying and very well
sandable. The product is excellently suitable for
water-based surface construction.
Can be thinned with up to 10% of tap water, if
required. (After being mixed thoroughly with the
hardener.)
Duofill 2K-Isolierfüller DF is a filler for varied applications. It allows coating of MDF without the need to
apply a colourless, deeply penetrating barrier coat
before, so that one work cycle is saved.
Surfaces
MDF and other wood materials, also in moistureproof applications. Wood rich in resin and wood rich
in ingredients (e. g., pine, teak, oak or wenge) should
be insulated twice with Duofill 2K-Isolierfüller DF
and with appropriate intermediate sanding. Can also
be used as adhesion promoter for many common
metals and plastics.
Application
Only apply in hardened condition!
Application is made by spraying, see 'Application
methods'. After drying and intermediate sanding with
280/320 grit paper, further processing can be made
with Variocryl® Color VCC/colour. If the paint coat is
ground through during intermediate sanding, e.g.
when sanding strongly roughening surfaces such as
MDF, we recommend applying another coat of Duofill
2K-Isolierfüller DF. When used as adhesive primer
coat, spraying should be made once very thin. The
best processing conditions are as follows: approx.
15-25 °C (ambient temperature, paint material and
subject) and approx. 30 - 65% rel. humidity of air.
Application methods
Preparation
paper) and dust well. The finer the sanding, the less
the roughening. Do not grind through! However, if
grinding-through took place, we recommend applying Duofill 2K-Isolierfüller DF again. When the
product is used as adhesion promoter on plastics or
metals, the surfaces must be cleaned (degreased)
and slightly sanded before. Adherence must be
checked!
Hardening
PUR-Wasserlackhärter
PWH 3200
by weight 10:1
(10 % PWH 3200)
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener) by volume 100:15
(15 % PWH 3200)
Processing time
65 % relative humidity of air
Pot life
Hardener
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Spraying
High/Low
Airless/
pressure
Airmix
1,5-3,0
110-130
2,0-2,5
0,33-0,38
5-10
approx. 100 approx. 120
120-200
120-200
4-7
4-7
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 30 min.
touch-dry
approx. 2 h
sandable
approx. 5-6 h
The drying time strongly depends on application
quantity, temperature, air humidity and air movement. High application quantity and air humidity
negatively affect the drying process, higher
temperature and air movement will improve it.
Aftertreatment
Caution: hardener must be stirred in intensively and
immediately. The viscosity increases as a result of
the addition of hardener. Thinning with water, if
required, is made after the hardener has been added
and thoroughly mixed. For best results, varnishing
must be made within the processing time.
www.zweihorn.com
After a drying time of 5 - 6 hours, Duofill 2KIsolierfüller DF can be sanded and coated with
Variocryl® Color VCC/colour.
oc-Com
Product data
Batch sizes DF
Batch sizes
Härter PWH 3200
original batches
4 kg, 25 kg
0,5 l, 2,5 l
approx. 120 sec.
approx. 1 year
VOC Directive
EU limit value for this product (cat. A/d):
150 g/l (2007) / 130 g/l (2010)
Special notes
Only use working equipment made from nonrusting material.
Material is frost sensitive. Do not store and
transport under 5 °C.
After use, the working equipment must be
immediately cleaned with water and then with
Universalreiniger UR.
Duofill 2K-Isolierfüller DF adheres on many common metals and plastics. Due to the great number
of products being on the market, adhesion cannot
be guaranteed generally. For that reason, adhesion
on special surfaces must always be checked.
When changing from water varnish to solvent containing systems, thoroughly rinse the sprayguns
with water and afterwards with Universalreiniger
UR.
Always keep the containers closed. Protect contents against dehydration (skinning). If required,
remove the skin through filtration prior to the
application (e.g. through a nylon mesh).
Caution: The product must not be drained into the
sewage system.
(CE approval)
furniture according to DIN 68930
regarding the resistance under changing
climatic conditions
23
Supercryl Unofill
SUF
pliant
oc-Com
Product description
Application methods
Supercryl Unofill SUF 1K-Wasserfüller is an unscented, water-dilutable filler with white pigments for the
economic and environment-friendly interior use.
Supercryl Unofill SUF can be easily processed, is
quickly drying and excellently sandable. It is specially
suitable for the surface construction with Variocryl®
Color VCC/colour as one-pack variant.
Spraying
Pouring
Airless/
High/
Airmix
Low
pressure
Spray press. (bar) 1,5-3,0 110-130 –
Nozzle size (mm) 2,0-2,5 0,33-0,38 –
If necessary, up to 5 %
Thinner added (%)
of tap water
Processing
approx. approx. approx.
viscosity
55
55
55
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
120-200 120-200 120-200
application (g/m2)
2
Yield (m /l)
4-7
4-7
5-8
Supercryl Unofill SUF is suitable for the priming of
interior wood and furniture surfaces, especially
when the processing of conventional, solvent-based
products is restricted or undesirable.
Surfaces
All common wood and wood derivates are suitable.
must first be insulated with Duocryl 2K-PUR Wasser
Isoliergrund DC-I.
Preparation
paper) and dust well. The finer the sanding, the less
the roughening. Surfaces, which have been primed
with Duocryl 2K-PUR Wasser Isoliergrund DC-I
before, must be slightly smoothened (280/320-grit
paper). Do not grind through!
Thinner
Not required.
If necessary, up to 5 % of tap water can be added.
Application
Application is made by spraying or pouring, see
'Application methods'. After drying and intermediate
sanding with 240/280-grit paper, further processing
can be made with Variocryl® Color VCC/colour as
one-pack variant. If the paint coat is ground through
during the intermediate sanding, e.g. when sanding
strongly roughening surfaces such as MDF, we
recommend applying another coat of Variocryl®
Color VCC/colour. The best processing conditions are
as follows: approx. 15-25°C (ambient temperature,
paint material and subject) and approx. 30 - 65 %
relative humidity of air.
24
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 20 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1 h
sandable
approx. 2 h
quantity, temperature, air humidity and air blast.
High application quantity and air humidity negatively
affect the drying process, higher temperature and air
movement will improve it.
Aftertreatment
Supercryl Unofill SUF can be worked over at any
time with the same material and with Variocryl®
Color VCC/colour as one-pack variant.
Product data
Batch sizes
3 l, 25 l
Viscosity at delivery DIN 4 mm approx. 55 sec.
approx. 1 year
original batches
VOC Directive
150 g/l (2007) / 130 g/l (2010).
Special notes
Only use working equipment made from
non-rusting material.
The working equipment must be immediately
cleaned with water after use.
When changing from water varnish to solvent containing systems, thoroughly rinse the sprayguns with
water and afterwards with Universalreiniger UR.
Always keep the containers closed. Protect contents against dehydration (skinning). If required,
remove the skin through filtration prior to the
application (e.g. through a nylon mesh).
Caution: The product must not be drained into
the sewage system.
Stains
By wood stains, raw wood becomes darker, stronger by smaller or larger shades, more expressive, or
pastel-shaded or even coloured. The colour shade is effected either by soluble dyes or pigments.
These penetrate into the wood fibre or deposit on the wood surfaces. On the other hand, chemical additives
in the stain, reacting with the ingredients of the wood, may react and modify the wood in its colour shade.
What stains may effect:
➜ Emphasizing and enforcement of the original colour shade
➜ Emphasizing of the wood pores
➜ Emphasizing of the contrast in softwood
➜ Compensation and equalisation
➜ Hiding of wood discrepancies
www.zweihorn.com
25
System overview
Effect and properties of wood stains
By stains it is possible to vary the
wood surface in colour – while
preserving the natural structure and
feature of the wood. By different wood
stains you can come to the most
variable effects:
Some of them fully emphasize the
wood graining while others emphasize
the pores of the wood. There are
others that compensate minor
discolorations in the wood. Specific
stains let the hard annual rings penetrate so that a so-called “positive”
stain image appears. But apart from
this, there are stains that encourage
compensation and equalisation as
well as covering wood discrepancies.
Zweihorn® is using only pigments
meeting the state-of-the-art by their
lightfastness. The pigments are much
lightfaster than most wood types.
Decisive for a successful staining
treatment is the uniform absorption
capacity of the wood. Therefore, the
wood must be dry and sanded, it
must not show any pressure indentations; sanding dust, resin, glue
26
penetration and contaminations must
be eliminated carefully.
When selecting the stain, the user
makes up his mind which wood he
wants to stain and what effect he is
going to achieve. He will in any case
adapt to the natural character and the
original colour of the wood. Since
wood stains have a glazing effect, the
natural colour of the wood plays an
important part.
Zweihorn® Stain Mixing System
All Zweihorn® stains (except powder
stains) are measured by colorimetric
methods and permit a nearly unlimited
variety of colour tones. Nearly every
colour tone desired is possible, either if
The degree of brilliance of the coating
varnish has a great influence on the
appearance of the surface, too. The
stain tone depends on the absorption
capacity, the original colour tone and
the ingredients of the wood, as well as
on the wood sanding and the quantity
of the stain applied. Therefore, the
user should always make sure by a
stain sample that the result meets his
intentions.
specified by colour tone examples or by
individual patterns.
Colour ideas will become reality!
Make use of our colour competence for
your customer advice!
Water-based stains and colorants
Aquacreativbeize
Positiv-Wachsbeize
Spritz- und Pinselbeize
Water-based, transparent to nearly
opaque stain with a large colour range
of wood tones and colours, can be
easily processed with smooth
transition.
➜ ACB/colour; 750 ml (new: 1 l), 5 l
Colour shades acc. to PBF.
Water-based wax stain with positive
effect on softwood. Also suitable for
coarse-pore wood. Contains natural
wax. Causes a silky antique effect.
➜ PWX/colour 0,3 l, 2 l
➜ Colourless also 25 l
Water/alcohol-based stain with
a clear, brilliant effect and subtle
pore emphasis.
➜ S 9900/colour; 1 l, 5 l
Aquaholzbeize
Water-based pigment stain with
brilliant effect on hardwood. Slightly
emphasizes the pores of coarse-pore
wood.
➜ AHB/colour; 750 ml (new: 1 l), 5 l
Pulverbeizen
Water-soluble stain with intensive,
emphasizing colour effect; colour
intensity adjustable by the amount
of water added.
➜ OW/colour; Hobbyist's bag
➜ OW/colour; 200 g tin
Beizextrakt
Liquid concentrate for the tinting
of water-soluble stains.
➜ BXF/colour; 500 ml
BXF 1
BXF 5
BXF 8
BXF 10
BXF 13
BXF 14
BXF 16
BXF 20
Positiv-Fertigbeize
Water-based stain in many wood
colour shades, with positive effect on
softwood and levelling on hardwood.
➜ PBF/colour; 750 ml, 5 l
BXF 23
Alkali solution-based stain
Solvent-based stains
Antikgrundbeize
Colorkonzentrat
Kaligenbeize ORF 19945
Solvent-based stain with rustic effect
on coarse-pore wood, especially on
oak, ash, mahogany and walnut. Nonabrading and suitable for patinating
primed surfaces.
➜ S 9800/colour; 1 l, 5 l
➜ Colourless also 25 l 25 I
Liquid concentrate for the tinting
of stains and varnishes containing
solvents.
➜ CK/colour; 500 ml
Alkali solution-based stain, reacting
with the wood contents, causing the
effect “caustic oak”.
➜ ORF 19945; 750 ml (new: 1 l), 5 l
CK 1
CK 2
CK 3
CK 4
CK 5
CK 6
CK 7
CK 9
Wigranit® Novacolorbeize
Colour shades as desired.
Solvent-based, non-abrading,
pigmented stain with effective
colouring.
➜ WNCB/colour
please see the technical data sheets
current technical data sheet that can be
CK 11
www.zweihorn.com
27
Colour examples Aquacreativbeize ACB
28
ACB-RAL 1021
ACB/M-RAL 1021
ACB/H-RAL 1021
ACB/T-RAL 1021
ACB-RAL 3020
ACB/M-RAL 3020
ACB/H-RAL 3020
ACB/T-RAL 3020
ACB-RAL 5010
ACB/M-RAL 5010
ACB/H-RAL 5010
ACB/T-RAL 5010
ACB-RAL 6029
ACB/M-RAL 6029
ACB/H-RAL 6029
ACB/T-RAL 6029
ACB-RAL 8017
ACB/M-RAL 8017
ACB/H-RAL 8017
ACB/T-RAL 8017
ACB-RAL 8001
ACB/M-RAL 8001
ACB/H-RAL 8001
ACB/T-RAL 8001
ACB-RAL 9010
ACB/M-RAL 9010
ACB/H-RAL 9010
ACB/T-RAL 9010
Aquacreativbeize
ACB/colour
Product description
ACB/RAL 9010
Ash
Aquacreativbeize ACB/colour Farbton is a liquid,
pigmented, ready-to-use water-based stain. The
mixing system allows the creation of opaque to
transparent colours with equalising coloration, e.g.,
according to RAL.
Various stain appearances are obtained by different
application methods, e.g., coarse-pore wood: brush
application = rustic stain appearance with emphasized pores - spray application = unwetted pore.
Aquacreativbeize ACB can be used in interiors on
most wood types, such as beech, oak, ash, cherrywood, etc.
Preparation
ACB/RAL 9005
Ash
Carry out graduated sanding (120/150/possibly 180
grit paper) and carefully remove the sanding dust
from coarse-pore wood by brushing the pores with a
pore or fibre brush.
Brightening/shading
For brightening, Aquacreativbeize farblos ACB 200
can be used in any quantity. All ACB colours can be
mixed with each other.
ACB/RAL red
ACB/RAL blue
Ash
Ash
Application
Ash
Product data
Batch sizes
DIN 4 mm
Shelf life in
unopened original
batches
1 l, 5 l
approx. 12 sec.
approx. 1 year
Application with stain brush:
Special notes
Apply abundantly by means of a stain brush in the
sense of the wood grain. After a short penetration
time remove, at first transversally and then longitudinally. In the case of porous wood or of wood
having different absorptions (e.g., beech, cherrywood) apply by spraying. In any case carry out a test
beforehand, in order to check the hue and the
surface effect. Also suitable for large surfaces
because application is made with smooth transition.
Apply Aquacreativbeize so often dry with the spraygun, without removing or wiping off the surplus,
until the desired colour shade is obtained. For better
wetting of the indentation of brushed or sanded softwood spray in alternate directions (i.e. towards the
structure direction of the wood grain from both
sides) and remove excessive material with the
staining brush, first crosswise and then in
longitudinal direction.
Spraying
High/Low
pressure
Spray pressure (bar) 1.5-2.0
Nozzle size (mm)
0.8-1.3
Yield (m2/l)
7-12
www.zweihorn.com
All Zweihorn® varnishes are suitable, which can be
applied by spraying or pouring. In case of very
brightened pastel coloured and grey colours it is recommended to only use light-proof materials for
varnishing, such as varnish of the Crystallit® or
Diadur® series.
Coating with Naturtrend products, e.g. NHO, NPO,
NWL, NWO or NHW is also possible. However, in
these cases product-related colour deviations must
be taken into consideration.
For further information see the Safety Data Sheet
according to 91/155/EWG, which you can find on
our website www.zweihorn.com or which you can
request from us.
Application methods
Note:
Colour deviations are print related.
Sample staining /varnishing in a hidden
spot is strongly recommended. Stained
samples must be varnished prior to the
evaluation.
Coating
Shake or stir well before use!
Keep in motion during application, in order to avoid
colour differences.
Application with spraygun:
ACB/RAL yellow
Drying time
(at 20°C room temperature,
approx. 3-4 h
The drying time can be drastically shortened through
air movement and temperature increase.
Brushing
Aquacreativbeize is frost sensitive. Do not store or
transport below 5° C.
The final colour shade depends on the type and
the original colour of the wood, on the way of sanding, on the applied quantity of stain and on the
varnish material used. Always make a staining and
varnishing test!
Always varnish or paint stained surfaces.
Do not use working equipment which gets rusty.
Do not fill remainders of the used quantities back
into the original container.
Caution: Product must not be drained into the
sewage system!
If several individual batches are used, they should
be mixed together before you start with the work.
Free from heavy metals, such as lead, chrome,
mercury, cadmium. Free from heavy metals, such
as lead, chrome, mercury, cadmium. It also meets
the requirements of the EN 71 Edition November
2002, Chart 1 regarding the heavy metal contents.
It does not contain any toxic organic substances
such as PCP (pentachlorophenol), HCH (Lindan),
formaldehyde.
–
–
7-15
(CE approval)
The application quantity strongly depends on the
type of wood and the sanding procedure.
29
Summary of colours Aquaholzbeize AHB
AHB
Mahogany on mahogany
AHB
Light brown on beech
AHB Cherrywood light on cherrywood
AHB
Medium brown on beech
AHB
Cherrywood on cherrywood
AHB
Dark brown on beech
AHB
Chocolate-brown on maple
AHB
Chocolate-brown on beech
Note:
evaluation.
30
Aquaholzbeize
AHB/colour
Product description
Aquaholzbeize AHB is a water-based liquid pigment
stain, which is ready-to-use. Due to the use of up-todate and lightfast pigments it results in a clear,
brilliant effect on every type of hardwood. The pores
of wood with coarse pores will be slightly emphasized. Aquaholzbeize AHB distinguishes itself by easy
processing and all-purpose application. The stain can
be applied with a brush, a sponge or with the
spraygun.
Aquaholzbeize AHB can be applied on most hardwood for interior use, such as beech, maple, cherrywood, walnut, oak, ash, and mahogany. For staining
softwood we recommend the products PositivFertigbeize PBF and Positiv-Wachsbeize PWX.
Preparation
Sand the wood surface, finally with 180-grit paper.
With coarse-pore wood, carefully remove the
sanding dust by brushing the pores with a pore or
fibre brush.
Brightening/shading
For brightening, Aquacreativbeize farblos ACB 200
can be used in any quantity. All ACB colours can be
mixed with each other and can be tinted with
Beizextrakt BXF.
Application
Apply abundantly by means of a brush in the sense
of the wood grain. After a short penetration time
remove, at first transversally and then longitudinally.
In the case of porous wood or of wood having
different absorptions (e.g., beech, cherrywood) apply
by spraying.
Application with a sponge:
Evenly and richly apply in the direction of grain, then
squeeze the sponge and remove the surplus stain
with the sponge in the direction of grain.
Take care that not too much stain is applied. It is
better to spray several times "dry" than once too
wet.
Application methods
Spraying
High/Low
pressure
Nozzle size (mm)
0.8-1.3
Yield (m2/l)
7-12
Brushing
–
–
7-10
www.zweihorn.com
Drying time
approx. 3-4 h
Coating
Aquaholzbeize AHB can be overpainted with all
Zweihorn® varnishes. Water-based varnish should
not be applied with a roller or brush in order not to
blur the colour effect. Coating with Naturtrend
products, e.g. NHO, NWO, NPO, NWL or NHW is also
possible. However, in these cases product-related
colour deviations must be taken into consideration.
Product data
Batch sizes colourless
Batch sizes
Ready-mixed colours
original batches
5 l, 25 l
1 l, 5 l
approx. 10 sec.
approx. 1 year
request from us.
Special notes
In order to get the optimal staining appearance
on coarse-pore wood such as oak, ash, etc.,
Aquaholzbeize AHB should be distributed with a
cotton cloth.
Aquaholzbeize AHB is frost sensitive. Do not store
or transport below 5° C.
Do not use working equipment, which gets rusty.
the original colour of the wood, on the way of
sanding, on the applied quantity of stain and on
the varnish material used. Always make a staining
and varnishing test!
sewage system!
formaldehyde.
31
Summary of colours Positiv-Fertigbeize PBF
PBF 2302
Spruce/fir
PBF 2305
Spruce/fir
PBF 2310
Spruce/fir
PBF 2313
Spruce/fir
PBF 2314
Spruce/fir
PBF 2315
Spruce/fir
PBF 2318
Spruce/fir
PBF 2338
Spruce/fir
PBF 2350
Spruce/fir
PBF 2351
Spruce/fir
PBF 2352
Spruce/fir
PBF weiß
Spruce/fir
Note:
evaluation.
32
Positiv-Fertigbeize
PBF/colour
Product description
Aftertreatment
Liquid, ready-to-use stain on water basis with
distinctive positive staining effect on softwood.
After completed drying process remove the stain
remainders on softwood through brushings with a
not too hard stain smoothing brush. We recommend
using Bürste Nr.4 from our range of special
products.
Positiv-Fertigbeize PBF can be used for indoor
applications on all coarsely ground, sanded and
structure-brushed softwood such as spruce, fir, pine
etc. On hardwood, such as oak and ash, the positive
character is replaced by an excellent levelling
colouring.
Preparation
Coarsely sand softwood with 80 or 120 grit paper
and dust well as with sanded and structure-brushed
surfaces. Fine sanding of hardwood with 150/180
grit paper. Dust well (pore or fibre brush).
Brightening/shading
Positiv-Fertigbeize PBF/Farbton can be brightened
with PBF/2300 farblos. All shades can be mixed with
each other and can be tinted with Beizextrakt BXF
(water-soluble).
Application
Shake or stir well before use and keep in motion
during application!
Use a stain brush to apply the product richly in the
direction of the grain. Give it some time to absorb,
spread diagonally first, then longitudinally. When
processing solid softwood, we recommend wetting
the strongly absorbing cross-grained wood with
water, in order to avoid specking, immediately
before Positiv-Fertigbeize PBF is applied.
Apply Positiv-Fertigbeize PBF with the spraygun. For
better wetting of the indentation of brushed or
sanded softwood spray in alternate directions (i.e.
towards the structure direction of the wood grain
from both sides).
Application methods
Spraying
Brushing
High/Low
pressure
–
Nozzle size (mm)
0.8-1.3
–
2
Yield (m /l)
4-8
7-14
Drying time
approx. 4-6 h
Do not accelerate the development process through
heat and/or air movement.
www.zweihorn.com
Coating
On light stain tones excellent results can be obtained
trough double spray application with Crystallit® 2KPUR-Aufhelllack CL-A or Super Duroffix® Aufhelllack
SDF-A. However, these brightening varnishes can
lead to hazes on dark colours. Other Zweihorn®
priming and coating lacquers can also be used,
however, due to the different wetting behaviour a
possible colour change might be experienced.
Coating with Naturtrend products NWL, NHW, NPO,
NWO und NHO is also possible. However, product
related colour deviations must be taken into
consideration.
Product data
Batch sizes
Shelf life in
unopened original
batches
750 ml, 5 l, 25 l*
approx. 1 year
* only colourless
request from us.
Special notes
Positiv-Fertigbeize PBF is frost sensitive. Do not
store or transport below 5° C.
The final colour depends on the type of wood, on
the type and the original colour of the wood, on
the sanding procedure, on the application quantity
of the stain and on final polishing. Always make a
staining and varnishing test!
Wood extremely rich in resin must first be deresinified with Universalreiniger UR or saponified with
Zweihorn® Holzseife.
sewage system!
formaldehyde.
33
Summary of colours Positiv-Wachsbeize PWX
PWX 2302
Spruce/fir
PWX 2305
Spruce/fir
PWX 2310
Spruce/fir
PWX 2313
Spruce/fir
PWX 2314
Spruce/fir
PWX 2315
Spruce/fir
PWX 2318
Spruce/fir
PWX 2338
Spruce/fir
PWX 2350
Spruce/fir
PWX 2351
Spruce/fir
PWX 2352
Spruce/fir
PWX 2353
Spruce/fir
PWX white
34
Spruce/fir
Note:
evaluation.
Positiv-Wachsbeize
PWX/colour
Product description
Do not accelerate drying by heat.
Aftertreatment
Positiv-Wachsbeize PWX is suitable for the colour
design on softwood (spruce, fir, pine, etc.) and
causes a positive effect. Coarse-pore wood (oak,
ash, etc.) can also be treated very well. PositivWachsbeize PWX is suitable for indoor application
only. It should only be applied on surfaces, which are
not particularly strained, such as wall and ceiling
panellings, room dividers, etc.
After completed drying process, brush with a
smoothing brush towards the direction of the structure until a silky effect occurs. We recommend using
Bürste Nr.4 from our range of special products.
Preparation
Coarse sanding of softwood with 80 or 120 grit paper
and dust well as with sanded and structure-brushed
surfaces. Fine sanding of hardwood with 150/180 grit
paper. Dust well (pore or fibre brush).
Application
Shake or stir thoroughly before use!
Use a stain brush to apply the product richly in the
direction of the grain. Give it some time to absorb,
spread diagonally first, then longitudinally. When
processing solid softwood, we recommend wetting
the strongly absorbing cross-grained wood with
water, in order to avoid specking, immediately
before Positiv-Wachsbeize PWX is applied.
Apply Positiv-Wachsbeize PWX with a spraygun. For
better wetting of the indentation of brushed or
sanded softwood spray in alternate directions (i.e.
towards the structure direction of the wood grain
from both sides).
Application methods
Spraying
Brushing
High/Low
pressure
–
Nozzle size (mm)
0.8-1.3
–
Yield (m2/l)
4-8
7-14
www.zweihorn.com
Drying time
at least 6 h
Liquid, ready-to-use, wax stain on water basis with
equalising colour effect and unique silky antique
effect. Positiv-Wachsbeize PWX contains natural
wax.
Product data
Batch sizes
PWX farblos (concentrate)
Mixed colours
original batches
0.3 l, 2 l, 25 l*
as requested
approx. 1 year
* only colourless
request from us.
Special notes
Positiv-Wachsbeize PWX is frost sensitive. Do not
The final colour depends on the type of wood, on
the type and the original colour of the wood, on
the sanding procedure, on the application quantity
of the stain and on final polishing. Therefore you
should always do a trial staining!
Wood extremely rich in resin must first be deresinified with Universalreiniger UR or saponified with
Zweihorn® Holzseife.
Positiv-Wachsbeize PWX is not suitable for strained
surfaces like floors, chairs, tables, etc. For these
applications with a similar appearance we recommend using Positiv-Fertigbeize PBF/colour with a
final varnish coat. Please see the Technical Data
Sheet.
sewage system!
2002. Chart 1 regarding the heavy metal contents.
formaldehyde.
35
Summary of colours Pulverbeize OW
OW 101 =^ BB 101
Canary yellow
OW 102 =^ BB 102
Golden-orange
OW 103 =^ BB 103
Blue
OW 110 =^ BB 110
Oak, dark
OW 115 =^ BB 115
Deep black
OW 117 =^ BB 117
Mahogany, dark
OW 118 =^ BB 118
Signal red
OW 127 =^ BB 127
Silver grey
OW 161 =^ BB 161
Walnut, dark
OW 197 =^ BB 197
Green
Note:
evaluation.
36
Pulverbeize
OW/colour
Product description
Product data
Pulverbeize OW is a water-soluble wood stain in
powder form with an intensive, colour effect, which
emphasises the natural wood structure.
Batch sizes
Pulverbeize OW is universally applicable and can be
applied with the stain brush. It is suitable for indoor
applications on all common wood, such as maple,
cherrywood, beech, alder, oak, ash, mahogany and
bird's eye maple.
Preparation
Brightening/shading
For brightening, tap water in any quantity can e
used. All dissolved Pulverbeize OW/colour can be
mixed with each other and can be tinted with
Beizextrakt BXF.
Application
Dissolve Pulverbeize OW/colour in accordance with
the instructions on the package or label in the
corresponding quantity of hot tap water (approx.80
°C). Stir or shake Pulverbeize OW thoroughly! After
cooling, richly apply with the stain brush in the
direction of the wood structure. After a short penetration time distribute the stain, first transversally
and then longitudinally.
Application methods
Yield (m2/l)
Brushing
approx. 8
Drying time
approx. 4-6 h
Coating
Pulverbeize OW can be coated by spraying or
pouring with all Zweihorn® varnishes. Water-based
varnish should not be applied with a roller or brush
in order not to blur the colour effect. Coating with
Naturtrend products, e.g. NHO, NWO, NPO, NWL or
NHW is also possible. However, in these cases
product-related colour deviations must be taken into
consideration.
www.zweihorn.com
10 pcs. hobbyist's bag,
200 g tin
Shelf life when stored
in a dry place in an
unlimited
unopened original
batch
request from us.
Special notes
Dissolved Pulverbeize OW is frost sensitive. Do not
sewage system!
If several staining solutions are used, they should
be mixed with each other prior to the beginning of
the work.
Only dissolve the required quantity of Pulverbeize
OW because dissolve powder stain does not contain any means of preservation, i.e. the shelf-life is
limited.
Store Pulverbeize OW in a dry and frost-protected
place.
formaldehyde.
Mixing ratio Pulverbeize/water
Colour
Designation
Mixing ratio
OW 101
Canary yellow
10 g/l
OW 102
Golden-orange
15 g/l
OW 103
Blue
50 g/l
OW 110
Oak, dark
30 g/l
OW 115
Deep black
100 g/l
OW 117
Mahogany, dark
40 g/l
OW 118
Signal red
40 g/l
OW 127
Silver grey
10 g/l
OW 161
Walnut, dark
40 g/l
OW 197
Green
50 g/l
37
Staining results of Kaligenbeize ORF 19945
on various wood types
Colour examples
ORF 19945
on oak
ORF 19945
on alder
ORF 19945
on copper beech
ORF 19945
on Swiss pear tree
ORF 19945
on bird's eye maple
Note:
evaluation.
38
Kaligenbeize
ORF 19945
Product description
Coating
Liquid, ready to use, aqueous wood stain, which
reacts chemically with the contents of the wood.
Kaligenbeize ORF 19945 can be coated with all
Zweihorn® varnishes. Depending on the product,
the varnishes can be applied by spraying, brushing,
rolling, coil coating or pouring. Please see the
relevant Technical Data Sheet.
Coating with Naturtrend products, e.g., NHO, NWO,
NPO, NWL or NHW is also possible.
Kaligenbeize ORF 19945 can be used for indoor
applications on all types of wood. It is mainly used
on oak, due to the high proportion of contents, which
react with the stain and cause a rustic appearance.
Preparation
from coarse-pore wood by brushing the pores with
a pore or fibre brush.
Application
Richly apply Kaligenbeize ORF 19945 with a synthetic brush. After drying overnight, wash lavishly with
water and let it dry. Prior to further processing, the
dried surface is smoothened with 280-320 grit
paper.
Application methods
Brushing
Yield (m2/l)
approx. 8
Drying time
overnight
The drying time after washing with tap water is
approx. 24 hours. The water must be removed
completely from the surface. The drying time can be
shortened through air movement and temperature
increase.
www.zweihorn.com
Product data
Batch sizes
1 l, 5 l
approx. 2 years
original batches
request from us.
Special notes
Kaligenbeize is caustic! Protect your eyes!
Wear protective glasses! Avoid contact with
skin and clothes!
Always wear rubber gloves during work!
If you suffer a caustic burn nonetheless, rinse
with water immediately and consult a doctor!
Do not use metal containers or metal appliances!
Use synthetic brushes!
sewage system!
formaldehyde.
39
Summary of colours Spritz- und Pinselbeize S 9900
S 9900/4001
Oak
S 9900/4002
Oak
S 9900/4003
Oak
S 9900/4004
Oak
S 9900/4005
Oak
S 9900/4006
Oak
S 9900/4012
Walnut
S 9900/4020
Cherrywood
S 9900/4021
Cherrywood
S 9900/4022
Cherrywood
S 9900/4041
Mahogany
S 9900/4043
Mahogany
Basic colours
40
S 9900/1
S 9900/2
S 9900/3
S 9900/4
S 9900/5
S 9900/7
S 9900/8
Yellow
Orange
Red
Burgundy
Blue
Green
Medium brown Blackish brown
S 9900/9
S 9900/10
Black
S 9900/colour
Product description
Liquid, ready-to-use, water-alcohol stain with clear,
brilliant effect and subtle pore emphasis.
Spritz- und Pinselbeize S 9900 can be used
universally and can be applied by spraying or
with the stain brush.
It can be used for indoor applications on many types
of wood, e.g. maple, cherrywood, beech, alder, oak,
ash, mahogany and bird's eye maple.
Preparation
from coarse-pore wood by brushing the pores with
a pore or fibre brush.
Brightening/shading
For brightening, S 9900/4000 colourless can be
used in any quantity.
All Spritz- und Pinselbeize S 9900/colour can be
mixed with each other and can be tinted with the basic colours of Spritz- und Pinselbeize S 9900/1-10.
In addition, numerous other colours from other manufacturers and tailor-made colours are available
from your Zweihorn® dealer.
Application
Apply richly and evenly in the direction of the wood
grain, then distribute crosswise with the stain brush
and remove the material in the direction of the wood
grain. In the case of spongy wood or of wood with
varying absorption (e.g. cherrywood, beech), the
product must be applied by spraying.
Take care that not too much stain is applied. It is
better to spray several times "dry" than once too wet.
Application methods
Spraying
Brushing
High/Low
pressure
–
Nozzle size (mm)
0.8-1.3
–
Yield (m2/l)
7-12
7-10
Drying time
approx. 1-2 h
Coating
Spritz- und Pinselbeize S 9900 can be coated with
all Zweihorn® varnishes by spraying or pouring.
Water-based varnish should not be applied with a
roller or brush in order not to blur the colour effect.
Coating with Naturtrend products, e.g. NHO, NWO,
NPO, NWL or NHW is also possible. However, in
these cases product-related colour deviations must
be taken into consideration.
Product data
Batch sizes
original batches
1 l, 5 l, 25 l *
approx. 10 sec.
approx. 1 year
* only colourless
request from us.
Special notes
sewage system!
Clean the working equipment after use with water
and then with Universalreiniger UR.
formaldehyde.
Note:
evaluation.
www.zweihorn.com
41
Summary of colours Antikgrundbeize S 9800
S 9800/1952
Oak
S 9800/2058
Oak
S 9800/PM 43
Oak
S 9800/2668
Oak
S 9800/2772
Oak
S 9800/PM 45
Oak
S 9800/PM 44
Oak
S 9800/PM 46
Oak
S 9800/3832
Oak
S 9800/3787
Oak
S 9800/3330
Mahogany
S 9800/3035
Mahogany
Note:
evaluation.
42
Antikgrundbeize
S 9800/colour
Product description
Liquid, ready-to-use, solvent-containing, nonroughening rustic stain and patinating paint.
Due to the rustic, pore-emphasising stain appearance on wood with coarse pores, Antikgrundbeize S
9800 is suitable in particular for oak, ash, mahogany
and walnut. The material is also ideal for patinating
of primed surfaces.
Preparation
Patinating: The stained or natural wood is primed
with a Zweihorn® priming or multi-ply lacquer. After
drying of the primer, sand as fine as possible (e.g.
280 grit paper) and dust carefully.
Brightening/shading
For brightening, S 9800/2733 colourless can be
used in any quantity. All Antikgrundbeize S 9800/
colour can be mixed with each other and can be
tinted with Colorkonzentrat CK 01-12.
In addition, numerous other colours from other
manufacturers and tailor-made colours are available
from your Zweihorn® dealer.
Application
Staining:
Antikgrundbeize S 9800/colour can be applied richly
by spraying or brushing. Excessive material should
first be rubbed-on with a linen bale diagonally into
the pores and then be removed in the direction of
the structure.
Patinating:
Antikgrundbeize S 9800 is "misted" with the patinating spraygun onto the primed, sanded and dusted
surface. Cup gun: Work with high pressure and low
flow of material. Normally surfaces are patinated
from the outside to the inside.
Application methods
Spraying
Brushing
High/Low pressure
–
Nozzle size (mm)
0.8-1.3
–
Yield (m2/l)
6-8
7-12
www.zweihorn.com
Drying time
approx. 1-2 h
Coating
Antikgrundbeize S 9800 can be coated with all
Zweihorn® varnishes by spraying or pouring. Waterbased varnish can also be applied by rolling or
brushing. Coating with Naturtrend products, e.g.
NHO, NWO, NPO, NWL or NHW is also possible.
However, in these cases product-related colour
deviations must be taken into consideration.
Product data
Batch sizes
DIN 4 mm
Shelf life in
unopened original
batches
1 l, 5 l, 25 l*
approx. 10 sec.
approx. 2 years
* only colourless
request from us.
Special notes
When patinating make sure the finest misting
application is used. If necessary, add
Celluloselack-Verdünner 10063.
sewage system!
formaldehyde.
43
Summary of colours Wigranit® Novacolorbeize WNCB
Colour examples
acc. to RAL 5010
Ash
acc. to RAL 3002
Ash
acc. to RAL 7040
Ash
acc. to RAL 7012
Ash
acc. to RAL 3015
Ash
acc. to RAL 6018
Ash
acc. to RAL 3012
Ash
acc. to RAL 1018
Ash
acc. to RAL 6017
Oak
acc. to RAL 8023
Oak
Note:
evaluation.
44
WNCB/colour
Product description
Liquid, ready-to-use, pigmented stain with effective
colouration. Can be mixed in almost every colour
shade. Your Zweihorn® dealer can supply you with
more than 5000 colour shades (according to RAL,
Sikkens, NCS, etc.). Wigranit® Novacolorbeize WNCB
offers excellent light resistance.
Wigranit® Novacolorbeize WNCB can be used for
indoor applications on many types of wood. After
coating with a Zweihorn® varnish, it is sweat and
saliva proof in accordance with DIN 53160 and therefore also suitable for the colour design of wooden
children's toy.
Preparation
Brightening/shading
Wigranit® Novacolorbeize WNCB will be made by
your Zweihorn® dealer using recipe specifications.
Brightening with Antikgrundbeize colourless S
9800/2733 is possible.
Application
Shake or stir well before use.
Wigranit® Novacolorbeize WNCB can be applied by
spraying, with a brush or with a cluster of cloth. On
wood with coarse pores (such as oak, ash etc.), after
a short absorption time, first spread diagonally then
longitudinally and remove excess material. On wood
with fine pores (such as beech, alder, etc.), the stain
must be applied by spraying twice "dry" (not too
wet), without spreading or removing the excess!
Application methods
Spraying
High/Low
pressure
Spray pressure (bar) 1.5-3
Nozzle size (mm)
0.8-1.3
Yield (m2/l)
7-12
Brushing
–
–
7-15
www.zweihorn.com
Drying time
approx. 1 h
Coating
Coating should be made with lightfast Zweihorn®
varnishes, such as PUR varnishes of the Crystallit®
series. When doing so, the first primer coat must be
applied by spraying or pouring in order to avoid
smearing of the stain. Coating with Naturtrend products, e.g., NHO, NPO, NWO, NWL or NHW is also
possible. However, in these cases product-related
colour deviations must be taken into consideration.
Product data
Batch sizes
DIN 4 mm
Shelf life in
unopened original
batches
upon request
approx. 15 sec.
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
sewage system!
formaldehyde.
45
Stains
Water
Application on
wood types
Solvent
Alkali
solution
AHB
OW
ACB
PBF
PWX
S 9800
WNCB
S 9900
ORF 19945
Aquaholzbeize
Pulverbeize
Aquacreativbeize
PositivFertigbeize
PositivWachsbeize
Antikgrundbeize
Kaligenbeize
Brushing
Spraying
Brushing
Spraying
Maple
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
Birch
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
Pear tree
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
Beech
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
Oak
●
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
●
Alder
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
Ash
●
❍
●
❍
❍
●
●
❍
❍
●
●
❍
Spruce/fir
Chestnut
●
❍
3
❍
❍
Pine
3
Cherrywood
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
Cork
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
❍
Larch
3
●
1
●
1
❍
2
●
❍
●
1
●
1
●
❍
●
❍
❍
●
1
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
Limba
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
Macore
●
❍
●
❍
❍
●
1
●
1
❍
2
●
❍
❍
Mahogany
●
❍
●
❍
❍
●
1
●
1
❍
2
●
❍
❍
MDF
●
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
Walnut
●
❍
●
❍
❍
●
OSB
●
❍
●
❍
❍
●
Ramin
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
Elm
●
❍
●
❍
❍
Bird's eye maple
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍ = possible
❍
● = our recommendation
1 = emphasized pore
2 = flat pore
❍
❍
1
●
1
●
❍
●
2
❍
❍
Rosewood
46
Water-Alcohol
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
1
●
1
❍
❍
❍
2
●
❍
❍
●
●
3 = only full colours
www.zweihorn.com
System overview
Effect and properties of wood glazes
Wood exposed to weather needs a
much more efficient surface protection
than interior wood surfaces. It suffers
from sun radiation, from the cycle
between dry and humid periods, heat
and cold weather. In moist, unprotected wood, fungus will develop easily.
Sun dries out the wood, UV radiation
destroys the cellular system. The
cycle between dryness and humidity
causes wood to work a lot. It swells
and shrinks again, cracks develop.
Glazes have been developed to
protect wood against weather
influence and preserve its natural
beauty. These highly concentrated
coats react with oxygen to a very
strong but also elastic material, which
is intended to prevent humidity to
penetrate into the wood, infesting
it by fungus and being attacked by
UV radiation.
This is prevented by low-viscous wood
glazes, penetrating deeply into the
wood; pigments, bonding agents
deposit in the cell structure of the
wood.
The glaze is permeable to water
vapour, i.e. ventilating. Water as such
tends to drip off because the glaze
includes a water-repellent additive.
Very finely ground transparent
pigments protect the wood against
UV radiation and, at the same time,
emphasize the grain.
A difference is made between outdoor
and indoor glazes. Colourless glazes
are effective for indoor purposes only,
because they do not include any
pigments that protect wood from
UV radiation.
Holzlasur
Decorative, silk weather-resistant
protection for all common wood
types, lightfast long-term protection.
➜ HL 2000/colour; 750 ml, 2.5 l, 5 l
please see the Technical Data Sheets
current Technical Data Sheet that can be
www.zweihorn.com
47
Summary of colours Holzlasur 2000®
48
HL 2000/1 pale yellowish
Shade pine, fir, oak light
HL 2000/2 light-brown
Shade teak, kambala, afzelia
HL 2000/3 reddish brown
Shade mahogany, pear tree, redwood
HL 2000/4 brown
Shade walnut, rosewood
HL 2000/5 olive-brown
Shade pockwood, bog oak
HL 2000/6 dark brown
Shade walnut, dark
HL 2000/7 black
Shade ebony
HL 2000/8 green
Shade fir green
HL white
HL red
HL green
HL blue
Note:
Sample staining/varnishing in a hidden
evaluation.
Mixing examples Holzlasur 2000®
HL red / HL white
1:2
HL blue / HL white
2:1
HL green / HL white
2:1
HL red / HL 1
1:1
HL blue / HL green
2:1
HL green / HL 1
1:2
HL red / HL 3
2:1
HL blue / HL red
2:1
HL green / HL 5
2:1
HL red / HL 4
2:1
HL blue / HL red
1:1
HL green / HL blue
2:1
HL red / HL 8
2:1
HL blue / HL 5
1:2
HL 1 / HL 8
1:1
HL red / HL 8
1:1
HL blue / HL 4
1:1
HL green / HL 4
2:1
HL red / HL green
1:1
HL blue / HL 7
2:1
HL green / HL 6
1:2
www.zweihorn.com
49
Holzlasur 2000®
HL 2000/colour
Product description
Weather-resistant silk wood glaze on the basis of
special alkyd resin with high penetration power.
Excellent long-term protection by means of controlled
water vapour diffusion, very good lightfastness. Free
from pentachlorophenol (PCP) and lindan (HCH).
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 3 h
touch-dry
approx. 6 h
sandable
approx. 8-10 h
transportable
approx. 16 h
Holzlasur 2000®/colour is suitable for the
transparent, decorative wood protection for exterior
and interior furniture. Holzlasur 2000®/colourless
may only be used for interior applications since there
is no UV protection.
Surfaces
All common types of wood, e.g. oak, beech,
mahogany, teak, meranti, needle wood as well as
already treated, weathered wood.
Preparation
Product data
Batch sizes
depending on the colour
HL 2000/white
HL 2000/colour
original batches
750 ml, 2.5 l, 5 l
thixotrope
approx. 16 sec.
approx. 2 years
The surface must be as dry, clean and grease-free as
possible. Extremely greasy wood (e.g. some teak
types) must first be washed out and/or brushed out
with Universalreiniger UR. In case of old varnish
coats, check the adherence properties and sand, if
required.
according to 91/155/EWG, which you can find on our
website www.zweihorn.com or which you can
request from us.
Thinner
Special notes
Holzlasur 2000® is ready for immediate use. If required
and for the cleaning of the tools use white spirit.
Application
Apply Holzlasur 2000® with a soft flat brush, a roller
with short piles or a spraygun. After a drying time of
approximately 8-10 hours and intermediate sanding
(280-/320-grit paper) varnish a second time. Apply
the first layer on all sides before the installation. After
use, tightly close the container (put upside down for
a short time).
Application methods
Spraying
Roller
High /
Airless /
Airmix
Low pressure
Nozzle size
(mm)
Coverage
per
application
(µm2)
Yield
(m2/l)
50
Aftertreatment
After previous sanding and dust removal, Holzlasur
2000® can be worked over at any time with the
same material.
1.5-3.0
110-130 –
1.3-1.7
0.19-0.23 –
60-120
60-120
60-100
7-13
7-13
10-16
All Holzlasur 2000®/colours can be mixed with
each other.
Do not bring cleaning cloths or glaze remainders
that are soaked with Holzlasur 2000® in contact
with cellulose varnishes. (Dispose separately –
danger of self ignition)
EN 71-3 Free from soluble heavy metals;
suitable for children’s toys
Coloured paints
Coloured paints offer many possibilities for opaque coating and colour design of wood and wooden materials.
The colour metrics of Zweihorn® coloured-paint systems are stored and available in a variety of colour tones,
so that no requirements are left open. Further effects like pearlescent, metallic or water drops offer interesting
alternatives for creative surface design.
www.zweihorn.com
51
System overview
Coloured paints
Coloured paints, solvent-based
Wigranit® Novacolor
Hochglanz 2K-PUR-Buntlack
Very high-build two-pack paint with
extreme solids content for high-gloss
coating of all types of wood-based
material.
MR 2:1 with PUR-Härter 5085
Verdünner S 9004 or 9029
➜ WNCH/colour; 3 kg, 25 kg
2K-PUR-Buntlack
Flame resistant*, extremely stressable
coloured paint, also suitable for
coating vertical surfaces.
Verdünner S 9004 or S 9029
➜ WNC/colour; 3 kg, 10 kg, 25 kg
Also available as two-pack aerosol can
(400 ml). Ask your wholesaler.
2K-PUR-Effektlack
Flame resistant*, extremely stressable
coloured paint for special effects, also
suitable for coating vertical surfaces.
WNC/MB = metallic
WNC/PGB = pearlescent
WNC/Gold = gold
➜ WNC/MB; 3 kg, 20 kg
➜ WNC/PGB; 3 kg, 20 kg
➜ WNC/Gold; 3 kg
Ringfestkonzentrat
By adding 10 % of Ringfestkonzentrat
into Wigranit® Novacolor, a ringresistant surface is obtained.
➜ RK; 1 l
Turbohärter
Special hardener for Wigranit®
Novacolor, makes sure that the
paint is drying up to 30 % faster.
➜ TH; 2.5 l, 10 l
* in compositions with Wigranit®
Isolierfüller and Crystallit® coating
varnish
Coloured paints, water-based
pliant
pliant
Variocryl® Color
oc-Com
1K- und 2K-Wasser-Buntlack
Variocryl®
oc-Com
Color 2K-Effektlack
With 2K-PUR-Wasserlackhärter PWH
3200 for highest demands and flame
resistant. As one-pack paint for less
stressed surfaces.
➜ VCC/colour; 3 kg, 25 kg
High-quality, lightfast effect paint with
high sparkle finish.
➜ VCC/MB: 3 kg
➜ VCC/PGB; 3 kg
➜ VCC/Gold; 3 kg
For all other product-specific information please see the Technical Data Sheets
contained in this brochure. Only the current Technical Data Sheet that can be
downloaded from www.zweihorn.com is valid. The validity of previous Technical Data
Sheets expires as soon as a new version is published.
52
Coloured paint mixing system
All coloured paint systems are available in
almost every colour desired, e.g. according to RAL, NCS or to your own pattern.
Examples of effects
Marble effect
WNC/VCC
Natural sponge effekt
Template effect
WNC/VCC
Spot effect
Drop effect
WNC
Metallic
WNC/VCC
WNC
WNC/VCC
Texture effect
WNC/VCC
Mottling effect
WNC/VCC
Textile fibre effect
WNC/VCC
Stopping effect
WNC/VCC
Wipe effect
WNC
Jeans effect
WNC/VCC
Flow effect
WNC/VCC
Hammered effect
WNC
Gold
WNC/VCC
Leather texture effect
WNC/VCC
Comb effect
Pearlescent
WNC/VCC
Crackle finish effect
www.zweihorn.com
WNC
Nap effect
WNC/VCC
WNC
For the description of how to make
the effects, please see our website
„www.zweihorn.com“.
53
Summary of basic colours
Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/WNCH
WNC/colour
PUR 5085
2h
2
1
Product description
ochre
orange
High-quality, lightfast, well covering and quickly drying two pack coloured paint with high filling power.
Tested for flame resistance according to DIN 4102
B1, in compositions with Wigranit® Isolierfüller and
Crystallit® coating varnish. Also excellently suitable
for vertical surfaces. Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/colour allows complete MDF coating with one
product only. A perfect mixing system allows the
production of almost every colour shade desired,
e.g. according to RAL, Sikkens, NCS or to your own
pattern.
oxide red
yellow orange
Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/colour is only suitable
for the finishing of interior furniture surfaces. Very
versatile for highly stressed surfaces. Additional
effect coatings are also possible. Due to its good
insulating and filling properties it can be used as
primer or final coat on MDF boards.
Surfaces
red
yellow
All common wood and wood materials that must be
opaque varnished. Direct coating of iron, nonferrous
metal and plastic is also possible in many cases
(tests must be made before!). We recommend using
our Wigranit® Isolierfüller as primer. MDF can be
directly coated with Wigranit® Novacolor (also
suitable for moisture-proof applications like
bathroom or kitchen) or can be treated with
Wigranit® Isolierfüller before.
Preparation
green
black
burgundy
blue
For raw wood surfaces a graduated sanding must be
carried out (120/150/180 grit paper). Dust well. If requested, the following fillers can be used: Wigranit®
2K-PUR-Füller WIG/FILL, Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIG-IF
or Wigranit® Kombinationsfüller S 7850. All fillers
must be hardened with the corresponding hardeners. Priming of untreated MDF with Wigranit®
Novacolor WNC/colour is also possible. After
thorough drying an intermediate sanding with
280er/320er grit paper is necessary. Carefully
remove the sanding dust.
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
Hardening
Standard hardener
or special hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
R 9016
Note:
Colour deviations are print-related.
evaluation.
54
WNC/colour
silk
PUR-Härter 5085
Turbohärter TH
10:1
65 % re. humidity of air
When using Turbohärter TH with the same processing parameters, drying times which are up to
approx. 30 % faster can be obtained so that the
surfaces coated with Wigranit® Novacolor can be
used faster. The pot life does not change.
Thinner
Application
Classic composition:
For priming, harden Wigranit® 2K-PUR-Füller
WIG/FILL or Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIG-IF or
Kombinationsfüller S 7850 according to the
corresponding Technical Data Sheet. Harden
Wigranit® Novacolor (see ‘Hardening’) and mix it
with 10-20 % of Verdünner S 9004 or S 9029. Ring
resistance is obtained, if an additional colourless
coating is applied. Very suitable for this purpose are
the varnishes of the Crystallit® series with different
degrees of gloss (CL-7, 8, 9, 0 or CL-H). Take care
that processing is made in accordance with the
relevant Technical Data Sheets. After a drying time
of approx. 30 minutes, Wigranit® Novacolor (wet in
wet) can be applied without prior sanding. If only
later varnishing, e.g. overnight, is possible, then the
dried coloured paint surface must be fine-sanded
(360 grit paper).
Time-saving composition:
Harden Wigranit® Novacolor (see 'Hardening'), mix
with 10-20 % of PUR-Verdünner S 9004 or S 9029
and directly apply it as a primer for time-saving
compositions on common wood and wood material.
After recommended drying (see ‘Drying time’) and
recommended sanding (see ‘Preparation/Sanding’),
apply Wigranit® Novacolor of the same mixture
again. Ring resistance is obtained, if an additional
colourless coating is applied. Very suitable for this
purpose are the varnishes of the Crystallit® series
with different degrees of gloss (CL-7, 8, 9, 0 or CLH). Take care that processing is made in accordance
with the relevant Technical Data Sheets. After a
drying time of approx. 30 minutes, Wigranit®
Novacolor (wet in wet) can be applied without prior
sanding. If only later varnishing, e.g. overnight, is
possible, then the dried coloured paint surface must
be fine-sanded (360 grit paper).
Application methods
Spraying
Pouring
Airless/
High/
Airmix
Low
pressure
Spray press. (bar) 1.5-3.0 110-130 –
Nozzle size (mm) 1.6-2.0 0.23-0.28 –
Thinner to be
10-20
0-10
5-10
added (%)
Processing
approx.
approx. approx.
viscosity
18-22
35
30-35
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
120-150 120-150 100-120
application (g/m2)
2
Yield (m /l)
6-8
6-8
8-10
www.zweihorn.com
Drying time with PUR-Härter 5085
dust-dry
approx. 15 min.
touch-dry
approx. 45 min.
sandable
approx. 1 h
transportable
overnight
Dryng time is changed when Turbohärter TH is used
(see ‘Hardening’).
Aftertreatment
Wigranit® Novacolor/colour can be overpainted at
any time after prior sanding, using suitable two-pack
varnishes (e.g. from the Crystallit® series).
Product data
Batch sizes
R 9016, black
Yellow, yellow-orange, red,
ochre, blue, green
orange, burgundy
Oxide-red
PUR-Härter 5085
Turbohärter TH
Shelf life in unopened original
batches
Chemical exposure of furniture surfaces
according to DIN 68861/1B
DIN 53160 Part 1 and Part 2, Saliva
and sweat proof (CE approval)
(CE approval)
Flame resistant according to DIN 4102/B1.
on B1-tested particle boards, also veneered, as well as on B1-tested MDF, with
Wigranit® Isolierfüller IF, Wigranit®
Novacolor WNC/colour and coating varnish
Crystallit® CL/gloss level
3 kg, 10 kg, 25 kg
3 kg, 25 kg
20 kg
3 kg
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
2.5 l, 10 l
> 65 sec.
Approved for the consumer food
applications according to § 31, Chapter 1,
Regulations regarding consumer goods for
food contact application
TÜV-Toxproof – The label for low-emission
paints
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
Sufficient drying must be ensured if more than
two layers are applied.
Small colour shade deviations are possible.
Therefore, we recommend trial varnishing.
Turbohärter TH was developed only for the
application in Wigranit® Novacolor.
By adding 10% of Ringfestkonzentrat RK into
Wigranit® Novacolor, a ring-resistant colouredpaint surface is achieved. Ringfestkonzentrat RK
minimizes the surface damage caused by metal
abrasion, Any traces occurred may easily be removed e.g. by a moist cotton cloth. The use is recommendable primarily for light colour tones that
are not bound to be protected by a varnish coat.
climatic conditions
Flame resistant according to IMO
Resolution A 653. USCG approval
All test standards are valid for the application with
standard hardener PUR-Härter 5085. When using
Spezial Turbohärter TH, only the first three test
standards are applicable.
55
Wigranit® Novacolor Effektlack
WNC/PGB, MB, Gold
PUR 5085
8h
20
Product description
High-quality, lightfast two-pack PUR effect paint with
high sparkle finish.
WNC/PGB Wigranit® Novacolor Perlglanzbasislack
WNC/MB
Wigranit® Novacolor Metallicbasislack
WNC/GOLD Wigranit® Novacolor GOLD
Wigranit® Novacolor Effektlack can be processed
individually or tinted with Wigranit® Novacolor
WNC/colour. Thanks to this, many coloured effect
finishes can be realized. (WNC/GOLD cannot be
tinted.)
Tested for flame resistance according to DIN 4102
B1. in compositions with Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIGIF and coating varnish Crystallit®. Also outstandingly
suitable for vertical surfaces.
Wigranit® Novacolor Effektlack WNC/PGB, MB, GOLD
is only suitable for modern effect finishes on interior
furniture surfaces. For various applications on highly
stressed effect surfaces.
Surfaces
All common wood and wood materials, which shall
be opaquely painted. In many cases, direct coating
of iron, nonferrous metal and plastic material is also
possible (tests must be made before). We recommend using of Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIG-IF as
primer coat.
Preparation
carried out (120/150/180 grit paper). Dust well. If
necessary, the following fillers can be used: Wigranit®
2K-PUR-Füller WIG/FILL, Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIG-IF
or Wigranit® Kombinationsfüller S 7850. All fillers
must be hardened with the appropriate hardeners .
Hardening
Standard hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
PUR-Härter 5085
20:1
Thinner
Application
Metallic painting:
As primer coat, use Wigranit® 2K-PUR-Füller
WIG/FILL, Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIG-IF or Wigranit®
Kombinationsfüller S 7850 in accordance with the
respective Technical data sheet. Sanding through of
the primer coat must be avoided. If sanding through
took place, please repeat the coating with the same
filler in order to avoid colour variations.
Wigranit® Novacolor Effektlack WNC/PGB, MB can be
processed neatly or tinted with Wigranit® Novacolor
WNC. At least half of the mixture should be Wigranit®
56
1
Novacolor Effektlack WNC/PGB, MB, in order to
ensure sufficient effect finish. The metallic effect is
badly influenced by the addition of white pigment.
For that reason, the amount of white or pastel
shades should be as low as possible. Always make
a paint test and check the colour/effect. Wigranit®
Novacolor Effektlack GOLD WNC/GOLD is not
suitable for tinting and can only be processed neatly.
Harden the material (see 'Hardener') and mix it with
10-20% of Verdünner S 9004 or S 9029. Apply the
mixture crosswise and not too wet. Ring resistance
can be obtained by an additional colourless coating.
For that purpose, the varnishes of the Crystallit®
series with various degrees of gloss (CL-7, 8, 9, 0
or CL-H)are suitable. After a drying time of approx.
30 minutes up to a maximum of 8 hours, Wigranit®
Novacolor (wet in wet) should be overpainted
without sanding. Later overpainting, e.g. overnight,
is not recommended because the dried paint surface
need fine sanding (360-grit paper), which could
result in colour and brilliance variations.
Glitter effect:
As primer coat, use Wigranit® 2K-PUR-Füller
WIG/FILL, Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIG-IF or Wigranit®
Kombinationsfüller S 7850 in accordance with the
respective Technical Data Sheet. Harden, dilute and
apply Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/colour. See the
separate Technical Data Sheet for Wigranit®
Novacolor WNC/colour. High-quality final coats with
glitter effect can be made by adding 0.5 to 5 % of
into the lightfast two-pack PUR varnishes of the
Crystallit® and Diadur® series. The use in SupermattFinish SMF is also possible. For a brilliant, deepaction glitter effect we recommend the application in
Crystallit® Hochglanzlack CL-H. Wigranit® Novacolor
Effektlack can also be added to the product
Glasdesignlack in order to obtain various effects on
glass. Carefully read the Technical Data Sheet for
Glasdesignlack GDL prior to the applicatio.
Application methods
Spraying
High/Low pressure
1.5-3.0
Nozzle size (mm)
1.6-2.0
Thinner to be added (%) 10-20
approx. 18-22
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
120-150
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
6-8
Drying time with PUR-Härter 5085
dust-dry
approx. 15 min.
touch-dry
approx. 45 min.
sandable
approx. 1 h
transportable
overnight
Aftertreatment
can be worked over at any time with the same
material after prior sanding. As a general protection
and for smoothening the surface we recommend
overpainting with suitable two-pack varnishes (e.g.
from the Crystallit® series).
The varnish coat should be applied 30 minutes to
8 hours max. after the application of Wigranit®
Novacolor Effektlack WNC/PGB, MB, GOLD without
intermediate sanding.
Product data
Batch sizes
WNC/MB, WNC/PGB
WNC/Gold
3 kg, 20 kg
3 kg
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 60 sec.
WNC/MB WNC/PGB WNC/Gold approx. 40 sec.
approx. 2 years
original batches
request from us.
Special notes
Do not process and dry the materials below 15 °C.
Sufficient drying must be ensured if more than
two layers are applied.
Small colour shade deviations are possible.
Therefore, we recommend trial varnishing.
Do not process and dry PUR varnishes under 15 °C.
(CE approval)
Flame resistant according to DIN 4102/B1.
on B1-tested particle boards, also veneered, as well as on B1-tested MDF, im compositions with Wigranit® Isolierfüller IF,
Wigranit® Novacolor/colour and coating
varnish Crystallit®/gloss level
Wigranit® Novacolor Hochglanz
WNCH/colour
PUR 5085
8h
10
1
Product description
Thinner
Wigranit® Novacolor Hochglanz WNCH is a pigmented,
high-build, extremely solid-rich two-pack polyurethane paint for high-gloss coating of all types of
wooden material. Chemical resistance accoding to
DIN 68861. part 1. load group B, PVC resistant, outstandingly lightfast. A perfect mixing system allows
the production of almost every colour shade desired,
e.g. according to RAL, Sikkens, NCS or to your own
pattern.
PUR-Verdünner S 9029 (slow drying recommendation)
Wigranit® Novacolor Hochglanz WNCH/colour is only
suitable for finishing the surfaces of high-gloss
interior furniture. e.g., kitchen, bathroom, living room
and bedroom furniture.
Surfaces
All common wood and wood materials that must be
coated with opaque, high-gloss paint. With Wigranit®
Isolierfüller WIG-IF it is also possible to coat iron,
nonferrous metal and plastic material. MDF for
moisture-proof applications must be pretrated with
Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIG-IF.
Application
The surface must be sanded and dusted carefully.
The surface is decisive for the final appearance, the
gloss level and the elegance. The paint should be
applied in a thin coating in an environment, which is
as dust-free as possible. When the paint is beginning to dry, it is an absolute must to avoid any
incidence of dust. In order to improve the high-gloss
effect, after a thin coat has been applied (see
‘Application methods’) and after a drying time of
between 30 minutes and 2 hours, we recommend
applying another thin coat. If overpainting is done
overnight or at a later time, the entire surface must
be slightly sanded with 1200-grit paper and carefully dusted before the second paint coat is applied.
Application methods
Preparation
carried out (120/150/180 grit paper). Dust well.
Suitable fillers are: Wigranit® Kombinationsfüller S
7850. Wigranit® 2K-PUR-Füller WIG/FILL or Wigranit®
Isolierfüller WIG-IF. All fillers must be hardened with
the corresponding hardeners. After thorough drying,
intermediate sanding with 280er/320er grit paper is
necessary. Carefully remove the sanding dust.
Gloss levels
Product number
WNCH/colour
Gloss level
high-gloss
Measuring value acc.
>90
to DIN 67530 at 60°
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Spraying
Airless/
High/Low
Airmix
pressure
1.5-3.0
110-130
1.6-1.8
0.23-0.28
10-20
0-10
approx. 20-25 approx. 35
80-120
80-120
6-9
6-9
Drying time with PUR Härter 5085
dust-dry
approx. 30 min.
touch-dry
approx. 4 h
sandable
approx. 14 h
transportable
approx. 48 h
3 kg, 25 kg
3 kg
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 45 sec.
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
Decisive for a brilliant high-gloss effect is the
careful preparation of the surface and the freedom
from dust during application and curing of the
high-gloss paint.
Always sand and dust coatings with polyurethane
(PUR) materials shortly before further treatment in
order to ensure perfect bonding.
Always keep to the indicated coating thickness.
Drying or curing of the paint coat must not be
accelerated, neither by increasing the temperature
nor by adding Beschleuniger BS.
Do not process and dry PUR varnishes below
15°C.
PUR hardeners are affected by moisture. Always
store the hardener in tightly closed batches.
When using PUR hardeners always follow the
safety instructions on the label.
PUR hardener may be stored in unopened original
batches and at a cool and dry place for a
maximum of 1 year approx.
Aftertreatment
Flame resistant according to DIN
4102/B1. tested only in compositions
with Wigranit® Isolierfüller IF. Wigranit®
Isolierfüller IF, on B1-tested particle boards,
also veneered
After complete cure of approx. three days, the highgloss coat can be sanded with 1200-grit paper and
polished with Zweihorn® Hochglanz Schleifpaste HSP.
PUR-Härter 5085
2:1
Product data
Batch sizes
WNCH/white
WNCH/black, blue, burgundy,
yellow, green, ochre, orange,
oxide-red, red,
PUR-Härter 5085
batches
(CE approval)
www.zweihorn.com
57
Summary of basic colours
Variocryl® Color VCC
ochre
orange
oxide red
yellow
red
burgundy
green
blue
black
white
Note:
Colour deviations are print-related.
evaluation.
58
Variocryl® Color
VCC/colour
PWH 3200
pliant
4h
10
oc-Com
1
Product description
Thinner
Variocryl® Color VCC/colour is an innovative product of
the latest generation of water-based paints. It can either
be processed as one-pack or as two-pack product.
Variocryl® Color VCC/colour is very high-build, abrasion
resistant and allows the preparation of almost all colours
desired, such as RAL, Sikkens, NCS, etc. in the perfect
colour mixing system. By adding PUR-Wasserlackhärter
PWH 3200, the chemical resistance according to DIN
68861 is increased from 1C to 1B. In addition, hardness,
scratch resistance, PVC resistance and the resistance to
cream and grease is clearly improved so that a final clear
varnish coat is not required. The application of a clear
varnish coat with Variocryl® VC or Duocryl 2K-PUR TopKlarlack is generally possible and recommended for
highly demanding applications.
Up to 10 % of Variocryl® Optimizer VO or tap water.
Variocryl® Color VCC/colour is suitable for VOC-compliant painting of interior wood and wood-based material.
As one-pack product it is suitable for many normally
stressed paint applications in living rooms and
bedrooms. As two-pack product it is also suitable for
paint applications in wet-process rooms such as bathroom and kitchen as well as for applications, which
require higher chemical and mechanical resistance.
Surfaces
All common woods and wood materials. Hardboard and
MDF boards in wet cells, as well as some woods rich in
resin or other ingredients, such as pine, should first be
primed with Duofill 2K-Isolierfüller. Please see the
separate Technical Data Sheet.
Preparation
Carefully sand and dust the surfaces treated with
Duofill 2K-Isolierfüller. Boards with a primer foil or with
a smooth foil coating must be carefully sanded before
being painted with Variocryl® Color VCC/colour. For
obtaining optimum adherence and, optionally, good
paintability with Variocryl® VC or Duocryl 2K-PUR TopKlarlack, we recommend applying the hardened product.
Gloss levels
Product
number
Gloss level
Meas. value
acc. to DIN
67530. at 60°
VCC/colour
VCC/colour
+ 10 % PWH 3200
silk
silk
approx. 35
approx. 30
Hardening (with two-pack application)
PUR Wasserlackhärter
Hardener
PWH 3200
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener) 10:1
Pot life
Caution: The hardener must be intensively and immediately mixed with the product. When the hardener is
added, the viscosity is increased. After the hardener
has been added and thoroughly mixed, Variocryl®
Optimizer or tap water must added to adjust the
product to painting viscosity. To achieve the optimum
varnishing result, do not exceed the pot life.
Application
When changing the spraying equipment from solvent-based products to water-based paints, the spraying equipment must be first
flushed with Zweihorn® Universalreiniger UR and water.
Variocryl® Color VCC/colour can be processed unhardened
or hardened as multi-coat paint. For the improvement of
the mechanical and chemical resistance of the paint we
recommend processing of Variocryl® Color VCC/colour
hardened as two-pack variant or to apply a final coat with
a Zweihorn® two-pack water-based varnish after the
prescribed drying time. For thinning we recommend using
Variocryl® Optimizer tead of tap water. By doing so, the
surface elegance, especially in the area of edges and
profiles, is improved. Another advantage is that the drying
time of Variocryl® Color VCC/colour is shortened.
Processing conditions: 15-25 °C temperature and 30-65 %
relative humidity of air.
Product data
Batch sizes VCC
Blue, burgundy, yellow,
green,orange, ochre,
oxide-red, red, black
White, RAL9010
Härter PWH 3200
Variocryl® Optimizer
DIN 4 mm
original batches
3 kg
3 kg, 25 kg
0.5 l, 2.5 l
1l
60 - 90 sec.
depend. on colour
approx. 1 year
VOC directive
150 g/l (2007) / 130 g/l (2010).
The unhardened product contains max. 60 g/l VOC.
The hardened product contains max. 98 g/l VOC.
For further information see the Safety Data Sheet according
to 91/155/EWG, which you can find on our website
www.zweihorn.com or which you can request from us.
Application methods
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield incl.
overspray (m2/l)
Spraying
High/Low
Airless/
pressure
Airmix
1.5-3.0
110-130
1.6-1.8
0.23-0.28
5-10
0-10
approx. 30
approx. 50
100-120
100-120
6-7
6-7
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 40 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1 h
sandable
approx. 4 h
transportable
overnight
The drying time strongly depends on the quantity applied,
the temperature, air humidity and air movement. High
application quantity and air humidity has a negative effect
on the drying process. Higher temperature and air blast
has a positive effect. If all parameters such as layer thickness, drying temperature, air humidity, etc. are met, the
coated surfaces can be stacked after drying overnight (14
hours min.). In order to avoid blocking during stacking, we
recommend using PE foam foil as intermediate layer.
Aftertreatment
After the indicated drying time, Variocryl® Color VCC/colour
can be overvarnished with Zweihorn® water-based varnishes such as Duocryl 2K-PUR Top-Wasserklarlack DC-T
or Variocryl® Wasserklarlack VC. We recommend overvarnishing within 4 to 24 hours without intermediate sanding.
Overvarnishingg too early may cause surface failures.
If overvarnishing can only be done later, the painted
surfaces must be slightly sanded (400 grit paper) before
the varnish is applied. After sanding and dust removal, the
surface can be overvarnished with the same material at
any time.
Special notes
When changing from water-based varnish to solvent containing
systems thoroughly rinse the spraying equipment with water and
then with Universalreiniger UR.
As a hardened two-pack product, Variocryl® Color VCC/colour is
PVC resistant. Due to the huge number of plastic materials being
on the market, softening of the paint coat in case of permanent
contact can never be excluded. Take care not to use unsuitable
profile packings. Please follow the instructions of the profile
manufacturer.
In order to improve the resistance, Variocryl® Color VCC/colour
can be overvarnished with a Zweihorn® two-pack water-based
varnish, such as Duocryl 2K-PUR Top-Wasserklarlack DC-T or
Variocryl® Wasserklarlack VC.
When directly varnishing coated boards such as primer foils,
melamine resin coats or HPL with Variocryl® Color VCC/colour, we
recommend using the material as a two-pack variant after careful sanding of the surfaces in order to obtain optimum adherence.
Material is frost sensitive - do not store and transport under 5°C.
All processing parameters apply to normal conditions (20°C, 65%
relative humidity of air). Deviations may cause deterioration of the
results.
VCC/colour hardened with 10 % PWH 3200 as twopack product: Chemical exposure of furniture
surfaces according to DIN 68861/1B
VCC/colour unhardened as one-pack product:
Chemical exposure of furniture surfaces according
to DIN 68861/1C
(CE approval)
DIN 53160 Part 1 and Part 2, Saliva and
sweat proof (CE approval)
Flame resistant according to DIN 4102/B1 on B1-tested
particle boards, also veneered, in compositions with
Duofill Isolierfüller DF, Variocrylcolor VCC/colour hardened and as coating varnish VC/gloss level hardened
Requirements to the surfaces of kitchen furniture according to DIN 68930 regarding the resistance under
changing climatic conditions (only if hardened with
Duofill 2K-Isolierfüller DF)
www.zweihorn.com
59
Variocryl® Color Effektlack
VCC/MB, PGB, GOLD
pliant
4h
Product description
Variocryl® Color Effektlack VCC/MB, PGB, GOLD are highquality, lightfast two-pack PUR effect varnishes with high
sparkle finish. Variocryl® Effektlack can be processed
individually or tinted with Variocryl® Color. Thanks to this,
many coloured effect finishes can be realized.
®
Variocryl Color Effektlack VCC/MB, PGB, GOLD are
suitable for modern effect finishes on surfaces of
interior furniture. For various applications on highly
stressed effect surfaces.
Surfaces
All common woods and wood materials. Hardboard and
MDF boards in wet cells, as well as some woods rich in
resin or other ingredients, such as pine, should first be
primed with Duofill 2K-Isolierfüller. Please see the
separate Technical Data Shee.
Preparation
Carefully sand and dust the surfaces treated with Duofill
2K-Isolierfüller. Boards with a primer foil or with a
smooth foil coating must be carefully sanded before
being painted with Variocryl® Color Effektlack VCC/MB,
PGB or GOLD.
Hardening
Hardener
PUR-Wasserlack-Härter
PWH 3200
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
20 : 1
Pot life
Caution: The hardener must be intensively and
immediately mixed with the product. When the hardener is added, viscosity is increased. After the hardener
has been added and thoroughly mixed, Variocryl®
Optimizer or tap water must be added to adjust the
product to painting viscosity. To achieve the optimum
Thinner
Variocryl® Optimizer VO or tap water.
Application
When changing the spraying equipment from solventbased products to water-based paints, the spraying
equipment must be first flushed with Zweihorn®
Universalreiniger UR and water. Processing conditions:
15-25 °C temperature and 30-65 % relative humidity
of air.
Metallic painting: As a primer, Duofill DF must be applied in accordance with the Technical Data Sheet.
Sanding through of the primer coat must be avoided. If
sanding through took place, please repeat the coating
with the same filler in order to avoid colour variations.
Variocryl® Color Effektlack VCC/MB, PGB, GOLD can be
processed neatly or tinted with Variocryl® Color. At least
half of the mixture should be Variocryl® Color Effektlack
VCC/MB, PGB, GOLD, in order to ensure sufficient effect
finish. The metallic effect is badly influenced by the
addition of white pigment. For that reason, the amount
of white or pastel shades should be as low as possible.
Always make a paint test and check the colour/effect.
Variocryl® Color Effektlack VCC/MB, PGB, GOLD as well
60
oc-Com
as mixtures with Variocryl® Color must be processed as
hardened two-pack material (see ‘Hardening’). For
thinning we recommend using Variocryl® Optimizer
instead of tap water. By doing so, the surface elegance,
especially in the area of edges and profiles, is improved. Also the drying time of Variocryl® Color Effektlack
VCC/MB, PGB, GOLD is shortened. Apply the mixture
crosswise and not too wet. Additional surface protection and smoothness as well as improved mechanical
and chemical resistance properties are obtained by an
additional colourless coat. For that purpose, varnishes
of the Variocryl® or Duocryl-Top series with different
degrees of gloss are best suitable (VC 8, 9, 0 or DC-T 8,
9, 0). Please see the separate Technical Data Sheets.
Glitter effect: As a primer, Duofill DF must be applied
in accordance with the Technical Data Sheet. Apply
Variocryl® Color VCC/colour. See the separate Technical
Data Sheet for Variocryl® Color VCC/colour. High-quality
final coats with glitter effect can be realized by adding
0.5 to 5 % of Variocryl® Color Effektlack VCC/MB, PGB,
GOLD into lightfast, water-based varnishes like
Variocryl® VC or Duocryl Top DC-T.
3 kg
0.5 l, 2.5 l
60 - 100
sec.
approx. 1
year
VOC directive
EU limit value for this product (cat. A/e):
150 g/l (2007) / 130 g/l (2010).
This product contains max. 103 g/l VOC.
request from us.
Special notes
Application methods
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Product data
Batch sizes
Variocryl®
Color Metallicbasislack VCC/MB
Color Perlglanz VCC/PGB
Color Gold VCC/GOLD
PWH 3200
VCC/MB, PGB, GOLD
batches
Spraying
High/Low
Airless/
pressure
Airmix
1.5-3.0
110-130
1.6-1.8
0.23-0.28
5-10
0-10
approx. 30
approx. 50
100-120
100-120
6-7
6-7
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 40 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1 h
sandable
approx. 4 h
transportable
overnight
The drying time strongly depends on the quantity
applied, the temperature, air humidity and air movement.
High application quantity and air humidity has a negative
effect on the drying process. Higher temperature and air
blast has a positive effect. If all parameters such as layer
thickness, drying temperature, air humidity, etc. are met,
the coated surfaces can be stacked after drying overnight (14 hours min.). In order to avoid blocking during
stacking, we recommend using PE foam foil as
intermediate layer.
Aftertreatment
After the indicated drying time, Variocryl® Color Effektlack
VCC/MB, PGB, GOLD should be overvarnished with
Zweihorn® water-based varnishes such as Duocryl 2KPUR Top-Wasserklarlack DC-T or Variocryl®
Wasserklarlack VC. We recommend overvarnishing
within 4 to 24 hours without intermediate sanding.
Overvarnishing too early may cause surface failures. If
overvarnishing can only be done later, the special effect
paint surfaces must be slightly sanded (400 grit paper)
before the paint is applied. After sanding and dust
removal, the surface can be overvarnished with the
same material at any time.
After use, immediately clean the working
equipment with water.
When changing from water-based varnish to
solvent containing systems thoroughly rinse the
spraying equipment with water and then with
Variocryl® Color Effektlack VCC/MB, PGB, GOLD
must be processed in hardened condition.
In order to improve the surface properties
(smoothness and loading), Variocryl® Color
Effektlack VCC/MB, PGB, GOLD should be overvarnished with a water-based, two-pack Zweihorn®
two-pack varnish such as 2K-PUR TopWasserklarlack DC-T or Variocryl® Wasserklarlack
VC.
When directly varnishing coated boards such
as primer foils, melamine resin coats or HPL
Variocryl® Color Effektlack VCC/MB, PGB, GOLD,
careful sanding of the foils is required before.
Do not process under 15 °C.
Material is frost sensitive - do not store and
All processing parameters apply to normal
conditions (20°C, 65% relative humidity of air).
Deviations may cause deterioration of the results.
Always keep the containers closed; protect the
contents against drying-out.
the sewage system.
(CE approval)
Solvent-based
paint systems
Wood, wood
material
MDF
Surface
Wood material
Metal, nonferrous
metal, plastics *
Glass **
e.g. hard PVC
Living
spaces
Moisture-proof applications
normal
classical
Preparation
modern
graduated sanding
or surfacing
sand and dust
Insulation
(no moistureproof
applications)
flame resistant
rational
degrease and
clean
degrease and
excellently clean
with Spezial Adhäsionsreiniger SAR
S 7000
Filler
Coloured paint
Varnish
WIG-FILL
WIG-FILL
or S 7850
IF
WNC
WIG-FILL
or S 7850
IF
IF diluted
WNC /
WNCH *****
WNC /
WNCH ****
WNC /
WNCH ****
WNC /
WNCH ***
WNC /
WNCH ****
WNC /
WNCH ****
WNC /
WNCH ****
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
CL
GDL
Water-based
paint systems
Surface
MDF
Preparation
Wood material
normal
Flame resistant
graduated sanding
or surfacing
sand and dust
Wood rich in resin and wood rich in ingredients (e.g. some pine, teak or wenge types)
must first be insulated with Duocryl Isoliergrund DC-I
Insulation
Filler
Duofill
Coloured paint
Duofill
Variocryl® Color ****
Variocryl® ****
Variocryl® ****
Variocryl® ****
Varnish
WNC
Wood, wood material
= Wigranit® Novacolor
WNCH = Wigranit® Novacolor Hochglanz
CL
= Crystallit® 2K-Klarlack
S 7850 = Kombinationsfüller
IF
= Wigranit® 2K-MDF-Isolierfüller
GDL
= Spezial Glasdesignlack only in connection with SAR
*
**
***
Adherence on metal, nonferrous metal and plastic, e.g. hard PVC must be tested for suitability in each case.
Test painting must be made due to the multitude of different glass types.
Best ring resistance and surface protection is obtained by varnishing with Crystallit® varnish
or, often sufficient by adding Ringfestkonzentrat in accordance with the Technical Data Sheet to every second layer.
**** Depending on the level of stress.
***** Never apply a colourless coat on Wigranit® Novacolor Hochglanz.
www.zweihorn.com
61
Further object references of the range of Zweihorn® paints
62
Clear varnishes
Varnishes protect the wood optimally against external effects and damage, so that the surfaces become more
resistant and durable. However, varnishes are not intended just to protect a wood surface, but to decorate and give
it a pleasant appearance. They are quite versatile in their applications: purely achromatic varnish structures are
possible, but also the application as stained and paint coated surfaces.
We recommend that you choose the ideal varnish for each application. It is essential what claims and requirements
exist on protection, stress and design (degree of gloss, open pores or closed pores). At the same time, the choice is
linked to the technologies and techniques available, any restrictions that may exist (ChemVOCFarbeV, test
standards) and, last but not least, economical interests. Zweihorn® holds available the right product for all claims by
carpenters and joiners, out of the extensive programme of varnishes.
www.zweihorn.com
63
System overview
Solvent-based varnishes
In this group there is a spectrum of
one-pack and two-pack varnishes for
standard to elevated requirements,
right up to extreme loads. Since some
time, there has been an increased
trend towards two-pack varnishes.
The very good resistance and the
consequent longer durability of
loading are certainly the reasons for
this. This gives us the confidence to
be on the right way to the high value
of the final product.
Superduroffix®
Purolit
Crystallit®
High-build, PVC-resistant, quickly drying, formaldehyde-free one-pack varnish for normal stress with good lightfastness. Thinner 10063 or S 9029.
SDF 0 matt
SDF 9 silk-lustre
SDF 8 silk
SDF-H High-gloss varnish
SDF-A Brightening varnish
SDF-F Surfacing primer
➜ SDF 0, 9, 8, -H; 1 I, 5 I,
25 I, Aerosol can 400 ml
➜ SDF-A; 5 I, 25 l
➜ SDF-F; 1 I, 5 I, 25 I
Two-pack PUR varnish for normal
stress. Good chemical resistance,
scratch-resistant, PVC-resistant,
extremely lightfast, flame resistant.
Verdünner S 8003 or S 9029.
PL 0 matt
PL 9 silk-lustre
PL 8 silk
➜ PL 0, 9, 8; 20 I
PVC-resistant, extremely lightfast,
flame resistant two-pack PUR varnish
for greater stress.
Caution! CL-H = 2:1, CL-A = 20:1
CL 0 matt, CL 9 silk-lustre,
CL 8 silk, CL 7 glossy, CL-H Highgloss varnish, CL-A Brightening varnish, CL-F Surfacing primer
➜ CL 0, 9, 8, 7, -F; 5 I, 20 I*
➜ CL-A, -H; 5 l, 25 l
*Also available as two-pack aerosol
can (400 ml). Ask your spezialized
Zweihorn® dealer.
Durolit
High-quality one-pack varnish in twopack quality with regard to hardness,
scratch resistance and chemical resistance, with integrated light stabilizer
for the wood. Thinner 10063 or S
9029. Do not harden!
DL 9 silk-lustre
DL-F Surfacing primer
➜ DL 9, -F; 5 I, 25 I
Unolit
Scratch resistant, PVC-resistant,
flame resistant one-pack PUR varnish
with integrated hardener for high
demands, good chemical resistance,
lightfast with some restrictions.
Thinner S 9004 or S 9029.
UL 9 silk-lustre
UL 8 silk
➜ UL 9, 8; 1 I, 2,5 I, 5 I
64
Purolit Top
Two-pack PUR varnish for greater stress;
very good high-build characteristics and
scratch-resistance, extremely lightfast,
for roller application.
PL-T 9 silk-lustre
PL-T 8 silk
➜ PL-T 9, 8; 20 I
Medipur
Solvent-based two-pack PUR varnish
with bactericidal effect due to up-todate nano technology.
MP 0 matt
MP 9 silk-lustre
MP 8 silk
MP 7 glossy
➜ MP 0, 9, 8, 7; 5 I, 20 I
Crystallit® Top
Especially high-build two-pack PUR
varnish for mechanically highly stressed surfaces. Outstanding chemical
and scratch resistance and extremely
lightfast for roller and brush application.
CL-T 9 silk-lustre
CL-T 8 silk
➜ CL-T 9, 8; 5 I, 20 I
Diadur®
Extremely high-build, PVC-resistant,
extremely lightfast, flame resistant
two-pack PUR varnish for higher
demands with outstanding chemical
resistance. DD-F is very well sandable. MV 5:1 with PUR-Härter 5085,
DD 9 silk-lustre
DD 8 silk
DD-F Surfacing primer
➜ DD 9, 8, -F; 5 I, 25 I
Duritan®
pliant
oc-Com
Extremely solid-rich three-pack High
Solid varnish for all objects with
higher demands. Ultra-fast drying and
curing by means of light. Extreme
hardness and chemical resistance,
outstanding sparkle finish, transparency and emphasis of the substrate.
Extremely lightfast and flame resistant. Enormous savings with varnish
consumption and work involved.
DT-PS Porenspachtel
MR 1:1 Component A and B
➜ DT-PS; 300 g
DT-F Füllgrund
MR 100:100:2 with Duritan® PUR-Härter DH1 and Duritan® Aktivator DA2.
Verdünner S 9004.
➜ DT-F; 5 l
DT-HG Hochglanzlack
MR 100:100:2 with Duritan® PUR-
Plastiklack Isolierlack
Härter DH1 and Duritan® Aktivator
DA2. Verdünner S 9004.
➜ DT-HG; 5 l
DT-TM Tiefmatt
MR 100:50:4 with Duritan® PURHärter DH1 and Duritan® Aktivator
DA2. Verdünner S 9004.
➜ DT-TM; 5 l
DH1 PUR-Härter
➜ DH1, 5 l
DA2 Aktivator
➜ DA2; 125 ml
For the insulation of wood rich in contents (exotic wood, teak, wenge, etc.)
or wood rich in resin and MDF. As
primer and coating varnish with very
good chemical resistance and scratch
resistance. Lightfast with some
restrictions. MR 2:1 with Härter
S 7777, Verdünner S 9004 or S 9029
S 7000 glossy.
➜ S 7000; 1 I, 5 I, 25 I
Colourit
Equalizing, transparent, coloured twopack PUR varnish for the coloured
design of wood material without
previous staining and for the
renovation of furniture surfaces.
COL 0/colour matt
COL 9/colour silk-lustre
COL 8/colour silk
COL 7/colour glossy
➜ COL 0, 9, 8, 7/colour; 5 I, 20 l
Solvents are a major component of these varnishes. In addition to balanced film-forming raw materials, a carefully
composed solvent mix is needed to produce a high-quality
varnish. We therefore take care already during development
to use only high-value solvents. Instead of using volatile
fluorine-chlorine or chlorinated hydrocarbons or solvents
classified as toxic, our varnishes contain just selected
solvents of certified and/or controlled purity. Nevertheless,
the new guideline ChemVOCFarbV prohibits the use of
varnishes in buildings, whose constructional or decorative
elements like staircases, parquetry, windows, doors, wall
coverings and firmly installed furniture contain solvents that
exceed certain limit values (see page 13). This refers to
nearly all solvent-based varnishes. Movable furniture
(chests, cupboards, kitchens, etc.), exhibition stands or
installations in ships, aircraft, railway wagons (no buildings)
may, however, be coated with solvent-based varnishes.
Water-based varnishes
This range of products contains the most up-to-date waterbased varnishes available on the market at present.
The one-pack PUR varnishes obtain very good levels of
resistance, due to the high content of PUR bonding agents.
Novelties are the variable varnishes, which can be processed as one-pack or as two-pack variants. By adding
real PUR hardeners, peak values in resistance levels can be
obtained. The new two-pack water-based PUR varnishes
are even better and clearly exceed two-pack PUR solventbased varnishes in some applications.
Unocryl
Parkettlacke
liant
p
oc-Com
Outstandingly scratch resistant and
abrasion resistant one-pack waterbased varnish, which can be very well
applied on large surfaces. Ideally suitable for the initial coating of raw wooden floors and cork in living spaces.
UC-P 9 silk-lustre
UC-P 8 silk
➜ UC-P 9, 8; 5 l
www.zweihorn.com
Unocryl
Parkettgrund
liant
p
oc-Com
For Unocryl and Duocryl parquet floor
varnish. Reduces lateral glueing, minimizes the discolouration of wood, can
be easily applied, dries quickly and is
easily sandable.
➜ UC-PG; 1 l, 5 l
Unocryl
Treppenlacke
pliant
oc-Com
Especially high-build one-pack waterbased PUR varnish for mechanically
highly stressed surfaces. Outstanding
chemical and abrasion resistance. For
roller and brush application on stairs.
Extremely lightfast.
UC-T 9 silk-lustre
UC-T 8 silk
➜ UC-T 9, 8; 5 l, 25 l
65
Variocryl®
pliant
oc-Com
Well emphasising, high-build, abrasion
and chemical resistant water-based
varnish, which can be processed as
one-pack or as two-pack variant.
Extremely lightfast and chemical resistant. The mixing ratio in case of the
two-pack variant is 10:1 with PURWasserlackhärter PWH 320.
VC 0 matt
VC 9 silk-lustre
VC 8 silk
VC-TM deep matt
➜ VC 0, 9, 8, TM; 5 l, 20 l
Duocryl Top
pliant
oc-Com
Sparkling, well emphasizing, high-build
two-pack water-based PUR varnish with
outstanding PVC resistance, cream and
grease resistance. In terms of hardness, it
clearly exceeds the scratch resistance and
the chemical resistance even of two-pack
solvent-based PUR varnishes. Extremely
lightfast and abrasion resistant. MR 5:1
with PUR-Wasserlackhärter PWH 3200.
DC-T 0 matt
DC-T 9 silk-lustre
DC-T 8 silk
➜ DC-T 0, 9, 8; 5 l, 25 l
Varnishes, UV-drying
UV varnishes are available as coil
coating varnishes, which are applied
with special coil coating machines,
or as spraying varnished, which can
be applied with sprayguns or robots.
Both varnish systems can only be
cured with appropriate UV drying
equipment. Concerning this matter,
Akzo Nobel offers an extensive range
of products.
In case of inquiries, please do not
hesitate to contact us.
66
Duocryl
Parkettlacke
ant
pli
oc-Com
Extremely abrasion resistant two-pack
parquet varnish with very good hardness and scratch resistance for commercial applications. Fast drying and
easy application on cork, parquet,
stairs or furniture. MR 20:1 with PWH
3500.
DC-P 9 silk-lustre
DC-P 8 silk
➜ DC-P 8, 9; 0,95 l, 4,8 l
Medicryl
pliant
oc-Com
Antibacterial two-pack water-based
PUR varnish due to the latest nanotechnology. MR 5:1 with PUR-Wasserlackhärter PWH 3200.
MC 0 matt
MC 9 silk-lustre
MC 8 silk
➜ MC 0, 9, 8; 5 I, 25 I
Duocryl
Isoliergrund
pliant
oc-Com
Well emphasizing, high-build primer
which is excellently sandable. For the
insulation of exotic wood rich in
ingredients, wood rich in resin and
MDF. MR 5:1 with PUR-Wasserlackhärter PWH 3200.
➜ DC-I; 5 l
Super Duroffix® 1K-Klarlack
SDF-H, 8, 9, 0
Product description
Thinner
Super Duroffix® SDF is a formaldehyde-free onepack varnish suitable for interior applications on
many types of wood surfaces, which are subject to
normal stress. Now with improved high-build
characteristics. By adding a lightfastness additive,
the varnish becomes even more PVC-, water- and
alcohol-resistant. By the use of finished natural raw
materials it becomes even more ecological. It dries
very quickly and is well sandable. The TÜV-Toxproof
label guarantees a surface, which has been tested
for harmful substancese.
Verdünner 10063 (normal drying)
Verdünner S 9029 (slow drying)
Application
Stir or shake well before use!
Apply using spraying, pouring or roller method. Super
Duroffix® can be used as priming or coating varnish.
For closed-pore compositions and strongly absorbing
wood we recommend the use of Super Duroffix®
Füllgrund SDF-F. Intermediate sanding with 280-grit
paper. Carefully remove the sanding dust.
Application methods
Super Duroffix® 1K-Klarlack SDF is only suitable for
the finishing of interior furniture surfaces (except
moisture-proof applications, such as kitchens, bathrooms). It is suitable for furniture in living rooms,
bedrooms, children's rooms and even in areas
where it comes to contact with food. It is also
suitable for interior fittings in spaces other than
buildings, e.g. campers, caravans, etc.
Spraying
Pouring
High/
Airless/
Low
Airmix
pressure
Spray press. (bar) 1.5-3.0 110-130 –
Nozzle size (mm) 1.6-2.0 0.23-0.28 –
Thinner added
5-10
–
–
(%)
Processing
approx.
approx. approx.
viscosity
25
35
35
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
100-120 120
100
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
6-9
8
10
Surfaces
Wood rich in resin and wood rich in ingredients (e.g.
some pine, teak or wenge types) must first be insulated with Plastiklack S 7000. All Zweihorn® stains,
with the exception of wax stain, can be used. For
varnishing white and pastel shades, which require
high colourfastness, we recommend the use of
extremely lightfast varnishes, such as varnishes
of the Purolit-, Crystallit®- or Diadur®-series.
Preparation
For raw wood surfaces a graduated sanding must
be carried out (120/150/ possibly 180 grit paper).
Dust well. Do not sand stained surfaces. As filling
and well sandable primer coat we recommend the
use of Super Duroffix® Füllgrund SDF-F.
Gloss levels
Product
SDF-H SDF 8
SDF 9
number
highsilkGloss level
silk
gloss
lustre
Measuring
value acc. to approx. approx. approx.
DIN 67530 90
30
15
at 60°
www.zweihorn.com
SDF 0
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 15 min.
touch-dry
approx. 30 min.
sandable
approx. 1 h
transportable
approx. 2 h
Aftertreatment
After prior sanding and dusting, Super Duroffix® 1KKlarlack SDF can be worked over at any time with
the same material.
appro
x. 10
Special notes
When processing at high temperature and high
humidity, grey spots might occur due to too fast
drying of the varnish film. This can be avoided by
adding slowly drying Verdünner S 9029 or by
adding Verzögerer VZ.
If higher UV resistance is required, Spezial
Sunblocker SB can be added to the varnish. See
the Technical Data Sheet for Spezial Sunblocker SB.
Approved for consumer food applications
according to § 31, Chapter 1, Regulations
regarding consumer goods for food contact applications
EN 71-3 Free from soluble
heavy metals (CE approval)
DIN 53160 Part 1 and Part 2 Saliva
Suitable for profiled joints in accordance
with the Rosenheim Regulations
TÜV-Toxproof – The label for
low-emission paints
Product data
Batch sizes
matt
request from us.
1 l, 5 l, 25 l and
400 ml aerosol can
approx. 35 sec.
DIN 4 mm
approx. 2 years
original batches
67
Super Duroffix® 1K-Aufhelllack, farblos
SDF-A
Product description
Thinner
Super Duroffix® 1K-Aufhelllack SDF-A is a one-pack
brightening varnish with low wetting behaviour. It is
especially suitable for the maintenance of original
stain colour shades in the areas of bright colour tones
and the natural wood colour shade of brighter wood.
Priming and coating varnish from one can. Now with
improved high-build characteristics. By adding a
lightfastness additive, the varnish becomes even
more PVC-, water- and alcohol-resistant! The
formulation of the varnish is free from formaldehyde
and good lightfas. Super Duroffix® 1K-Aufhelllack
SDF-A is quickly drying and well sandable.
Super Duroffix® 1K-Aufhelllack SDF-A is only suitable for the finishing of interior furniture surfaces
(except moisture-proof applications, such as kitchens, bathrooms). It is also suitable for interior
fittings in spaces other than buildings, e.g. campers,
caravans, etc.
Surfaces
All common wood and wood materials, especially
light wood. Hardboard and MDF boards in moistureproof applications, as well as some woods rich in
resin or other ingredients (e.g. some pine, teak or
wenge types) should first be insulated with
Plastiklack S 7000. Due to the low wetting
behaviour, Super Duroffix® 1K-Aufhelllack SDF-A is
especially suitable as priming and coating varnish
for Positiv-Fertigbeize PBF, since due to the low
wetting behaviour, the positive stain appearance and
the original stain colours in the light colour range
(pastel shades) are maintained. The natural wood
colour of light wood is also maintained well. All
Zweihorn® stains, with the exception of wax stain,
can be used.
Preparation
be carried out (120/150/180 grit paper). Dust well.
Do not sand stained surfaces.
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
Measuring value acc. to DIN
67530 at 60°
68
SDF-A
dull matt
approx. 6
request from us.
Application
Apply using spraying, pouring or roller method. Use
Super Duroffix® 1K-Aufhelllack SDF-A first as primer,
then as coating varnish. Intermediate sanding with
280-grit paper. Carefully remove the sanding dust.
Application methods
Spraying
Pouring
High/
Airless/
Low
Airmix
pressure
Spray press. (bar) 1.5-3.0 110-130 –
Nozzle size (mm) 1.6-2.0 0.23-0.28 –
Thinner added
5-10
–
–
(%)
Processing
approx.
approx. approx.
viscosity
25
35
35
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
100-120 100
application (g/m2)
80
Yield (m2/l)
12
6-8
8
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 15 min.
touch-dry
approx. 30 min.
sandable
approx. 1 h
transportable
approx. 2 h
Aftertreatment
After prior sanding and dusting, Super Duroffix® 1KAufhelllack SDF-A can be worked over at any time
with the same material or with Super Duroffix® SDFH, 8, 9, 0.
Product data
Batch sizes
5 l, 25 l
approx. 35 sec.
DIN 4 mm
approx. 2 years
original batches
Special notes
the Technical Data Sheet for Spezial Sunblocker
SB.
according to DIN 68861/1C
regarding consumer goods for
food contact applications
low-emission paints
Super Duroffix® 1K-Füllgrund, farblos
SDF-F
Product description
Super Duroffix® 1K-Füllgrund SDF-F is a very highbuild, fast drying, excellently sandable one-pack
primer. The formulation of the varnish is free from
formaldehyde.
Super Duroffix® 1K-Füllgrund SDF-F is only suitable
for the finishing of interior furniture surfaces (except
moisture-proof applications, such as kitchens, bathrooms). It is also suitable for interior fittings in
spaces other than buildings, e.g. campers, caravans,
etc. Especially suitable as priming varnish for
closed-pore surfaces, particularly suitable for
economic mass production.
Surfaces
Aftertreatment
After prior sanding, Super Duroffix® 1K-Füllgrund
SDF-F can be worked over at any time with the
same material. All Zweihorn® All one-pack varnishes,
such as SDF-H, 8, 9, 0, or flatting agents, such as
Ballenmattierung S 50 are suitable as coating.
Product data
Batch sizes
1 l, 5 l, 25 l
approx. 35 sec.
DIN 4 mm
approx. 2 years
original batches
some pine, teak or wenge types) must first be insulated with Plastiklack S 7000. All Zweihorn® stains,
with the exception of wax stain, can be used. For
varnishing of white and pastel shades, which require
high colourfastness, we recommend the use of
extremely lightfast varnishes, such as varnishes of
the Purolit-, Crystallit®- or Diadur®-series.
request from us.
Preparation
Special notes
Thinner
Application
Applicable by spraying, pouring or roller application
in up to four layers. Intermediate sanding with 280grit paper. Carefully remove the sanding dust.
Application methods
Spraying
Pouring
High/
Airless/
Low
Airmix
pressure
Spray press. (bar) 1.5-3.0 110-130 –
Nozzle size (mm) 1.6-2.0 0.23-0.28 –
Thinner added
5-10
–
–
(%)
Processing
approx.
approx. approx.
viscosity
25
35
35
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
100-120 120
120
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
6-9
8
8
www.zweihorn.com
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 15 min.
touch-dry
approx. 30 min.
sandable
approx. 1 h
transportable
approx. 2 h
the Technical Data Sheet for Spezial Sunblocker
SB.
regarding consumer goods for food
contact applications
low-emission paints
69
Durolit 1K-Klarlack
DL 9
Product description
Application methods
Durolit 1K-Klarlack DL is a robust, secure, one-pack,
solvent-based varnish, with almost all of the properties of a very reasonable two-pack polyurethane
varnish. Durolit particularly excels by its hardness,
scratch resistance and outstanding chemical
resistance in accordance with DIN 68861 Part 1B.
Cured Durolit 1K-Klarlack DL furniture surfaces are
PVC-resistant and insensitive to polishing up. An
integrated light stabiliser additionally protects the
wood against yellowing.
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Spraying
High/Low
Airless/
pressure
Airmix
1.5-3.0
110-130
1.6-2.0
0.23-0.28
5-10
–
approx. 25
approx. 35
100-120
120
6-9
8
Durolit 1K-Klarlack DL is only suitable for the
finishing of interior furniture surfaces. It is
excellently suitable for all interior surfaces of
wooden furniture for heavy-duty service like living
room and bedroom furniture, office furniture, hotel
furniture, shelves, chairs, furniture in children's
rooms. It is also suitable for interior fittings in spaces
other than buildings, e.g. campers, caravans, etc.
Surfaces
ingredients (e.g. some pine, teak or wenge types)
should first be insulated with Plastiklack S 7000. All
Zweihorn® stains (with the exception of wax stain)
can be used. For varnishing white and pastel shades, which require high colourfastness, we recommend the use of extremely lightfast varnishes, such
as varnishes of the Purolit-, Crystallit®- or Diadur®series.
Preparation
Do not sand stained surfaces. As filling and well
sandable primer coat we recommend the use of
Durolit Füllgrund DL-F.
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
Measuring value acc. to
DIN 67530 at 60°
DL 9
silk-lustre
approx. 15
Thinner
Application
Durolit DL can be used as priming or coating
varnish. For closed-pore compositions and strongly
absorbing wood we recommend the use of Durolit
Füllgrund DL-F. Intermediate sanding with 280-grit
paper. Carefully remove the sanding dust.
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 15 min.
touch-dry
approx. 30 min.
sandable
approx. 3 h
transportable
overnight
Aftertreatment
After prior sanding and dusting, Durolit 1K-Klarlack
DL can be worked over at any time with the same
material.
Product data
Batch sizes
5 l, 25 l
approx. 35 sec.
DIN 4 mm
approx. 2 years
original batches
request from us.
Special notes
If drying is too fast (due to high ambient temperature) we recommend using the slowly drying
Verdünner S 9029 or the use of Verzögerer VZ.
Suitable for profiled joints in accordance
with the Rosenheim Regulations
70
Durolit 1K-Füllgrund, farblos
DL-F
Product description
Durolit 1K-Füllgrund farblos DL-F is a very highbuild, quickly drying and well sandable solventbased primer. This high-build primer is the ideal
basis for one-pack Durolit varnishes in two-pack
quality.
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 15 min.
touch-dry
approx. 30 min.
sandable
approx. 1 h
transportable
approx. 2 h
Durolit 1K-Füllgrund farblos DL-F is only suitable for
the finishing of interior furniture surfaces. It is also
buildings, e.g. campers, caravans, etc. Especially
suitable as primer for closed-pore compositions with
Durolit 1K-Klarlack DL 9.
Surfaces
can be used. For varnishing white and pastel shades, which require high colourfastness, we recommend the use of extremely lightfast varnishes, such
as varnishes of the Purolit-, Crystallit®- or Diadur®series.
Preparation
carried out (120/150/180 grit paper). Dust well. Do
not sand stained surfaces.
Thinner
Application
Applicable by spraying, pouring or roller application.
Intermediate sanding with 280-grit paper. Carefully
remove the sanding dust.
Aftertreatment
Durolit 1K-Füllgrund farblos DL-F can be worked
over at any time with the same material after prior
sanding. All Zweihorn® one-pack varnishes, such as
DL 9, are suitable as coating varnish.
Product data
Batch sizes
5 l, 30 l
approx. 35 sec.
DIN 4 mm
approx. 2 years
original batches
request from us.
Special notes
drying of the varnish film. This can be avoided
by adding slowly drying Verdünner S 9029 or by
Application methods
Spraying
Pouring
High/
Airless/
Low
Airmix
pressure
Spray press. (bar) 1.5-3.0 110-130 –
Nozzle size (mm) 1.6-2.0 0.23-0.28 –
Thinner added
5-10
–
–
(%)
Processing
approx.
approx. approx.
viscosity
25
35
35
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
100-120 120
120
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
6-9
8
8
www.zweihorn.com
71
Unolit 1K-PUR-Klarlack
UL 8, 9
Product description
Thinner
Unolit 1K-PUR Klarlack UL is an extremely resistant
one-pack polyurethane varnish with integrated
hardener. Its good chemical and mechanical
resistance allows the application even for increased
demands. Unolit 1K-PUR Klarlack UL is very easy to
process, well sandable and PVC-resistant. It is easy
to apply by roller or brush so that it is also ideal for
the renovation of furniture.
Unolit 1K-PUR Klarlack UL is only suitable for the
finishing of interior furniture surfaces. Due to its
excellent scratch resistance it is very well suitable
for extremely stressed furniture surfaces in, for
example, offices, kitchens, bathrooms, restaurants,
bars, schools and discoteques. It is also suitable for
interior fittings in spaces other than buildings, e.g.
campers, caravans, railway carriages, airplanes, etc.
Surfaces
some pine, teak or wenge types) must first be insulated with Plastiklack S 7000. All Zweihorn® stains, with
the exception of wax stain, can be used. For varnishing white and pastel shades, which require high
colourfastness, we recommend the use of extremely
lightfast varnishes, such as varnishes of the Purolit-,
Crystallit®- or Diadur®-series.
Preparation
Gloss levels
Product number
UL 8
Gloss level
silk
approx. 35
to DIN 67530 at 60°
Hardening
Hardener
Processing
time
72
UL 9
silk-lustre
approx. 15
integrated
approx. 24 h at 20 °C,
approx. 2 months after opening in
the tightly closed original container
request from us.
Application
Unolit 1K-PUR Klarlack UL can be applied with a
spraygun, a brush or a short-piled roller. It is applied
as primer and, after drying and intermediate sanding
(280-grit paper) as coating varnish. Remove the
sanding dust after each intermediate sanding. Unolit
1K-PUR Klarlack UL is ready for brush application.
After dilution, it can be applied by a spraygun.
Application methods
Spraying
High/
Airless/
Low
Airmix
pressure
Spray press. (bar) 1.5-3.0 110-130
Nozzle size (mm) 1.6-2.0 0.23-0.28
Thinner added (%) 15-20
–
Processing
approx.
approx.
viscosity
20
30
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
100-120 120
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
8-10
8
Roller/
Brush
–
–
–
approx.
30
100
Special notes
Do not pour remainders of the varnish back into
the original batch!
Carefully close open batches immediately, so that
the varnish is protected against air humidity and
remains storable for a longer period.
Never treat bleached wood with Unolit 1K-PURKlarlack UL, since they could take-on yellow colour!
Caution! Unolit 1K-PUR-Klarlack UL reacts with CK
Colorkonzentrat. By adding max. 3 % of CK, potlife
is reduced to approx. 8 hours.
Immediately clean the working equipment with
Universalreiniger UR, since Unolit 1K-PUR-Klarlack
reacts like a two-pack PUR varnish!
Surfaces treated with solvent-based stains (e.g., S
9800, WCF, WNCB, S 9900) must not be varnished
with a brush or a roller. Only use a spraygun in
order to avoid partly dissolving and smearing of
the stain.
10
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 30 min.
touch-dry
approx. 2 h
sandable
approx. 6 h
transportable
overnight
Aftertreatment
After prior sanding and dusting, Unolit 1K-PURKlarlack UL can be worked over at any time with
the same material.
Product data
Batch sizes
DIN 4 mm
Shelf life in unopened,
sealed original batch
on B1-tested particle board, also veneered
DIN 5510. Part 2 - Fire prevention in
railway applications
1 l, 2.5 l, 5 l
approx. 30 sec.
approx. 6 months
Purolit 2K-PUR Klarlack
PL 8, 9, 0
PUR 4084
36 h
10
1
Product description
Thinner
Purolit 2K-PUR Klarlack PL is a quickly drying twopack polyurethane varnish for open-pore varnishing
in standard quality. PVC-resistant, resistant to
normal domestic cleaning and care agents. Purolit
2K-PUR Klarlack PL is extremely lightfast and can
therefore be used as coating varnish for Wigranit®
Novacolor Buntlack WNC/colour.
Purolit 2K-PUR Klarlack PL is only suitable for the
finishing of interior furniture surfaces, such as furniture in living rooms, offices, bathrooms or kitchens. It
is also suitable for interior fittings in spaces other than
buildings, e.g. campers, caravans, railway carriages,
airplanes, etc.
Surfaces
should first be insulated with Plastiklack S 7000.
All Zweihorn® stains (with the exception of wax
stain) and Wigranit® Novacolor paint can be used.
Preparation
be carried out (120/150/ possibly 180 grit paper).
Dust well. Do not sand stained surfaces.
Gloss levels
Product
number
Gloss level
Meas. value
acc. to DIN
67530 at 60°
Pot life
Purolit 2K-PUR Klarlack PL and PUR-Härter 4084 are
carefully mixed. Add Zweihorn® PUR-Verdünner as
required. The mixture is first applied as primer, and,
after drying and intermediate sanding (280-grit
paper) as coating varnish. Carefully remove the
sanding dust after each intermediate sanding.
Application methods
Spraying
High/Low
Airless/
pressure
Airmix
110-130
Nozzle size (mm)
1.6-2.0
0.23-0.28
–
18-20
25
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
120-140
120
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
7-9
8
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 30 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1 h
sandable
approx. 1 h
transportable
overnight
PL 8
PL 9
silk
silk-lustre matt
Aftertreatment
approx.
30
approx.
15
Purolit 2K-PUR-Klarlack PL can be worked over at
any time with the same material after prior sanding.
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
PL 0
Application
approx.
10
PUR-Härter 4084
10:1
www.zweihorn.com
Product data
Batch size PL
Batch sizes
Härter PUR 4084
Viscos. at deliv. DIN 4 mm
original batch
20 l
2.5 l, 12.5 l
request from us.
Special notes
Whenever polyurethane (PUR) material is to be
applied as a coating, sand surface and remove
dust thoroughly just before commencing with
further treatment to guarantee perfect bonding.
Do not process and dry PUR varnishes under 15°C.
PUR hardeners are sensitive to moisture.
Always store in tightly sealed containers.
Pay attention to the Safety Instruction appearing on
the label whenever you handle PUR hardeners.
Purolit 2K-PUR-Klarlack PL can also be used on
bleached wood (peroxide-resistant).
DIN 5510. Part 2 - Fire prevention
in railway applications
approx. 25 sec.
approx. 2 years
73
Purolit 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack
PL-T 8, 9
PUR 4084
36 h
10
Product description
Application
Aftertreatment
Purolit 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack PL-T is an especially
abrasion-resistant two-pack polyurethane primer
and coating varnish for mechanically highly stressed
wood surfaces. The outstanding chemical and
scratch resistance guarantees the extremely good
wood surface quality. Purolit 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack
PL-T is extremely lightfast and can therefore be
used as coating varnish for Wigranit® Novacolor
Buntlack WNC/colour.
Purolit 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack PL-T and PUR-Härter
4084 are carefully mixed. Add PUR thinner as required. This mixture is initially applied as a primer and
then, after drying and intermediate sanding (240-grit
paper) as a top coat. Sanding with automatic
sanding machines only after dyring overnight. After
intermediate sanding carefully remove the sanding
dust. As primer coat, Crystallit® 2K-PUR Füllgrund
CL-F or Diadur® 2K-PUR Füllgrund DD-F can also be
used. If Purolit 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack PL-T is applied
by roller application on furniture, the flow characteristics can be improved by adding up to 20 % of
PUR-Verdünner S 9029 to the varnish. If this should
not be sufficient or if the temperature is higher, we
recommend adding up to 5 % of Verzögerer VZ.
Purolit 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack PL-T should have good
temperature (we recommend 18 - 20 °C). The object
to be coated should not be colder than 18 °C and
should be dry. When applying a second or third coat,
please take care that the previous varnish layer is
completely dry.
Purolit 2K-PUR-Top-Klarlack PL-T can be worked
sanding and dusting.
Purolit 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack PL-T is only suitable for
the finishing of interior furniture surfaces. Due to its
excellent scratch resistance it is very well suitable
for extremely stressed furniture surfaces in, for
example, offices, kitchens, bathrooms, restaurants,
schools and discoteques. It is also suitable for
Surfaces
and Wigranit® Novacolor paint can be used.
Preparation
be carried out (120/150/ possibly180 grit paper).
Gloss levels
Product number
PL-T 8
Gloss level
silk
approx. 30
to DIN 67530. at 60°
PL-T 9
silk-lustre
approx. 20
Hardening
Hardener
PUR-Härter 4084
Mixing ratio
10:1
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
Thinner
74
1
Application methods
Spraying
High/- Airless/
Low
Airmix
pressure
110Spray pres1.5-3.0
sure (bar)
130
0.23Nozzle size
1.6-2.0
(mm)
0.28
Thinner
as
as
added (%) required required
Processing
viscosity
approx. approx.
DIN 4 mm 25
25
(sec.)
Coverage
100100per appli120
2 120
cation (g/m )
2
Yield (m /l) 8-10
8-10
Roller Pouring
–
–
–
–
as required
as required
approx. approx.
25
25
100
100120
10
8-10
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 20 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1 h
sandable
approx. 2 h
transportable
overnight
Product data
Batch size PL-T
Batch sizes Härter PUR 4084
original batch
20 l
2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 30 sec.
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
Purolit 2K-PUR-Top-Klarlack PL-T can also be
used on bleached wood (peroxide-resistant).
DIN 5510. Part 2 - Fire prevention in
railway applications
Medipur 2K-PUR Klarlack
MP 7, 8, 9, 0
PUR 5085
36 h
10
1
Product description
Thinner
Medipur 2K-PUR Klarlack MP is a solvent-based product with bactericidal effect due to the latest nano
technology. By the use of innovative raw materials,
a.o. finest silver nano particles, a hygienic surface is
created, which in a natural way fights against harmful bacteria, fungi and other germs. The particles are
non-toxic, i.e. they are absolutely no health hazard.
Medipur 2K-PUR Klarlack MP is outstandingly lightfast and can also be used as a varnish coat on
Wigranit® Novacolor Buntlack WNC/colour.
Medipur 2K-PUR Klarlack MP is only suitable for the
finishing of interior furniture surfaces. Due to the
hygienic effect of Medipur, the application is of particular interest if hygiene and a high degree of health
protection is important, e.g. in medical practices,
hospitals, clinics, pharmacies, laboratories, food
stores, restaurants, large kitchens, bistros, snack
bars, etc.
Surfaces
Preparation
Gloss levels
Product numMP 7
ber
MP 8
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Spraying
High/Low Airless/
pressure
Airmix
1.5-3.0
110-130
1.6-2.0
0.23-0.28
10-20
–
18-20
25
90-120
120
6-10
7
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 15 min.
touch-dry
approx. 45 min.
sandable
approx. 1 h
transportable
overnight
matt
Medipur 2K-PUR-Klarlack MP can be worked
over at any time with the same material after
prior sanding.
Meas. value
acc. to DIN
67530 at 60°
approx approx.
. 80
30
approx appro
. 15
x. 10
PUR-Härter 5085
10:1
Product data
Batch sizes
Batch sizes
Härter PUR 5085
DIN 4 mm
original batches
Special notes
The hygienic effect does not save cleaning of
the surface but the cleaning intervals will be
prolonged.
Medipur 2K-PUR-Klarlack can also be used on
Reduction of bacterostatic activity certified
by Sanitized AG
low-emission paints
Aftertreatment
silklustre
www.zweihorn.com
Application methods
MP 0
glossy silk
Pot life
Medipur 2K-PUR Klarlack MP and PUR-Härter 5085
are carefully mixed. Add PUR thinner as required.
The mixture is first applied as primer, and, after
drying and intermediate sanding (280-grit paper) as
coating varnish. For closed-pore compositions use
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Füllgrund CL-F or Diadur® 2KPUR Füllgrund DD-F as primer. Carefully remove the
sanding dust after each intermediate sanding. The
product can be applied by spraying, pouring or roller
application.
MP 9
Gloss level
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Application
For further information see the label and the Safety
Data Sheet according to 91/155/EWG, which you
can find on our website www.zweihorn.com or
which you can request from us.
5 l, 20 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 25 sec.
approx. 2 years
75
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Klarlack
CL 7, 8, 9, 0
PUR 5085
36 h
10
Product description
Thinner
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Klarlack CL CL is an especially
quickly drying, high-build two-pack polyurethane
varnish to be applied on furniture. It is suitable for
open-pore varnishing with surpassing nice pore
appearance. Closed-pore wooden furniture surfaces
can easily be made by means of Crystallit® Füllgrund
CL-F. Crystallit® 2K-PUR Klarlack CL is also suitable
as final coat on furniture surfaces that have been
made with Wigranit® Novacolor paint. Crystallit® 2KPUR Klarlack CL is extremely lightfast, PVC resistant,
chemical resistant according to DIN 68861, Part 1,
stress group B.
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Klarlack CL is only suitable for the
finishing of interior furniture surfaces. Especially for
furniture surfaces, which are subject to greater stress
in areas such like kitchens and bathrooms, restaurants, schools, discoteques, offices, etc. It is also
airplanes, ships, etc.
Surfaces
Preparation
Dust well. Do not sand stained surfaces .
Gloss levels
Product number CL 7
CL 8
CL 9
silklustre
CL 0
Gloss level
glossy silk
Meas. value
acc. to DIN
67530 at 60°
approx. approx. approx. approx.
80
30
15
10
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
76
1
matt
PUR-Härter 5085
10:1
Special notes
Application
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Klarlack CL and PUR-Härter 5085
are carefully mixed. Add PUR thinner as required.
The mixture is first applied as primer, and, after
drying and intermediate sanding (280-grit paper)
as coating varnish. For closed-pore compositions
use Crystallit® 2K-PUR Füllgrund CL-F as primer.
Carefully remove the sanding dust after each
intermediate sanding. The product can be applied
by spraying, pouring or roller application.
Application methods
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Klarlack CL can also be used on
bleached furniture surfaces (peroxide-resistant).
Spraying
High/Low
Airless/
pressure
Airmix
1.5-3.0
110-130
1.6-2.0
0.23-0.28
10-20
–
18-20
25
90-120
120
6-10
7
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 15 min.
touch-dry
approx. 45 min.
sandable
approx. 1 h
transportable
overnight
Aftertreatment
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Klarlack CL can be worked over
at any time with the same material after prior
Product data
Batch sizes
original batches
5 l, 20 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 25 sec.
approx. 2 years
request from us.
DIN 53160. Part 1 and Part 2 Saliva
DIN 5510. Part 2 - Fire prevention
Flame resistant according to
IMO-Resolution A 653, USCG approval
climatic conditions
low-emission paints
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Aufhelllack, farblos
CL-A
PUR 5085
24 h
20
1
Product description
Thinner
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Aufhelllack farblos CL-A is a
quickly drying two-pack polyurethane varnish for
open-pore varnishing. PVC-resistant, chemical
resistant. For the maintenance of the original stain
colour shades and the natural wood colour shade
of light wood.
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Aufhelllack CL-A is only suitable
for the finishing of interior furniture surfaces, which
are subject to greater stress. In case of moistureproof applications, such as kitchens and bathrooms,
we recommend applying a final coat with Crystallit®
2K-PUR Klarlack CL 7, 8, 9, 0. It is also suitable for
interior fittings in spaces other than buildings, e.g.,
Application
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Aufhelllack CL-A and PUR-Härter
5085 are carefully mixed. Add PUR-Verdünner as
required. The mixture is first applied as primer, and,
paper) as coating varnish. In order to obtain resistance against grease and cream (e.g. in bathroom or
kitchen areas), Crystallit® 2K-PUR Klarlack CL 7, 8,
9, 0 must be used for the final varnish! Carefully
remove the sanding dust after each intermediate
sanding. Spraying, pouring or roller application can
be used.
Surfaces
Application methods
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Aufhelllack CL-A is particularly
suitable as primer and coating varnish for softwood,
which has been stained with Positiv-Fertigbeize PBF.
Due to the low wetting behaviour, the positive stain
appearance and the original stain colours in the light
colour range (pastel shades) are maintained. The
natural wood colour of light wood is also maintained
well.
Spraying
High/Low Airless/
pressure Airmix
Spray press. (bar) 1.5-3.0 110-130
Nozzle size (mm) 1.6-2.0 0.23-0.28
–
Processing
viscosity
18-20
25
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
100-120 120
application (g/m2)
2
Yield (m /l)
8-10
8-10
Preparation
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
DIN 67530 at 60°
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
request from us.
Pouring
–
–
–
5
PUR-Härter 5085
20:1
www.zweihorn.com
100
10
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 15 min.
touch-dry
approx. 30 min.
sandable
approx. 1 h
transportable
overnight
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Aufhelllack CL-A can be worked
over at any time with the same material or with
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Klarlack CL 7, 8, 9, 0 .
Product data
Batch size CL-A
DIN 4 mm
original batch
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Aufhelllack CL-A can also be
25
Aftertreatment
CL-A
dull matt
Special notes
5 l, 25 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 25 sec.
(only in compositions with all other
varnishes of the Crystallit® series except
CL-A) on flame resistant, B1-tested
particle board, also veneered
DIN 5510 Part 2 - Fire prevention
low-emission paints
approx. 2 years
77
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Hochglanzklarlack
CL-H
PUR 5085
2h
2
Product description
Thinner
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Hochglanzklarlack CL-H is a
highly transparent, extremely solid-rich two-pack
polyurethane varnish lack for open and closed pore
high-glossy coatings of wood materials of all kind.
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Hochglanzklarlack CL-H is
extremely lightfast and can also be used as coating
varnish on Wigranit® Novacolor paint.
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Hochglanzklarlack CL-H is only
suitable for the finishing of interior furniture
surfaces. Especially for noble, high-gloss furniture
surfaces in areas such as kitchens and bathrooms,
restaurants, schools, discoteques, offices, etc. It is
also suitable for interior fittings in spaces other than
airplanes, etc.
Surfaces
and Wigranit® Novacolor paint can be used .
Preparation
Sand uncoated solid wood and veneered wood
(graduated sanding 120/180/possibly 220-grit
paper) and carefully remove the sanding dust. Do
not sand stained surfaces. Prime richly 1 – 2 times
with Diadur® 2K-PUR Füllgrund DD-F or Crystallit®
2K-PUR Füllgrund CL-F and, after sufficient drying
time, slightly sand with 280-grit paper and carefully
remove the sanding dust. Surfaces coated with
Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/colour can be overpainted
with Crystallit® 2K-PUR Hochglanzklarlack CL-H
after a drying time of approx. 30 minutes to 8 hours
without intermediate sanding. If overpainting is
made later, e.g. overnight, the dried paint surface
must be slightly sanded (600-grit paper). Carefully
dust the surface before Crystallit® 2K-PUR
Hochglanzklarlack CL-H is applied. We recommend
using dust-attracting cloth. Please see the respective Technical Data Sheets for the above-mentioned
products.
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
to DIN 67530 at 60°
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
78
1
CL-H
high-gloss
approx. 92
Special notes
Application
The mixture of Crystallit® 2K-PUR Hochglanzklarlack
CL-H and PUR-Härter 5085 is ready to use and is
applied with the spray gun after thoroughly sanding
and dusting the surface. This should be done in a
possibly dust free environment. During the drying
time of the varnish dust penetration must be avoided. In order to improve the high gloss effect, the
varnished surfaces can be depickled after overnight
drying with 1200-grit paper and then coated a
second time with Crystallit® 2K-PUR Hochglanzklarlack CL-H. In case this should be done later, the
entire surface must be sanded with 1200 grit paper
and thoroughly dusted.
Application methods
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Spraying
High/Low
Airless/
pressure
Airmix
1.5-3.0
110-130
1.6-2.0
0.23-0.28
–
–
approx. 17
approx. 17
80-120
80-120
6-10
6-10
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 30 min.
touch-dry
approx. 2 h
sandable
approx. 14 h
transportable
overnight
Aftertreatment
After a hardening time of three days the high gloss
coating can be fine-sanded and polished. For the
polishing sequence with Zweihorn® HochglanzSchleifpaste HSP and Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP
please see the separate Technical Data Sheet (also
see ‘5 steps to the perfect high-gloss surface with
CL-H’).
Product data
Batch sizes CL-H
original batches
on flame resistant, B1-tested particle
board, also veneered
low-emission paints
5 l, 25 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 17 sec.
approx. 2 years
PUR-Härter 5085
2:1
For a brilliant high-gloss effect it is important that
the surface has been carefully prepared and that
there is absolutely no dust during the application
and the curing of the high-gloss varnish.
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Hochglanzklarlack CL-H can
also be used on bleached wood (peroxideresistant).
request from us.
Five steps to the perfect high-gloss surface with
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Hochglanzklarlack CL-H
1. Priming with 2K-PUR Füllgrund DD-F/CL-F
Priming with the products Diadur® Füllgrund DD-F
or Crystallit® Füllgrund CL-F is extremely highbuild, slightly sandable and the most important
prerequisite for a high-gloss composition.
Depending on the requirements and surface it is
applied several times. Before any further treatment, drying over night is recommended. Longer
drying, e.g. three days, essentially improves the
stability. In the case of MDF for moisture-proof
applications, a special preparation with
Plastiklack S 7000 is required. However, should
the surface be varnished with Wigranit® Novacolor
WNC/colour, priming with Wigranit® 2K-MDF
Isolier-füller IF or 2K-PUR Füller WIG/FILL must be
carried out.
2. Varnishing with Crystallit® 2K-PUR
Hochglanzklarlack CL-H
Varnish the well prepared surface every 14 hours
three times with slight intermediate sanding or
partial "depickling" (1200 grit paper). The threefold application makes sure that during the
"removing process" (sanding/buffing) a sufficient
dry layer is provided.
3. Polishing preparations
After a hardening time of three days, dry and wet
sanding is possible. Important herewith is a very
good eccentric sander with excellent dust vacuuming abilities and the generous use of fresh
sanding paper (600 – 1200 grit). In case of total
surface application never sand by hand.
4. Polishing with Hochglanz Schleifpaste HSP
Apply the Hochglanz Schleifpaste HSP at any point
on the varnished surface. The consumption is subject to the surface properties and the machine
used. By spraying some tap water onto the surface
during polishing, the surface can be cooled down
and the Hochglanz Schleifpaste can be diluted. We
differentiate between two application techniques:
Polishing by hand with angular polishing
machines:
When using lambskin pads, the distribution of
Hochglanz Schleifpaste HSP with the necessary
pressure and steady back and forth movements
results in the first gloss.
4. Polishing on belt machines or buffing
machines:
Apply Hochglanz Schleifpaste HSP onto the surface to be treated or put it in front of the buffing
roller of a buffing machine. Distribution and
polishing are automatic via felt/pile belts or
buffing rollers.
Up to 96 % of the obtainable gloss can be obtained with Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP. For
many customer requirements this is already
sufficient. For high-quality highly polished surfaces, however, we recommend carrying out
step 5. This step results in the ultimate gloss,
so that the naked eye cannot recognize the
www.zweihorn.com
difference between this and an unpolished
high-gloss surface. Please note, that most of
the polishing time is used for HochglanzSchleifpaste HSP, because it is more abrasive
and smallest scratches can be removed by
polishing. Up to 96 % of the obtainable gloss
can be obtained with Hochglanz-Schleifpaste
HSP. For many customer requirements this is
already sufficient. For high-quality highly
polished surfaces, however, we recommend
carrying out step 5. This step results in the
ultimate gloss, so that the naked eye cannot
recognize the difference between this and an
unpolished high-gloss surface. Please note, that
most of the polishing time is used for
Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP, because it is more
abrasive and smallest scratches can be
removed by polishing.
Please see the separate Technical Data Sheet for
Spezial Hochglanz Schleifpaste HSP!
5. Polishing with Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP
Apply the Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP at any point
onto the varnished surface. The consumption is
subject to the surface properties and the machine
used. By spraying some tap water onto the
surface during polishing, the surface can be
cooled down and the Hochglanz Polierpaste
can be diluted. We differentiate between two
application techniques:
machines:
Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP is distributed with
a foam waffle pad (orange) on the surface to
be polished with the necessary pressure and
steady back and forth movements. If the surface becomes too dry, new paste must be
applied in order to avoid that the surface
becomes too hot. With Hochglanz-Polierpaste
you can obtain roughly the gloss of an
unpolished high-gloss surface. But only if
careful sanding was made and when HSP
was used for first polishing.
machines:
Apply Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP onto the
surface to be treated or put it in front of the buffing roller of a buffing machine. Distribution and
polishing is made automatically via felt belts or
buffing rollers.
Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP!
In order to clean the surface from remaining polish
particles, just wipe it with a microfiber cloth or apply
small amounts of Hochglanzpolitur 10099 onto the
surface. It removes not only the existing residues of
Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP, but it also results in a
more brilliant surface. After drying, treat the surface
with a polishing sponge until it looks crystal clear.
Repolishing with Spezial Abpolierwasser S 68 is
possible (Caution: contains silicone!). By doing so,
the surface becomes more scratch resistant.
79
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Füllgrund, farblos
CL-F
PUR 5085
8h
10
1
Product description
Application
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Füllgrund CL-F is a high-solids,
high-build two-pack polyurethane primer for openand closed-pore coating compositions on wood and
wood materials of all kind. When diluted, Crystallit®
2K-PUR-Füllgrund CL-F can be used as insulating
primer for MDF.
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Füllgrund CL-F and PUR-Härter
required. When used as insulating primer on MDF,
add 25 % of thinner. Depending on the surface, the
mixture is applied as primer after corresponding
drying and intermediate sanding (280-/320-grit
paper) 1 – 4 times. Carefully remove the sanding
dust after each intermediate sanding.
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Füllgrund CL-F is only suitable for
suitable for interior fittings in spaces other than buildings, e.g. campers, caravans, railway carriages,
airplanes etc. High-build characteristics, quick
drying and good sandability of this product allow an
almost universal use, even for spray application on
vertical surfaces.
Surfaces
Hardboard and MDF in moisture-proof applications
can be insulated with Crystallit® 2K-PUR Füllgrund
CL-F, as described under 'Application'. In the case of
extreme stress or of wood rich in resin and contents,
such as some pine, teak and wenge, the surface
should be insulated with Plastiklack S 7000 before.
All Zweihorn® stains (with the exception of wax
stain) can be used.
Preparation
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio (lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
PUR-Härter 5085
10:1
Thinner
Application methods
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added
if required (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Spraying
High/Low
Airless/
pressure
Airmix
1.5-3.0
110-130
1.6-2.0
0.23-0.28
approx. 10
–
25
40
100-140
100-140
7-10
7-10
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 20 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1 h
sandable
approx. 1-2 h
Aftertreatment
After intermediate sanding (280/320-grit paper) and
careful dusting finally varnish with Crystallit® 2KPUR- Klarlack. With closed-pore compositions,
especially when varnished with Crystallit® Hochglanzklarlack CL-H, drying at least overnight is required.
Product data
Batch sizes
original batches
5 l, 20 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 45 sec.
2 years
request from us.
Special notes
Coatings made of polyurethane (PUR) materials
must always be sanded and dusted shortly before
their further processing in order to guarantee an
impeccable bonding.
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Füllgrund CL-F can also be
low-emission paints
80
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack
CL-T 8, 9
PUR 4084
8h
10
1
Product description
Application
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack CL-T is an especially
high-build, abrasion resistant two-pack polyurethane
priming and coating varnish for mechanically highly
stressed wood surfaces. The outstanding chemical
and scratch resistance guarantees the extremely
good wood surface quality. The surfaces are
resistant to water, cleaning agents, liqueurs, diluted
acids, bases and disinfectants. In addition, the
surfaces are PVC-resistant. Crystallit® 2K-PUR TopKlarlack CL-T is extremely lightfast and can therefore also be used as coating varnish for Wigranit®
Novacolor paint.
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack CL-T and PUR-Härter
5085 are carefully mixed. Add Zweihorn® PURVerdünner as required. This mixture is initially applied
as a primer and then, after drying and intermediate
sanding (240-grit paper) as a top coat. Sanding with
automatic sanding machines only after dyring overnight. After intermediate sanding carefully remove the
sanding dust. As primer coat, Crystallit® 2K-PUR
Füllgrund CL-F or Diadur® 2K-PUR Füllgrund DD-F
can also be used. Crystallit® 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack CLTcan be applied by spraying, pouring, brushing or
roller application. If Crystallit® 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack is
applied by brush or roller application on furniture, the
flow characteristics can be improved by adding up to
20 % of PUR-Verdünner S 9029 to the varnish. If this
should not be sufficient or if the temperature is
higher, we recommend adding up to 5 % of
Verzögerer VZ. Crystallit® 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack CL-T
should have good temperature (we recommend 18 20 °C). The object to be coated should not be colder
than 18 °C and should be dry. When applying a second
or third coat, please take care that the previous
varnish layer is completely dry.
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack CL-T is only suitable
for the finishing of interior furniture surfaces. Due to
its high solids content and the excellent scratch
resistance it is particularly suitable for furniture
surfaces in, for example, offices, kitchens, bathrooms, restaurants, schools and discoteques. It is
also suitable for interior fittings in spaces other than
airplanes, etc.
Surfaces
Preparation
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
to DIN 67530 at 60°
CL-T 8
silk
CL-T 9
silk-lustre
approx. 55
approx. 25
Hardening
Hardener
PUR-Härter 5085
Mixing ratio
10:1
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
Thinner
Application methods
Spraying
High/- Airless/
Low
Airmix
press.
110Spray pressure
1.5-3.0
(bar)
130
0.23Nozzle size
1.6-2.0
(mm)
0.28
Thinneras re- as readded (%)
quired quired
Processing
viscosity
approx. approx.
DIN 4 mm
25
25
(sec.)
Coverage per
100100application
120
120
(g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
8-10 8-10
Roller/ Pouring
Brush
5 l, 20 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 25 sec.
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack CL-T can also be
–
–
–
–
as required
as required
approx. approx.
25
25
100
120
10
8
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 20 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1 h
sandable
approx. 2 h
transportable
overnight
Aftertreatment
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Top-Klarlack CL-T can be
reapplied at any time using the same material
following previous sanding and removal of the
sanding dust.
www.zweihorn.com
Product data
Batch sizes
original batches
low-emission paints
81
Diadur® 2K-PUR Klarlack
DD 8, 9
PUR 5085
6h
5
Product description
Diadur® 2K-PUR Klarlack DD is a highly resistant twopack polyurethane varnish with outstanding highbuild characteristics, excellent chemical resistance,
extreme lightfastness and noble appearance. Diadur®
2K-PUR Klarlack DD is the optimum product for highquality interior work. Due to the high solids content,
this product is suitable for closed-pore coatings
without using special primers. For better sandability
we recommend using Diadur® 2K-PUR Füllgrund DD-F.
Diadur® 2K-PUR Klarlack DD is only suitable for the
finishing of interior furniture surfaces. Especially
suitable for furniture surfaces, which are subject to
extreme stress, e.g. in areas such as schools,
restaurants, hotels, chemist's shops, pharmacies,
shop equipment, ship interiors, etc. It is also suitable
for interior fittings in spaces other than buildings,
e.g. campers, caravans, railway carriages, airplanes,
ships, etc.
Surfaces
Preparation
Gloss levels
Product number
DD 8
Gloss level
silk
approx. 55
to DIN 67530 at 60°
DD 9
silk-lustre
approx. 25
Hardening
Hardener
PUR-Härter 5085
Mixing ratio
5:1
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
Thinner
1
paper) as a top coat. Sanding with automatic
sanding machines only after dyring overnight.
Carefully remove the sanding dust after each intermediate sanding. Due to better sandability we
recommend using Diadur® 2K-PUR Füllgrund DD-F
as primer. If Diadur® 2K-PUR Klarlack DD is applied
by brush or roller application on furniture, the flow
characteristics can be improved by adding up to
20 % of PUR-Verdünner S 9029 to the varnish.
If this should not be sufficient or if the temperature
is higher, we recommend adding up to 5 % of
Verzögerer VZ. Diadur® should have good temperature (we recommend 18 - 20 °C). The object to
be coated should not be colder than 18 °C and
should be dry. When applying a second or third coat,
please take care that the previous varnish layer is
completely dry.
Application methods
Spraying
High/Low Airless/
pressure Airmix
Spray press. (bar) 1.5-3.0 110-130
Nozzle size (mm) 1.6-2.0 0.23-0.28
as
as
Thinner added (%)
required required
Processing
viscosity
25
25
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
100-120 120-180
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
9-11
5-8
Roller/
Brush
–
–
15-20
approx.
17
120
8
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 35 min.
touch-dry
approx. 3 h
sandable
approx. 6 h
transportable
overnight
Aftertreatment
Diadur® 2K-PUR Klarlack DD can be worked over at
any time using the same material following previous
sanding and removal of the sanding dust.
Product data
Batch sizes DD
original batches
Diadur® 2K-PUR-Klarlack DD can also be used on
Owing to their high solid content, varnishes of the
Diadur® series require greater care of processing.
A clean, exactly set varnishing plant and the
correct nozzle choice as well as a clean, dust-free
working environment shall be ensured.
Airless or Airmix systems tend to a restless
surface appearance when processing high-solids
varnishes. This potential restlessness of the
surface becomes particularly noticeable on dark
substrates when using Diadur® silk-lustre DD 9. In
that case, we recommend final varnishing with
Crystallit® 2K-PUR Klarlack CL.
regarding consumer goods for
food contact applications
5 l, 25 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 28 sec.
approx. 2 years
Application
Diadur® 2K-PUR Klarlack DD and PUR-Härter 5085
are carefully mixed. Add PUR-Verdünner as required.
This mixture is initially applied as a primer and then,
Special notes
request from us.
climatic conditions
low-emission paints
82
Diadur® 2K-PUR Füllgrund, farblos
DD-F
PUR 5085
6h
5
1
Product description
Application
Diadur® 2K-PUR Füllgrund DD-F is an extremely
high-build, well sandable two-pack polyurethane
primer. The high transparency of Diadur® 2K-PUR
Füllgrund DD-F ensures brilliant varnish
compositions.
Diadur® 2K-PUR Füllgrund DD-F and PUR-Härter
required. Depending on the surface, the mixture is
once or twice applied as primer after corresponding
drying and intermediate sanding (280/320-grit
paper). Carefully remove the sanding dust after
each intermediate sanding.
Diadur® 2K-PUR Füllgrund DD-F is only suitable for
suitable for interior fittings in spaces other than buildings, e.g. campers, caravans, railway carriages,
airplanes, ships, etc. Diadur® 2K-PUR Füllgrund DDF was specially developed for closed-pore coating
compositions with Diadur® 2K-PUR Klarlack DD. Due
to its high transparency it is outstandingly suitable
for high-gloss compositions with Crystallit® 2K-PUR
Hochglanzlack CL-H.
Surfaces
Preparation
Hardening
Hardener
PUR-Härter 5085
Mixing ratio
5:1
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
Thinner
Application methods
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added
if required (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Spraying
High/Low
Airless/
pressure
Airmix
1.5-3.0
110-130
1.6-2.0
0.23-0.28
approx. 10
–
30
45
100-120
120-180
9-11
5-8
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 25 min.
touch-dry
approx. 90 min.
sandable
approx. 4 h
Special notes
Coatings made of polyurethane (PUR) materials
must always be sanded and dusted shortly before
their further processing in order to guarantee an
impeccable bonding.
Diadur® 2K-PUR-Füllgrund DD-F can also be used
on bleached wood (peroxide-resistant).
Aftertreatment
After intermediate sanding (280/320-grit paper) and
careful dusting, varnish with Diadur® 2K-PUR Klarlack
DD. In case of closed-pore compositons, especially
when coated with Crystallit® 2K-PUR Hochglanzklarlack CL-H, drying must at least be overnight.
Product data
Batch sizes DD-F
Batch sizes
Härter PUR 5085
original batches
5 l, 25 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 45 sec.
2 years
low-emission paints
www.zweihorn.com
83
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Tiefmattklarlack
DT-TM
DT-TM DH1
DA2
pliant
4h
100
Thinner
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Tiefmattklarlack DT-TM is a
revolutionary product with ultra-fast curing properties, extremely high solid body content and a deep
matt extremely robust surface on all types of wood.
This product was especially developed for the use
on surfaces primed with Duritan® 3K High-Solid
Füllgrund DT-F as an extremely hard, hard-wearing
final varnish. Already after a very short curing time,
the Duritan® system provides unrivalled chemical
and mechanical resistance properties. All Duritan®
products are clearly under VOC limit values required
by law, i.e., they are ideally prepared for the future.
Not required.
- Universalreiniger UR for cleaning
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Tiefmattklarlack DT-TM is
suitable for quick, closed-pore coating of wood for
all interior objects of higher value, which have been
primed with Duritan® 3K High-Solid Füllgrund DT-F.
The product with deep matt transparent appearance
was especially developed for high-quality interior
construction.
Surfaces
All common wood and wood materials, which have
been primed with Duritan® 3K High-Solid Füllgrund
DT-F. Before Duritan® 3K High-Solid Tiefmattklarlack
DT-TM is applied it must be ensured that the surface
has been completely filled and sanded. No open
pore or joint must be visible, since this would result
in different degrees of gloss. Classic Zweihorn®
paint compositions with Wigranit® Isolierfüller
WIG-IF and Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/colour can
also be used as substrate. Please see 'Special
notes'.
Preparation
Sand with 240-grit paper and carefully dust the surfaces coated with Duritan® 3K High-Solid Füllgrund
DT-F. Surfaces pretreated with Wigranit® Novacolor
WNC/colour can be finally coated and cured with
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Tiefmattklarlack DT-TM after
2 to maximal 6 hours.
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
to DIN 67530 at 60°
DT-TM
deep matt
approx. 5
Hardening and activation
Hardener
Duritan® Härter DH1
Activator
Duritan® Aktivator DA2
Mixing ratio (lacquer/
hardener/activator)
100 : 50 : 4
by weight:
100 : 50 : 5
by volume:
6-8 h at 20 °C, 65 % relaPot life
tive humidity of air in lightprotected container
oc-Com
4
Product description
84
50
Application
mixed in the specified mixing ratio (see ‘Hardening
and activation’). The activator and the activated
varnish mixtures are light-sensitive since chemical
curing is started by sunlight. For that reason, the
product must be protected against direct solar radiation, in order to ensure the maximum pot life. It is
advantageous to prepare the mixture in optically
opaque containers. Before the spraying devices are
filled they should be carefully rinsed with Universalreiniger UR and all filters should be cleaned thoroughly. Caution! If other thinners and residues
of conventional varnish come into contact with
Duritan®, undesired reactions could be aroused,
which cause immediate hardening of the varnish
within a few seconds. In the case of spraying devices with material hose we recommend using
Duritan® in a separate device. Duritan® 3K High-Solid
Tiefmattklarlack DT-TM is ready for use. Duritan®
3K High-Solid Tiefmattklarlack DT-TM is applied with
a spray gun. After application and prior to the exposure to light, the coat should rest for 10 minutes.
This rest period must be observed since residual
solvent and air bubbles trapped during coating must
evaporate. Evaporation should take place at normal
ambient temperature of 15 to 25 °C. During evaporation the surface must be protected against direct
solar radiation, so that premature curing of the
varnish coat is avoided. Then the exposure of the
varnish coat must be carried out by means of the
Duritan® exposure systems recommended by
Zweihorn®. With the large-scale exposure system
the duration of exposure is approx. 10 minutes with
a distance of 1.50 metres to the source of light.
Larger distances and shadow regions will extend the
duration of exposure. For the exposure of hardly
accessible areas we recommend using the Duritan®
hand radiator. With this, the duration of exposure
is a few seconds and the duration of curing is also
approx. 10 minutes. The operation with the Duritan®
hand radiator is similar to the actual varnishing
procedure. After exposure the coat should rest for
10 minutes again. Then the varnished objects can
be packed.
Application methods
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added
if required max. (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Spraying
High/Low pressure
2.5-3.0
1.0-1.3
–
approx. 18
80-120
7-10
Production times
Evapor. time after varnishing min. 10 minutes
Exposure time with surface
min. 10 minutes
radiator at a distance of
1.50 metres max.
Rest time before
min. 10 minutes
further processing
(stacking, loading)
The times indicated are minimum times and are
applied under optimum working conditions if the
parameters stated in this Technical data Sheet are
met and if the exposure systems prescribed
Zweihorn® are used. The times can generally be
extended, if required. Please, satisfy yourself before
the varnished objects are exposed to light, that the
solvent is evaporated and that the surfaces have an
even deep matt appearance. Longer exposure will
not damage the varnish film. For further information
about best exposure see the separate Duritan®
exposure manual.
Aftertreatment
Aftertreatment is not recommended, because
extremely insensitive to scratches and hardly sandable. If necessary, the surfaces can be overvarnished
with the same material after they have been slightly
sanded before.
Product data
Batch size Duritan® 3K High-Solid
Tiefmattklarlack DT-TM
Batch size Duritan® Härter DH1
Batch size Duritan® Aktivator DA2
Processing viscosity of the ready
mixture DIN-4 mm
Shelf life in unopened original batches
5l
5l
125 ml
approx.
18 sec.
2 years
VOC directive
EC limit value for this product (cat. A/e):
550 g/l (2007) / 500 g/l (2010).
Special notes
The activator and the activated varnish mixture
are light-sensitive. For that reason, the activator
must be stored in the closed original bottle.
Protect the varnish mixture against sunlight and
against the Duritan® exposure system. Use optically opaque containers to prepare the mixture.
During processing, open containers should be
closed with a lid. Only use optically opaque reservoirs with spraying devices. In case of longer
pauses cover the nozzle or the air cap.
Never use products of the Duritan® system
together with other products not mentioned
in this data sheet.
Carefully rinse spraying devices with Zweihorn®
Universalreiniger UR before Duritan® is used.
Never use other thinners than indicated.
Be careful with universal or washing thinners
made by other manufacturers. Smallest amounts
or residues in the material hoses of spraying
devices may cause undesired reactions (curing)
of Duritan® and may irreparably damage the
spraying device.
Spraying devices and implements must also be
protected against light and, at the end of the
working day, must be carefully cleaned with
Zweihorn® Universalreiniger UR.
Residues of Duritan® on fingers or cleaning tissues
may cause surface failures when coming into
contact with objects to be varnished.
Observe the recommended waiting period before
Duritan® is exposed to light. Prior to exposure,
the surface must have an even deep matt
appearance. During the evaporation period the
varnished objects must be protected against
sunlight and the Duritan® exposure system.
Premature exposure to light leads to milky,
hazy results and different degrees of gloss.
Surfaces coated with Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/
colour can be overpainted in accordance with the
www.zweihorn.com
Technical Data Sheet, but only within 2 to 6 hours
after the paint has been applied. If the paint coat
should be older, e.g. after overnight drying, the
coat must be thoroughly sanded, coated again
with Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/colour and, again
within 2 to 6 hours, finally coated with Duritan®
3K High-Solid Tiefmattklarlack DT-TM. Failure to
comply with this procedure may result in adherence problems between the paint layers.
climatic conditions
low-emission paints *
* applied for
85
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Hochglanzklarlack
DT-HG
DT-HG DH1
DA2
pliant
6h
100
Thinner
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Hochglanzklarlack DT-HG is a
revolutionary product with ultra-fast curing properties, extremely high solid body content and extreme
brilliance on all types of wood. This product was
especially developed for the use on surfaces primed
with Duritan® 3K High-Solid Füllgrund DT-F as an
extremely hard, hard-wearing, polishable final
varnish. Already after a short curing time, the
Duritan® system provides excellent chemical and
mechanical resistance properties. All Duritan®
products are clearly under VOC limit values required
by law, i.e., they are ideally prepared for the future.
Not required.
- Zweihorn® Universalreiniger UR for cleaning
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Hochglanzklarlack DT-HG is
suitable for quick, closed-pore coating of wood for
all interior objects of higher value, which have been
primed with Duritan® 3K High-Solid Füllgrund DT-F.
The product with highest brilliance and lucency was
especially developed for high-quality interior
construction for high-gloss wood coatings.
Surfaces
All common wood and wood materials, which have
been primed with Duritan® 3K High-Solid Füllgrund
DT-F. Classic Zweihorn® paint compositions with
Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIG-IF and Wigranit®
Novacolor WNC/colour can also be used as
substrate. Please see 'Special notes'.
Preparation
Sand with 240-grit paper and carefully dust the surfaces coated with Duritan® 3K High-Solid Füllgrund
DT-F. Surfaces pretreated with Wigranit®
Novacolor WNC/colour can be finally coated
and cured with Duritan® 3K High-Solid
Hochglanzklarlack DT-HG.
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
to DIN 67530 at 60°
DT-HG
high-gloss
approx. 98
Hardener
Activator
hardener/activator)
100 : 100 : 2
by weight:
100 : 100 : 2.5
by volume
6-8 h at 20 °C, 65 %
Pot life
relative humidity of air in
light-protected container
oc-Com
2
Product description
86
100
Application
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Hochglanzklarlack DT-HG is
mixed in the specified mixing ratio (see 'Hardening
and activation'). The activator and the activated
varnish mixtures are light-sensitive since chemical
curing is started by sunlight. For that reason, the
product must be protected against direct solar radiation, in order to ensure the maximum pot life. It is
advantageous to prepare the mixture in optically
opaque containers. Before the spraying devices are
filled they should be carefully rinsed with Universalreiniger UR and all filters should be cleaned thoroughly. Caution! If other thinners and residues
within a few seconds. In the case of spraying devices with material hose we recommend using
Duritan® in a separate device. Duritan® 3K HighSolid Hochglanzklarlack DT-HG is ready for use.
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Hochglanzklarlack DT-HG
is applied with a spray gun. After application and
prior to the exposure to light, the coat should rest for
10 minutes. This rest period must be observed since
residual solvent and air bubbles trapped during
coating must evaporate. Evaporation should take
place at normal ambient temperature of 15 to 25 °C.
During evaporation the surface must be protected
against direct solar radiation, so that premature
curing of the varnish coat is avoided. Then the
exposure of the varnish coat must be carried out
by means of the Duritan® exposure systems
recommended by Zweihorn®. With the large-scale
exposure system the duration of exposure is approx.
10 minutes with a distance of 1.50 metres to the
source of light. Larger distances and shadow regions
will extend the duration of exposure. For the
exposure of hardly accessible areas we recommend
using the Duritan® UV hand radiator. With this, the
duration of exposure is a few seconds and the duration of curing is also approx. 10 minutes. The
operation with the Duritan® hand radiator is similar
to the actual varnishing procedure. After exposure
the coat should rest for 10 minutes again. Then the
varnished objects can be packed. Polishing can be
made after one hour; however, we recommend overnight rest time (of approx. 14 hours). For the
polishing sequence with Zweihorn® Spezial
Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP and HochglanzPolierpaste HPP please see the separate Technical
Data Sheet for that product (also see: Five steps to
the perfect high-gloss surface with DT-HG).
Application methods
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Spraying
High/Low pressure
2.5-3.0
1.0-1.3
–
approx. 22
80-120
7-10
Production times
min. 10 minutes
radiator at a distance of
1.50 metres max.
Rest time before further
min. 10 minutes
processing (stacking,
loading)
min. 1 hour,
Polishable
recommended:
overnight
parameters stated in this Technical data Sheet are
met and if the exposure systems prescribed by
extended, if required. Prior to exposure of the coated
objects please take care that no air is entrapped
anymore in the varnish film. Before the exposure,
the varnish film must look crystal-clear. Longer
exposure will not damage the varnish film. For
further information about best exposure see the
separate Duritan® exposure manual.
Aftertreatment
After intermediate sanding (240-grit paper) and
careful dusting, another coat with the same material
can be applied. We recommend polishing after a rest
period of one night up to three days max.
Product data
Batch size Duritan®
Hochglanzlack DT-HG
Viscosity of the ready mixture
at delivery DIN-4 mm
original batches
5l
5l
125 ml
approx. 22 sec.
2 years
VOC directive
EC limit value for this product (cat. AII/j):
550 g/l (2007) / 500 g/l (2010).
Special notes
closed with a lid. Only use optically opaque reservoirs with spraying devices. In case of longer
pauses cover the nozzle or the air cap.
Never mix products of the Duritan® system with
other products not mentioned in this data sheet.
Never use other thinners than indicated. Be careful with universal or washing thinners made by
other manufacturers. Smallest amounts or
residues in the material hoses of spraying devices
may cause undesired reactions (curing) of
Duritan® and may irreparably damage the spraying
device.
may cause surface failures when coming into
contact with objects to be varnished.
Duritan® is exposed to light. Prior to exposure,
the surface must have an even deep matt
appearance. During the evaporation period the
varnished objects must be protected against
Premature exposure to light leads to milky,
hazy results and different degrees of gloss.
Surfaces coated with Wigranit® Novacolor
WNC/colour can be overpainted in accordance
with the Technical Data Sheet, but only within 2 to
6 hours after the paint has been applied. If the
paint coat should be older, e.g. after overnight drying, the coat must be thoroughly sanded, coated
again with Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/colour and,
again within 2 to 6 hours, finally coated with
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Hochglanzklarlack DT-HG.
Failure to comply with this procedure may result in
adherence problems between the paint layers.
www.zweihorn.com
Abrasion resistance according to
DIN 68861/2
in railway applications*
climatic conditions
low-emission paints
* applied for
87
Five steps to the perfect high-gloss surface with
Duritan® 3K-High-Solid Hochglanzklarlack DT-HG
1. Priming with Duritan® 2K-Porenspachtel
and/or 3K-High-Solid Füllgrund DT-F
In case of coarse-pore or strongly absorbing
wood, we recommend using Duritan® Porenspachtel. This transparent surfacer is solvent-free
and fills the pores in one to two operations (see
Technical Data Sheet). Thus you can save many
operations, i.e. you save time and money. Duritan®
Füllgrund DT-F is extremely high-build, extremely
transparent and is applied after the pores have
been filled by means of the Duritan®
Porenspachtel or directly onto the raw wood (see
Technical Data Sheet). According to the requirements and depending on the surface, DT-F is
applied several times. Between the individual
coating procedures we recommend drying overnight, because this will clearly improve the stability. MDF for moisture-proof applications does not
need any special preparation. If the surface shall
be painted with Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/colour
prior to the high-gloss varnishing Wigranit® 2KMDF Isolierfüller IF or 2K-PUR Füller WIG/FILL
must be applied as primer.
4. Polishing with Hochglanz Schleifpaste HSP
Apply the Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP at any
point onto the varnished surface. Consumption
depends on the surface properties and the
machine used. By spraying some tap water onto
the surface during polishing, the surface can be
cooled down and the Hochglanz Schleifpaste can
be diluted. We differentiate between two application
techniques:
machines:
When using lambskin pads, the distribution of
Hochglanz Schleifpaste HSP with the necessary
pressure and steady back and forth movements
results in the first gloss. If the surface becomes
too dry, new paste must be applied in order to
avoid that the surface becomes too hot.
machines:
Apply Hochglanz Schleifpaste HSP onto the
surface to be treated or put it in front of the
buffing rollers of a buffing machine. Distribution
and polishing are automatic via felt/pile belts or
buffing rollers.
Up to 96 % of the obtainable gloss can be obtained
with Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP. For many customer requirements this is already sufficient. For highquality highly polished surfaces, however, we
recommend carrying out step 5. This step results in
the ultimate gloss, so that the naked eye cannot
recognize the difference between this and an
unpolished surface. Please note, that most of the
polishing time is used for Hochglanz-Schleifpaste
HSP, because it is more abrasive and smallest
scratches can be removed by polishing. Please see
the separate Technical Data Sheet for Spezial
Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP!
2. Varnishing with Duritan® 3K-High-Solid
Hochglanzklarlack DT-HG
After drying overnight, apply Duritan®
Hochglanzlack in accordance with the Technical
Data Sheet onto the well-prepared surface. Due to
the fact that Duritan® Hochglanzlack has a solid
content of approx. 80%, one single application
prior to polishing is sufficient. Triple application as
with conventional high-gloss varnishes is not
required since there is a sufficient dry film layer
for sanding and polishing.
3. Polishing preparations
After a curing time of one to three days, dry and
wet sanding is possible. Important with dry
sanding is a very good eccentric grinding machine
with excellent dust vacuuming abilities and the
generous use of fresh sanding paper (1500 2000 grit). However, with Duritan®, wet sanding is
much quicker to obtain the final result. By using
800-grit wet sanding paper for the first planing
procedure with the extremely hard Duritan®
Hochglanzlack, sanding times as with conventional high-gloss varnishes can be obtained. The
next sanding cycles should be made with 1000
and 3000 grit wet sanding paper. In order to
check the sanding result during wet sanding, we
recommend using a window squeegee to wipe
the surface. Polishing can be started when the
surface is completely matt. Never sand by hand
when the product is applied on the entire surface.
88
5. Polishing with Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP
Apply the Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP at any point
onto the varnished surface. Consumption depends
on the surface properties and the machine used.
By spraying some tap water onto the surface
during polishing, the surface can be cooled down
and the Hochglanz Polierpaste can be diluted. We
differentiate between two application techniques:
machines:
Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP is distributed with a
foam waffle pad (orange) on the surface to be
polished with the necessary pressure and
steady back and forth movements. If the
surface becomes too dry, new paste must be
applied in order to avoid that the surface
becomes too hot. With Hochglanz-Polierpaste
you can obtain roughly the gloss of an
unpolished high-gloss surface. But only if
careful sanding was made and when HSP was
used for first polishing.
machines:
Apply Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP onto the
surface to be treated or put it in front of the
buffing roller of a buffing machine. Distribution
and polishing are automatic via felt/pile belts or
buffing rollers.
Hochglanz- Polierpaste HPP! In order to clean the
surface from remaining polish particles, just wipe it
with a microfiber cloth or apply small amounts of
Hochglanzpolitur 10099 onto the surface. It removes
not only the existing residues of HochglanzPolierpaste HPP, but it also results in a more brilliant
surface. After drying, treat the surface with a
polishing sponge until it looks crystal clear.
Repolishing with Spezial Abpolierwasser S 68 is
possible (Caution: contains silicone!). By doing so,
the surface becomes more scratch resistant.
Duritan® 2K-Porenspachtel, transparent
DT-PS
A
B
1
1
pliant
1h
Product description
Duritan® 2K-Porenspachtel DT-PS is a transparent
surface filler system to fill wood pores. If wood,
which is difficult to varnish, is pre-treated with this
product, the need to apply several coats of varnish is
dropped. Duritan® 2K-Porenspachtel DT-PS features,
like all other varnishes of the Duritan® series, ultrafast curing and extreme brilliance on all types of
wood. Due to its solids content of 100%, later caving
of the surface in the wood pores is reduced to a
minimum with this filler system. Duritan® 2KPorenspachtel DT-PS can be easily mixed and
processed.
Duritan® 2K-Porenspachtel DT-PS is suitable for
quick, closed-pore coating of wood for all interior
objects of higher value. The product with highest
brilliance and transparency was especially
developed for high-quality interior construction
with noble wood coatings.
Surfaces
All common types of coarse-pore wood and wooden
materials, even if treated with Zweihorn® stains,
except wax stains. Please see ‘Application’ and
‘Special notes’.
Preparation
Mixture
Component A
Duritan® Porenspachtel
Bindemittel
Duritan® Porenspachtel Härter
Component B
Mixing ratio
1:1
(binder/hardener)
after mixing approx. 1 hour
Pot life
(without exposure to UV light)
Thinner
Not required.
- Use Zweihorn® Universalreiniger UR for cleaning
of tools
Application
Duritan® 2K-Porenspachtel DT-PS consist of component A (binder) and component B (hardener). These two
components are thoroughly mixed in a mixing ratio of
1:1. There is no need to add an activator! When
Duritan® 2K-Porenspachtel DT-PS is processed, the
product must be protected against direct solar radiation
and/or the scattered light of the Duritan® large-scale
exposure system or the hand radiator, so that the
stated pot life can be met. After taking of the material,
the tubes must be immediately closed. Do not
exchange the caps of the tubes in order to prevent
undesired hardening in the tubes. We recommend
mixing the desired quantity of the components on a
clean mixing board or in a clean mixing vessel. After
mixing, the filler compound can be directly put onto the
surface to be filled. Duritan® 2K-Porenspachtel DT-PS
www.zweihorn.com
can be applied onto the raw wood. The surfacer can
also be applied directly on stained surfaces. All
Zweihorn® stains, with the exception of wax stain, can
be used. Prior to surfacing, a thin layer of Duritan® 3K
High-Solid Füllgrund DT-F can be applied, exposed and
sanded, in order to obtain stronger emphasis of the
wood grain. Take care that the procedure is the same
for the entire object in order to prevent colour variations. On the surface, the mixture can be distributed
by means of the plastic spatula contained in the set, by
means of a Japanese spatula or a rubber knife. When
doing so, Duritan® 2K-Porenspachtel DT-PS PS is first
worked in across the grain and then in the direction of
the grain. Excess and remainders of the filler should
be removed as long as the material is liquid, because
sanding would be much more difficult after curing.
Profiles can be coated with a brush or a cloth. Excess
can be removed with a clean lint free cloth. On sharp
inner edges the excess must be removed by means of
a hand spatula. Prior to the exposure it must be ensured that the filler has been evenly distributed and that
the excess has been removed. Dirty tools can be best
cleaned with Zweihorn® Universalreiniger UR as long as
the material is liquid. When coming into contact with
Duritan®, other thinners could cause unintended
reactions with the result that the material cures within
a few seconds. The filled workpieces can be directly
cured with the Duritan® large-scale exposure system
or the Duritan® hand radiator without any drying time.
The minimum exposure time must be kept. This time
may slightly vary depending on the surface. Depending
on the distance to the light source, dark surfaces might
require a longer exposure time. After the exposure,
Duritan® 2K-Porenspachtel DT-PS needs a rest time
to cure. Then sanding or further coating can be done.
If Duritan® 2K-Porenspachtel DT-PS has been directly
applied on stained surfaces or if stained surfaces have
been primed with Duritan® 3K High-Solid Füllgrund DTF prior to surfacing, cured surfaces must be slightly
sanded (400 grit paper or abrasive sponge) in order to
minimize the risk of sanding through, and processing
must be continued within 6 hours, in order to ensure
perfect bonding.
Application methods
Metal spatula, brush, cloth
Coverage per application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/300 g Set)
Production times
Evaporation time after application
Exposure time with surface radiator
at a distance of 1.50 metres max
Rest time before further processing
(sanding, stacking, loading)
30-50
6-10
n. a.
20 min.
20 min.
parameters stated in this Technical Data Sheet are
extended, if required. For further information about
best exposure see the separate Duritan® exposure
manual.
oc-Com
Aftertreatment
After intermediate sanding (240 to 400-grit paper)
and after careful dust removal, the surface can be
filled with the same material or coated with Duritan®
3K High-Solid Füllgrund DT-F within one workday
(max. 8 hours) in order to ensure perfect adherence.
It is also possible to create the surface with
Zweihorn® varnishes from the Crystallit®-, Diadur®-,
Duocryl Top- or Variocryl® series.
Product data
®
Duritan
2K-Porenspachtel
DT-PS
1 set, consisting of:
- 150 g component A (binder)
- 150 g component B (hardener)
- 1 1 (one) solvent-resistant
plastic spatula
- 5 (five) wooden mixing
spatulas
pasty
Viscos. at deliv.
Shelf life in
unopened
2 years
original batches
Special notes
Duritan® 2K-Porenspachtel DT-PS is sensitive to
light. After taking of the material, the tubes must
always be closed. Protect the mixture against
Never mix products of the Duritan® system with
other products not mentioned in this datasheet.
Clean tools with Zweihorn® Universalreiniger UR.
Never use other thinners than indicated. Be careful
with universal or washing thinners made by other
manufacturers. These could cause immediate
unintended reactions (curing) of Duritan® 2KPorenspachtel DT-PS.
may cause surface failures (fingerprints) when
coming into contact with objects to be varnished.
2K-Porenspachtel DT-PS is suitable for filling of
wood pores. Filling of larger holes or imperfections
or applying layers that are too thick will lead to
milky, hazy results.
Carefully remove any excess material prior to the
exposure. After curing, differences in the layer
thickness can be hardly removed.
Due to the absorption of light, dark wood and
stained wood may require longer exposure and
curing times. Always make a test with this kind of
surfaces.
Do not process and dry Duritan® 2K-Porenspachtel
DT-PS under 15 °C.
89
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Füllgrund, farblos
DT-F
DT-F
DH1
DA2
100
100
2
pliant
6h
Product description
Application
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Füllgrund DT-F is a revolutionary product with ultra-fast hardening properties,
extremely high solid body content and extreme
brilliance on all types of wood. In this system, caving
of the varnish in the wood pore is reduced to a
minimum. Duritan® 3K High-Solid Füllgrund DT-F is
the basis for closed-pore constructions, which can
be finally overpainted with Duritan® 3K High-Solid
Hochglanzlack or Tiefmattklarlack. Already after a
short curing time, the Duritan® system provides
excellent chemical and mechanical resistance
properties. All Duritan® products are clearly under
VOC limit values required by law, i.e., they are
ideally prepared for the future.
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Füllgrund DT-F is mixed in
the specified mixing ratio (see Hardening and
activation). The activator and the activated varnish
mixtures are light-sensitive since chemical curing
is started by sunlight. For that reason, the product
must be protected against direct solar radiation, in
order to ensure the maximum pot life. It is advantageous to prepare the mixture in optically opaque
containers. Before the spraying devices are filled
they should be carefully rinsed with Universalreiniger UR and all filters should be cleaned
thoroughly. Caution! If other thinners and residues
within a few seconds. In the case of spraying
devices with material hose, we recommend using
Duritan® in a separate device. Duritan® 3K High-Solid
Füllgrund DT-F is ready for use. In the case of wood
with fine pores, the mixture is applied twice, in the
case of wood with coarse pores, the mixture is applied three to four times, each time after corresponding evaporation, exposure and rest periods as well
as after intermediate sanding with 240-grit paper.
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Füllgrund DT-F F is applied
with a spray gun. After application and prior to the
exposure to light, the coat should rest for 10 minutes. This rest period must be observed since residual
solvent and air bubbles trapped during coating must
evaporate. Evaporation should take place at normal
ambient temperature of 15 to 25 °C. During evaporation the surface must be protected against direct
solar radiation, so that premature curing of the
varnish coat is avoided. Then the exposure of the
varnish coat must be carried out by means of the
Duritan® exposure systems recommended by
Zweihorn®. With the large-scale exposure system
the duration of exposure is approx. 10 minutes with
a distance of 1.50 metres to the source of light.
Larger distances and shadow regions will extend the
duration of exposure. For the exposure of hardly
accessible areas we recommend using the Duritan®
UV hand radiator. With this, the duration of exposure
is a few seconds and the duration of curing is also
approx. 10 minutes. The operation with the hand
radiator is similar to the actual varnishing procedure.
After exposure the coat should rest for 10 minutes
again. Then the varnished objects can be directly
sanded and coated with Duritan® 3K High-Solid
®
Duritan 3K High-Solid Füllgrund DT-F F is suitable
for quick, closed-pore coating of wood for all interior
objects of higher value. The product with highest
brilliance and transparency was especially
developed for high-quality interior construction
with noble wood coatings.
Surfaces
All common wood and wood materials, even if
treated with Zweihorn® stains except wax stains.
Please see the 'Special notes'.
Preparation
Hardener
Activator
hardener/activator)
by weight:
100 : 100 : 2
by volume:
100 : 100 : 2.5
6-8 h at 20 °C,
Pot life
in light-protected container
Thinner
Not required.
- PUR-Verdünner S 9004, if required.
- Zweihorn® Universalreiniger UR for cleaning.
90
oc-Com
Füllgrund DT-F or with the varnishes mentioned
under 'Aftertreatment' again. In case of strongly
absorbing surfaces such as MDF, beech, maple, etc.,
we recommend applying the first layer very thin,
because the varnish would unevenly be absorbed
during drying if the layer is too thick, and the sanding
effort would be too great.
Application methods
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added
if required max.(%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Spraying
High/Low pressure
2.5-3.0
1.0-1.3
5
approx. 30
80-120
7-10
Production times
radiator at a distance of 1.50 min. 10 minutes
metres max.
Rest time before
min. 10 minutes
further processing
(sanding, stacking, loading)
parameters stated in this Technical Data Sheet are
extended, if required. Prior to exposure of the coated
objects please take care that no air is entrapped
anymore in the varnish film. Before the exposure,
the varnish film must look crystal-clear. If thinner
has been added, the evaporation time required is
longer. Longer exposure will not damage the varnish
film. For further information about best exposure see
the separate Duritan® exposure manual.
Aftertreatment
After intermediate sanding (240-grit paper) and
careful dusting, the final coat can be applied with
the same material or with Duritan® 3K High-Solid
Hochglanzlack DT-HG or Duritan® 3K High-Solid
Tiefmattklarlack DT-TM. It is also possible to apply
a varnish of the Crystallit®-, Diadur®-, Duocryl
Top- or Variocryl® series.
Product data
Batch size Duritan® Füllgrund DT-F
Viscosity of the ready mixture at
delivery DIN-4 mm
Shelf life in unopened original batches
5l
5l
125 ml
approx. 30
sec.
2 years
VOC directive
EC limit value for this product (cat. A/j):
550 g/l (2007) / 500 g/l (2010).
Special notes
closed with a lid. Only use optically opaque
reservoirs with spraying devices. In case of
longer pauses cover the nozzle or the air cap.
Never use products of the Duritan® system
together with other products not mentioned
in this data sheet.
Never use other thinners than indicated.
Be careful with universal or washing thinners
made by other manufacturers. Smallest amounts
or residues in the material hoses of spraying
devices may cause undesired reactions (curing)
of Duritan® and may irreparably damage the
spraying device.
may cause surface failures (fingerprints) when
coming into contact with objects to be varnished.
Duritan® is exposed to light. Prior to the exposure
to light, the surface must look crystal-clear. During
the evaporation period the varnished objects must
www.zweihorn.com
be protected against sunlight and the Duritan®
exposure system. Premature exposure to light
leads to milky, hazy results.
Due to the absorption of light, dark wood and
stained wood may require longer exposure and
curing times. Always make a test with this kind
of surfaces.
low-emission paints
91
Summary of colours Colourit
White
light (7-000-1)
Black
medium (7-000-2)
Hazelnut
light (9-000-1)
medium (9-000-2)
medium (9-003-2)
medium (9-006-2)
medium (9-009-2)
92
medium (9-004-2)
light (9-007-1)
light (9-010-1)
medium (2-000-2)
light (3-000-1)
medium (9-007-2)
light (6-000-1)
medium (9-002-2)
light (9-005-1)
medium (9-005-2)
light (9-008-1)
medium (9-008-2)
Yellow
medium (9-010-2)
light (1-000-1)
medium (1-000-2)
Burgundy
medium (3-000-2)
Green
medium (5-000-2)
light (9-002-1)
Rust
Red
Blue
light (5-000-1)
light (9-004-1)
medium (7-001-2)
Amber
Mahogany
Orange
light (2-000-1)
medium (9-001-2)
Cinnamon
Copper
light (9-009-1)
light (9-001-1)
light (7-001-1)
Brass
Cappuccino
Cherry
light (9-006-1)
medium (8-000-2)
Cocoa
Sand
light (9-003-1)
light (8-000-1)
Silver grey
medium (6-000-2)
light (4-000-1)
medium (4-000-2)
Colourit 2K-PUR Lack, koloriert
COL 7, 8, 9, 0/colour
PUR 5085
36 h
10
1
Product description
Application
Aftertreatment
Colourit 2K-PUR Lack COL is a quickly drying,
coloured varnish for furniture. The system allows the
levelling, transparent, coloured coating of wooden
materials without the need to stain before. Due to
this advantage, furniture already treated with twopack PUR varnishes (e.g. from the Diadur®-,
Crystallit®-, or Purolit-series) which do not allow
subsequent staining, can be provided with another
colour. Colourit 2K-PUR Lack COL is available in 20
different transparent, brilliant colour shades in two
intensity levels each. Also available are handy foil
samples of all the 40 colour shades. These transparent foils allow a preview of the colour shade on the
desired furniture.
First working cycle: colourless primer coat
Priming must be made with the colourless two-pack
varnishes of the Crystallit® series (CL-F, CL 7, 8, 9,
0). For closed-pore surfaces we recommend colourless priming with Diadur® Füllgrund DD-F or
Crystallit® Füllgrund CL-F. Please see the separate
Technical Data Sheets for these products. After drying of the primer, intermediate sanding is made with
280/320-grit paper. This colourless primer coat must
be applied in order to avoid that the surface becomes
spotted in the case of strongly absorbing wood.
Second working cycle: coloured paint coat with
Colourit
Mix Colourit 2K-PUR Lack COL with 10 % of PURHärter 5085 (for dilution see 'Application methods')
and apply in an extremely uniform way by spraying
only (flow cup: low-pressure HVLP or normal).
Various rates of application will result in a varying
appearance. The entire object must be painted with
the rate of application, e.g. 120 g/m², used at the
beginning
Third working cycle: colourless protective coat
After a drying time of at least 1 hour to max. 6 hours
apply the final coat without intermediate sanding
with Crystallit® 2K-PUR Klarlack of the desired gloss
CL 7, 8, 9, 0. Please see the separate Technical Data
Sheet for this product. This working cycle is required
in order to protect Colourit 2K-PUR Lack COL against
mechanical wear and to improve the chemical
resistance. For surfaces, which are not subject to
any wear, this working cycle is not required.
After 1 to 6 hours max., Colourit 2K-PUR-Lack COL
can be overpainted with Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Klarlack
CL 7, 8, 9, 0 without intermediate sanding. See
‘Application’, par. 3.
Colourit 2K-PUR Lack COL is only suitable for the
finishing of interior furniture surfaces. Kitchen, bathroom, restaurant, school, office furniture, etc. for
heavy-duty service can be varnished in brilliant
colours without previous staining. It is also suitable
for interior fittings in spaces other than buildings,
e.g. campers, caravans, etc.
Surfaces
ingredients, e.g. pine, teak or wenge, should first be
insulated with Plastiklack S 7000. Prior to varnishing
with Colourit 2K-PUR Lack COL, all wooden surfaces
should be treated with a colourless primer. See
'Application', par. 1.
Application methods
Preparation
Dust well.
Gloss levels
Product numCOL 7
ber
Gloss level
COL 8
glossy silk
COL 9
COL 0
silklustre
matt
Measuring
value acc. to approx. approx. approx. approx
30
DIN 67530 at 80
15
10
60°
Recommendation: The gloss can be varied by means
of a coating varnish, which, at the same time,
protects the surface.
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
PUR-Härter 5085
10:1
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Spraying
High/Low
Airless/
pressure
Airmix
(recommendation for an
even spraying
appearance)
1.5-3.0
110-130
1.6-2.0
0.23-0.28
10-20
–
18-20
25
90-120
120
6-10
7
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 15 min.
touch-dry
approx. 45 min.
overpaintable
approx. 1 h
transportable
overnight
Product data
Batch sizes COL
original batches
5 l, 20 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 25 sec.
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
Colourit® 2K-PUR-Lack COL should only be applied
by practised varnishers with perfect varnishing
devices.
In order to ensure uniform colour, the prescribed
application quantity must be strictly kept to.
Prior to the application always make a test on the
primed original wood.
according to DIN 68861/1C.
After being varnished with Crystallit®
2K-PUR Klarlack CL 7, 8, 9, 0, DIN
68861/1B is obtained
Thinner
www.zweihorn.com
93
Plastiklack 2K-PUR Isolierlack, farblos
S 7000
S 7777
8h
2
Product description
Thinner
Plastiklack 2K-PUR Isolierlack S 7000 is an
outstanding primer for the insulation of exotic wood
rich in contents and of MDF with extreme penetrating power. At the same time, Plastiklack 2K-PUR
Isolierlack S 7000 is also a highly resistant two-pack
polyurethane varnish for extreme applications.
Chemical resistant and PVC-resistant. For open- and
closed-pore coating of wood and wood materials.
Plastiklack 2K-PUR Isolierlack S 7000 is suitable as
primer and final coating varnish and resists greatest
stress.
Thinner is not required, but the following thinners
might be used:
Plastiklack 2K-PUR Isolierlack S 7000 is only suitable
for the finishing of interior furniture surfaces. Due to
its high resistance against mechanical and chemical
exposure, Plastiklack 2K-PUR Isolierlack S 7000 is
ideal for the varnishing of extensively used wood
surfaces indoors, e.g. schools, discotheques, restaurants, laboratory installations, medical installations
that come into contact with chemicals, drug stores,
pharmacies, shop installations. It is also suitable for
campers, caravans, ships, etc.
Surfaces
All common wood and wood materials. Especially for
hardboard, MDF, wood rich in resin and ingredients,
such as pine, teak and wenge, as well as many types of exotic wood. All Zweihorn® stains, with the exception of wax stain, can be used. For varnishing
white and pastel shades, which require high colourfastness, we recommend using extremely lightfast
varnishes, such as varnishes of the Diadur®-,
Crystallit®- or Purolit-series.
Preparation
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
DIN 67530 at 60°
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
94
1
S 7000
glossy
approx. 80
Plastiklack-Härter S 7777
2:1
Special notes
Application
Carefully mix Plastiklack 2K-PUR Isolierlack S 7000
and Plastiklack-Härter S 7777. Apply with spray gun
or a soft, flat varnishing brush or a short-piled roller,
depending on the desired final effect, up to four
times (as insulation only once). Sanding must be
made with 280-grit paper or finer. Carefully remove
the sanding dust.
Prior to varnishing and after thorough sanding,
wood particularly rich in grease or ingredients
should be washed out with Universalreiniger UR.
Carefully close opened hardener batches and
protect contents against humidity and air.
Clean the equipment immediately after finishing
of the job with Universalreiniger UR.
Do not treat any bleached woods with Zweihorn®
Plastiklack, because a yellow discoloration
could occur!
Sunblocker SB can be added to the varnish.
Application methods
Spraying
Airless/
High/
Airmix
Low
pressure
Spray press. (bar) 1.5-3.0 110-130
Nozzle size (mm) 1.6-2.0 0.23-0.28
Thinner added (%) –
–
Processing
approx. approx.
viscosity
12
12
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
100-120 100-120
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
7-9
8-9
Roller/
Brush
–
–
–
approx.
12
100
10
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 1 h
touch-dry
approx. 3 h
sandable
approx. 5 h
transportable
overnight
Aftertreatment
Plastiklack 2K-PUR-Isolierlack S 7000 can be
worked over at any time with the same material
after prior sanding and dusting.
Product data
Batch sizes S 7000
Batch sizes
Härter S 7777
batches
1 l, 5 l, 25 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 12 sec.
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Unocryl 1K-Parkettlack, farblos
UC-P 8, 9
pliant
oc-Com
Product description
Outstandingly scratch resistant and abrasion
resistant one-pack water-based varnish, which
can be very well applied on large surfaces. Ideally
suitable for the initial coating of raw wooden floors
and cork in living spaces. Unocryl 1K-Parkettlack
UC-P is specially set for the application with shortand medium-piled rollers. However, it can also be
applied with a brush.
Unocryl 1K-Parkettlack UC-P is suitable for all usual
types of wood and cork. With Unocryl 1K-Parkettlack, floors but also wooden staircases in the
residential sector can be varnished.
Surfaces
Prior to the application of Unocryl 1K-Parkettlack
UC-P, we recommend priming with Unocryl 1KParkettgrund, in order to reduce the risk of lateral
glueing. Please see the separate Technical Data
Sheet.
Preparation
Application methods
Roller/Brush
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
–
–
–
approx. 20
70-125
8-15
UC-P 8
silk
UC-P 9
silk-lustre
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 40 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1-2 h
sandable
approx. 4-6 h
accessible
overnight
Drying times strongly depend on application quantity, ambient temperature, air humidity and air
movement. High application quantity and air
humidity has a negative effect on the drying
process. Higher temperature and air blast has a
positive effect.
approx. 45
approx. 20
Aftertreatment
Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund must be applied in accordance with the Technical Data Sheet and sanded
after drying. Depending on the type of wood and the
way of installation, graduated sanding (24 to max.
120 grit paper) must be made and the sanding dust
must be carefully removed. The finer the sanding,
the less the roughening. Do not sand stained
surfaces.
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
to DIN 67530 at 60°
be recognized immediately and can be repaired as
long as the varnish is not dry yet! Work in approx.
1.50 m wide webs without much pressure, first
crosswise and then longwise with regard to the
grain. Overlaps must be made within 5 minutes in
order to get smooth transitions! At hardly accessible
points, a brush must be used. Immediately clean
tools with water and store the material hermetically
sealed (plastic bag) if it shall be used further. In order
to guarantee an impeccable wear resistance, we recommend applying Unocryl 1K-Parkettlack UC-P
again after previous drying and intermediate sanding.
Thinner
Not required.
If necessary, add max. 5% of tap water.
Application
Application by means of roller or brush. Varnishing
on water-based stains is not possible since these
stains would be partially dissolved and spots would
develop. As primer we recommend Unocryl 1KParkettgrund UC-PG, in order to prevent lateral
glueing (blocking) (see separate Technical Data
Sheet). After sufficient drying, sand Unocryl 1KParkettgrund UC-PG with a disk sander and P 150
sanding disks. Carefully remove the sanding dust.
Now the first sealing coat of Unocryl Parkettlack UCP can be applied. Use a special roller (pile length 8 10 mm) or a broad brush for water-borne varnishes.
Do not pour the varnish directly onto the primed
surface but use a paint trough, for example. Work
steadily in order to hold the amount of air trapped in
the varnish as small as possible. Start from the light
source away so that failures in the sealing coat can
www.zweihorn.com
After sufficient drying, sand Unocryl 1K-WasserParkettlack UC-P with a disk sander and P 150
sanding disks. Only use new sanding paper! Hoover
the floor and wipe it with an anti dust rag. The floor
must be evenly matt! If this is not the case, the areas
must be sanded in order to ensure proper adhesion
with the next coat of varnish. Never apply more than
two layers (incl. primer) per day, since greater layer
thickness will slow down drying! If the floor has not
been primed with Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund prior to
the sealing procedure, the floor must be coated a
third time.
Product data
Batch sizes
original batches
request from us.
Special notes
For further information and for processing hints
see the "Parquet ennoblement manual", which
can be requested from us or downloaded from
www.parkettveredelung.com.
Not suitable for thermally or chemically
treated wood!
Not suitable for coating water-based stains by
rolling or brushing, since these stains would be
partially dissolved and spots would develop.
Only use working equipment made from nonrusting material. The working equipment must
be immediately cleaned with water after use.
All product and processing parameters apply to
normal conditions (20 °C, 65 % relative humidity).
Any deviation may cause worsening of the results.
Always keep the container closed. Protect contents against drying (skin formation). In case of
skin formation, remove the skin through filtration
(e.g. through a nylon mesh) prior to the application.
In order to guarantee an impeccable wear
resistance, sufficient total layer thickness must
be ensured.
the sewage system.
Accessible after 8 hours at the earliest. Furniture
can be placed after 24 hours at the earliest,
carpets can be laid after one week at the earliest.
First cleaning after one month at the earliest.
Care instruction: Applicable to all surface-treated
wooden floors: Do not mop too wet in order to
avoid the detrimental effect of moisture to joints
or bordering. Please see our special cleaning and
care products PPR and PPP as well as the relevant
cleaning and car instructions.
1 l, 5 l
approx. 20 sec.
approx. 1 year
VOC directive
EC limit value for this product (cat. A/i):
140 g/l (2007) / 140 g/l (2010)
95
Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund
UC-PG
pliant
oc-Com
Product description
Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund UC-PG is the perfect preparation for your parquet or cork floor prior to further
coating with the Zweihorn® products Unocryl 1KParkettlack UC-P or Duocryl 2K-Parkettlack DC-P.
Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund UC-PG is set so that lateral
glueing is avoided, in order to prevent irregular
forming of joints. Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund UC-PG
is specially set for the application with short- and
medium-piled rollers. However, it can also be
applied with a stopping knife.
Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund UC-PG is suitable for all
common types of parquet wood and cork. With
Unocryl 1K-Parketgrund UC-PG, floors can be primed
and prepared for further coating with Unocryl 1KParkettlack UC-P or Duocryl 2K-Parkettlack DC-P.
Surfaces
Application methods
All common parquet wood. Wood strongly rich in ingredients, e. g. pine, teak or wenge, must be primed
with Duocryl 2K-PUR Wasser Isoliergrund DC-I instead of Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund UC-PG. Please see
the separate Technical Data Sheet. In case of mechanical application (roller/brush), previous staining
of the floor can only be made with solvent-based
Zweihorn® stains. Varnishing on water-based stains
is not possible since these stains would be partially
dissolved and spots would develop.
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Preparation
Brush / Roller
–
–
–
approx. 20
70-125
8-15
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 40 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1-2 h
sandable
approx. 4 h
accessible
overnight
Depending on the type of wood and the way of
installation, graduated sanding (24 to max. 120 grit
paper) must be made. The sanding dust must be
carefully removed. The finer the wood sanding, the
slighter the roughening. When refurbishing floors,
we always recommend sanding until the raw wood
becomes visible in order to ensure even emphasis of
the wood grain and best adherence. Always take
care that the wear layer of your parquet floor is
sufficient. Do not sand stained surfaces.
Drying times strongly depend on application quantity,
ambient temperature, air humidity and air movement.
High application quantity and air humidity has a
negative effect on the drying process. Higher
temperature and air blast has a positive effect.
Thinner
Aftertreatment
Not required.
If necessary, add max. 5% of tap water.
After sufficient drying, sand Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund
UC-PG with a disk sander and P 150 sanding disks.
Only use new sanding paper! Hoover the floor and
wipe it with an anti dust rag. The floor must be
evenly matt! If this is not the case, the areas must
be sanded in order to ensure proper adhesion with
the next coat of varnish. Never apply more than two
layers (incl. primer) per day, since greater layer
thickness will slow down drying! Then the first
sealing of the parquet floor can be made with the
products Unocryl 1K-Parkettlack UC-P or Duocryl
2K-Parkettlack DC-P.
Application
Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund UC-PG can be applied with
a roller or a brush. We recommend using this product as primer in order to prevent lateral glueing
(blocking). Use a special roller (pile length 8-10 mm)
or a broad brush for water-borne varnishes. Do not
pour the varnish directly onto the primed surface but
use a paint trough, for example. Work steadily in order to hold the amount of air trapped in the varnish
96
as small as possible. Start from the light source
away so that failures in the sealing coat can be recognized immediately and can be repaired as long
as the varnish is not dry yet! Work in approx. 1.50 m
wide webs without much pressure, first crosswise
and then longwise with regard to the grain. Overlaps
must be made within 5 minutes in order to get
smooth transitions! At hardly accessible points, a
brush must be used. Immediately clean tools with
water and store the material hermetically sealed
(plastic bag) if it shall be used further. After a drying
time of approx. 60-90 minutes carry out intermediate sanding with a disk sander and P 150 sanding
disks. Carefully remove the sanding dust. If sanding
through took place during intermediate sanding, we
recommend applying another coat of Unocryl 1KParkettgrund UC-PG, in order to prevent colour
variations.
Product data
Batch sizes UC-PG
1l, 5 l
Viscos. at deliv. DIN 4 mm approx. 20 sec.
approx. 1 year
original batches
VOC directive
140 g/l (2007) / 140 g/l (2010)
request from us.
Special notes
Not suitable for thermally or chemically
treated wood!
Always keep the container closed. Protect contents
against drying (skin formation). In case of skin formation, remove the skin through filtration (e.g.
through a nylon mesh) prior to the application.
resistance, sufficient total layer thickness must
be ensured.
the sewage system.
Unocryl 1K-Wasser-Treppenlack, farblos
UC-T 8, 9
pliant
oc-Com
Product description
Unocryl 1K-Wasser-Treppenlack UC-T is a highbuild, abrasion and chemical resistant one-pack
stair varnish on PUR-acrylate basis high mechanical
stress. The outstanding chemical resistance and
abrasion resistance guarantees an extremely good
surface quality. Unocryl 1K-Wasser-Treppenlack
UC-T is extremely lightfast and can therefore be
used for varnishing on Variocryl® Color VCC/colour.
Unocryl 1K-Wasser-Treppenlack UC-T is suitable for
open-pore and, above all, for closed-pore coating of
wooden stairs indoors. Due to its hardness and
abrasion resistance it is also suitable for all other
highly stressed wood surfaces.
Surfaces
ingredients, such as pine, teak or wenge, should first
be insulated with Duocryl 2K-PUR Wasser Isoliergrund DC-I. All water-based Zweihorn Zweihorn®
paints (Variocryl® Color VCC/colour) and all Zweihorn®
stains, with the exception of wax stain, can be used.
Preparation
Dust well. The finer the wood sanding, the slighter
the roughening. Do not sand stained surfaces.
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
UC-T 8
silk
approx. 55
to DIN 67530 at 60°
UC-T 9
silk-lustre
approx. 25
Thinner
water-based varnishes (e.g. 280-grit paper) and
dust well. Then richly apply the coating varnish.
Processing conditions: 15-25 °C temperature and
30-65 % relative humidity of air.
Application methods
Spraying
Brush /
High/
Airless/
Roller
Low
Airmix
(only
pressure
stairs)
Spray press. (bar) 1.5-3.0 110-130 –
Nozzle size (mm) 1.8-2.0 0.25-0.33 –
Processing
approx. approx. approx.
viscosity
40
70
70
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
100-120 120-140 100
application (g/m2)
appr. 10
Yield (m2/l)
7-8
6-7
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 35 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1.5 h
sandable
approx. 4 h
temperature and air blast has a positive effect .
Unocryl 1K-Wasser-Treppenlack UC-T can be
Abrasion resistance acc. to
DIN 68861 Part 2
Product data
Batch sizes UC-T
original batches
5 l, 25 l
approx. 70 sec.
approx. 1 year
VOC directive
Application
150 g/l (2007) / 130 g/l (2010).
www.zweihorn.com
Only use working equipment made from nonrusting material.
The working equipment must be immediately
cleaned with water after use.
When changing from water varnish to solvent containing systems thoroughly rinse the spray guns
with water and afterwards with Universalreiniger UR.
Always keep the containers closed. Protect
contents against dehydration.
In case of skin formation, remove the skin through
filtration (e.g. through a nylon mesh) prior to the
application.
the sewage system.
Some water stains might “bleed out” during the
coating with water varnishes. If in doubt carry
out a sample staining and varnishing.
In case of water based materials please make
sure that no unsuitable profiled joints are used.
Please follow the instructions of the profile
manufacturer.
resistance, a sufficient total layer thickness
must be ensured.
Aftertreatment
Not required.
If necessary, add max. 10 % of tap water.
When converting the spraying plant from solventbased products to water-based varnishes, rinse the
spraying plant, in the following order, with Zweihorn®
Universalreiniger UR and then with water. Application
is made by spraying, brushing or rolling. After drying
of the primer, sand with a sandpaper suitable for
Special notes
Anti-slip properties R10 according to BGR
181 and DIN 51130 when 3 % of
Strukturpulver fein STP-F is added
97
Variocryl® Wasserklarlack
VC 8, 9, 0. TM
PWH 3200
pliant
4h
10
Product description
Thinner
Aftertreatment
Variocryl® Wasserklarlack VC is an innovative product
of the latest generation of water-based varnishes. It
can either be processed as one-pack or as two-pack
product. Variocryl® Wasserklarlack VC has very good
grain emphasizing properties, which looks natural in
the colour, is very high-build, abrasion resistant and
has good chemical resistance properties. Variocryl®
Wasserklarlack VC is extremely light-fast and can be
used for overpainting of Variocryl® Color VCC/colour.
Adding PUR-Wasserlackhärter PWH 3200 clearly improves hardness, scratch resistance, PVC resistance
and the resistance to cream and grease.
Variocryl® VC without hardener added, one-pack:
Thinning not required. Variocryl® VC with hardener
added, two-pack: 10 % Variocryl® Optimizer or tap
water. Only after being mixed thoroughly with the
hardener!
After prior sanding and dust removal, Variocryl®
Wasserklarlack VC can be overpainted any time
with the same material, hardened or unhardened.
Variocryl® Wasserklarlack is suitable for open- and
closed-pore, VOC-conforming varnishing of interior
wood and wood-based material. As one-pack product
it is suitable for many normally stressed paint applications in living rooms and bedrooms. As two-pack
product it is also suitable for varnish applications in
wet-process rooms such as bathroom and kitchen,
for stairs in the living area as well as for applications,
which require higher chemical and mechanical resistance.
Surfaces
All common wood and wood materials. Hardboard
and MDF boards in wet-process rooms, as well as
wood rich in resin or other ingredients, such as
poine, teak or wenge, must first be primed with
Duocryl 2K-PUR Wasser Isoliergrund DC-I. Please
see the separate Technical Data Sheet. All waterbased Zweihorn® paints and all Zweihorn® stains
with the exception of wax stain can be used.
Application
When changing the spraying equipment from solvent-based products to water-based paints, the
spraying equipment must be first flushed with
Zweihorn® Universalreiniger UR and water. Variocryl®
Wasserklarlack VC can be processes unhardened or
hardened as multi-coat varnish. As a primer coat,
Variocryl® Wasserklarlack should be applied richly in
order to achieve optimum grain emphasis. After
drying of the primer coat carry out intermediate sanding with a sanding paper suitable for water-based
paint (e.g. 280 grit paper) and dust well. Further
coating of the sanded primer coat can be made as
one-pack or two-pack process. Spots sanded to
extensive should be coated with the same material
again in order to achieve uniform grain emphasis.
For achieving higher resistance it is sufficient to
apply a top coat of hardened Variocryl® Wasserklarlack VC. For thinning we recommend using Variocryl®
Optimizer instead of tap water. By doing so, the surface elegance, especially in the area of edges and
profiles, is improved. The drying time of Variocryl®
VC is shortened, too. Processing conditions: 15-25 °C
temperature and 30-65 % relative humidity of air.
Application methods
Preparation
the roughening. In the case of strongly roughening
wood previous watering is recommended. Do not
sand stained surfaces.
Gloss levels
Product number
VC 8
Gloss level
silk
Meas. value acc. to
DIN 67530 at 60°
40
VC 9 VC 0 VC TM
silkdeep
matt
lustre
matt
20
10
5
Hardening (with two-pack processing)
Hardener
PUR-Wasserlackhärter PHW 3200
Mixing ratio
10:1
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
immediately mixed with the product.
When the hardener is added, the viscosity is
increased. After the hardener has been added and
thoroughly mixed, tap water must be added to adjust
the product to spraying viscosity.To achieve the optimum varnishing result, do not exceed the pot life.
98
oc-Com
1
Nozzle size (mm)
Water added (%) with VC 1K
Water added (%) with VC 2K
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per application
(g/m2)
Yield incl. overspray (m2/l)
Spraying
High/Low Airless/
pressure Airmix
1.5-3.0
110-130
1.8-2.0
0.25-0.33
10
10
approx.
approx.
40
40
100-140
100-140
5-7
5-7
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 40 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1 h
sandable
approx. 3-4 h
transportable
overnight
applied, the temperature, air humidity and air movement. High application quantity and air humidity has
a negative effect on the drying process. Higher
temperature and air blast has a positive effect. If all
parameters such as layer thickness, drying temperature, air humidity, etc. are met, the coated surfaces
can be stacked after drying overnight (14 hours
min.). In order to avoid blocking during stacking, we
recommend using PE foam foil as intermediate layer.
Product data
Batch sizes VC
Batch sizes Härter PWH 3200
batches
5 l, 20 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l
approx. 40 sec.
approx. 1 year
VOC directive
150 g/l (2007) / 130 g/l (2010)
The unhardened product contains max. 72 g/l VOC.
The hardened product contains max. 86 g/l VOC.
Special notes
When changing from water-based varnish
to solvent containing systems thoroughly
rinse the spraying equipment with water
and then with Universalreiniger UR.
As a hardened two-pack product, Variocryl®
Wasserklarlack VC is PVC resistant. Due to
the huge number of plastic materials being
on the market, softening of the paint coat in
case of permanent contact can never be excluded.
Take care not to use unsuitable profile packings.
Please follow the instructions of the profile
manufacturer.
Adding hardener mainly and clearly improves
PVC resistance and the resistance to cream and
grease. In case of doubt, at least the final coat
should be made with hardened Variocryl®
Wasserklarlack VC.
Variocryl® Wasserklarlack VC can also be used
on bleached wood (peroxide-resistant).
Some water stains might "bleed out" during coating
with water-based varnishes. For that reason,
always make a staining and varnishing test.
conditions (20 °C, 65 % relative humidity of air).
In case of skinning, remove the skin through
filtration prior to the application (e.g. through
a nylon mesh).
Caution: The product must not be drained
into the sewage system.
according to DIN 68861/1B (Also the
chemical resistance is improved by
adding hardener, but the product is
still in group 1B)
on B1-tested particle board, also
veneered; VC-TM applied for
climatic conditions (only if hardened)
www.zweihorn.com
99
Duocryl 2K-PUR Top-Wasserklarlack
DC-T 8, 9, 0
PWH 3200
pliant
4h
5
Product description
Thinner
Duocryl 2K-PUR Top-Wasserklarlack DC-T is a highperformance product of the latest generation of waterbased clear varnishes, which, for the first time, exceeds
the performance of two-pack solvent-based varnishes
with regard to chemical and mechanical resistance.
Being a real two-pack PUR varnish system, it achieves
optimum values concerning chemical resistance, scratch
resistance and abrasion. Due to its extreme hardness, its
PVC resistance and its outstanding cream and grease
resistance, it is the top product for high-quality interior
applications. Duocryl 2K-PUR Top-Wasser-klarlack DC-T
is extremely lightfast and can therefore be used for overpainting of Variocryl® Color VCC/colour. Because of its
sparkle, its transparency and the good grain emphasising properties, it is also suitable for noble wood such
as cherrywood, walnut, etc.
Only after being mixed thoroughly with the hardener!
10-20 % of Variocryl® Optimizer or tap water.
Duocryl 2K-PUR Top-Wasserklarlack DC-T is very well
suitable for open- and closed-pore, VOC-conforming
varnishing of highly stressed interior wood and woodbased material. Due to its excellent mechanical and
chemical resistance it is particularly suitable for
varnished surfaces in areas such as schools, restaurants, hotels, chemist's shops, pharmacies and for
shop fittings, wet-process rooms like bathroom or
kitchen, as well as for highly stressed stairs.
Surfaces
All common wood and wood materials. Hardboard and
MDF boards in wet-process rooms, as well as wood
rich in resin or other ingredients, such as pine, teak or
wenge, must first be primed with Duocryl 2K-PUR
Wasser Isoliergrund DC-I. Please see the separate
Technical Data Sheet. All water-based Zweihorn®
paints (Variocryl® Color VCC/colour) and all Zweihorn®
Application methods
Spraying
Roller/
High/
Brush
Airless/
Low
Airmix
pressure
Spray press. (bar) 1.5-3.0 110-130 –
Nozzle size (mm) 1.8-2.0 0.25-0.33 –
Water added (%) 20
10-20
20
Processing
approx. approx.
approx.
viscosity
40
40-50
40
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
100-140 100-140 80 - 120
application (g/m2)
Yield incl.
5-7
5-7
8-12
overspray (m2/l)
DC-T 9
DC-T 0
silk-lustre matt
approx.
40
approx.
20
Aftertreatment
approx.
10
Hardening
Hardener
PUR-Wasserlackhärter PWH 3200
Mixing ratio
5:1
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
increased. After the hardener has been added
and thoroughly mixed, Variocryl® Optimizer or
tap water must be added to adjust the product
to spraying viscosity. To achieve the optimum
100
When changing the spraying equipment from solventbased products to water-based varnishes, the spraying
equipment must be first flushed with Zweihorn®
Universalreiniger UR and water. Duocryl 2K-PUR TopWasserklarlack DC-T may only be applied after it has
been mixed with the hardener. After drying of the primer coat carry out intermediate sanding with a sanding paper suitable for water-based paint (e.g. 280
grit paper) and dust well. Then Duocryl 2K-PUR TopWasserklarlack DC-T is applied again. For thinning we
recommend using Variocryl® Optimizer instead of tap
water. By doing so, the surface elegance, especially
in the area of edges and profiles is shortened, too.
Processing conditions: 15-25 °C temperature and
30-65 % relative humidity.
DC-T 8
silk
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
Meas. value acc. to
DIN 67530 at 60°
Application
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 30 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1 h
sandable
approx. 4-5 h
transportable
overnight
applied, the temperature, air humidity and air movement. High application quantity and air humidity has
a negative effect on the drying process. Higher
Preparation
oc-Com
1
Duocryl 2K-PUR Top-Wasserklarlack DC-T can be
Product data
Batch sizes DC-T
original batches
5 l, 25 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l
approx. 40 sec.
For further information see the label and the Safety Data
Sheet according to 91/155/EWG, which you can find on
request from us.
Special notes
After use, immediately clean the working equipment
with water.
solvent containing systems thoroughly rinse
the spraying equipment with water and then with
Duocryl 2K-PUR Top-Wasserklarlack DC-T is PVC
resistant. Due to the huge number of plastic materials
being on the market, softening of the paint coat in case
of permanent contact can never be excluded. Take care
not to use unsuitable profile packings. Please follow
the instructions of the profile manufacturer.
Always store the hardener in tightly closed batches.
PUR hardeners should be stored under cool and dry
conditions for not longer than approx. one year in the
closed original batch.
Duocryl 2K-PUR Top-Wasserklarlack DC-T may also
be applied on bleached wood (peroxide-resistant).
Some water stains might "bleed out" during coating
with water-based varnishes. For that reason, always
make a staining and varnishing test.
Do not process under 15°C.
Material is frost sensitive - do not store and transport
under 5°C.
All processing parameters apply to normal conditions
(20°C, 65% relative humidity of air). Deviations may
cause deterioration of the results.
In case of skinning, remove the skin through filtration
prior to the application (e.g. through a nylon mesh).
sewage system.
and ÖNORM EN 12720 B1
Flame resistant according to DIN 4102/B1 on
B1-tested particle board, also veneered
furniture according to DIN 68930 regarding the
resistance under changing climatic conditions
approx. 1 year
VOC directive
150 g/l (2007) / 130 g/l (2010).
Please follow the relevant test certificates for our products, which can be downloaded from our website
"www.zweihorn.com" or requested from us.
Duocryl 2K-Parkettlack
DC-P 8, 9
PWH 3500
pliant
2h
20
Product description
Extremely abrasion resistant two-pack parquet
varnish with very good hardness and scratch
resistance for commercial applications. Fast drying
and easy application on cork, parquet, stairs or
furniture. Duocryl 2K-Parkettlack DC-P is specially
set for the application with short- and medium-piled
rollers. However, it can also be applied with a brush.
Duocryl 2K-Parkettlack DC-P is suitable for all usual
types of wood and cork. Duocryl 2K-Parkettlack DC-P
can be used to varnish floors and wooden stairs in
residential and commercial sectors, which are subject
to greater load.
Surfaces
Prior to the application of Duocryl 2K-Parkettlack
DC-P, we recommend priming with Unocryl 1KParkettgrund, in order to reduce the risk of lateral
glueing. Please see the separate Technical Data Sheet.
Preparation
Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund UC-PG must be applied
in accordance with the Technical Data Sheet and
sanded after drying. Depending on the type of wood
and the way of installation, graduated sanding (24 to
max. 120 grit paper) must be made and the sanding
dust must be carefully removed. The finer the
sanding, the less the roughening. Do not sand
stained surfaces.
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
to DIN 67530 at 60°
DC-P8
silk
DC-P9
silk-lustre
approx. 45
approx. 20
Hardening
Hardener
PWH 3500
Mixing ratio
20:1
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
Open a 1-litre batch and add the contents of the
50ml bottle of PWH 3500. Immediately stir the mixture thoroughly and close the batch. Then shake the
batch thoroughly for at least one minute. When the
5-litre batch is opened, first remove the sieve insert
and add the contents of the 240 ml bottle of PWH
3500. Then insert the sieve again, close the batch
with the twist lock and thoroughly shake the batch
for at least one minute. To achieve the optimum
varnishing result do not exceed the pot life.
Thinner
Not required.
If necessary, add max. 5 % of tap water.
Application
Application by means of roller or brush. Varnishing on
water-based stains is not possible since these stains
www.zweihorn.com
oc-Com
1
would be partially dissolved and spots would develop.
We recommend priming with Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund UC-PG, in oder to prevent lateral glueing
(blocking) (see the separate Technical Data Sheet).
After drying of the primer coat, intermediate sanding
with a disk sander and P 150 sanding disks should
be carried out and the dust should be removed well.
Now the first sealing coat of Duocryl 2K-Parkettlack
DC-P can be applied. Use a special roller (pile length
8-10 mm) or a broad brush for water-borne varnishes.
Do not pour the varnish directly onto the primed surface but use a paint trough, for example. Work steadily in order to hold the amount of air trapped in the
varnish as small as possible. Start from the light
source away so that failures in the sealing coat can
be recognized immediately and can be repaired as
long as the varnish is not dry yet! Work in approx.
1.50 m wide webs without much pressure, first
crosswise and then longwise with regard to the
grain. Overlaps must be made within 5 minutes in
order to get smooth transitions! At hardly accessible
points, a brush must be used. Immediately clean
tools with water and store the material hermetically
sealed (plastic bag) if it shall be used further. In order
to guarantee an impeccable wear resistance, we
recommend applying Duocryl 2K-Parkettlack DC-P
again after previous drying and intermediate sanding.
Application methods
Brush / Roller
(only stairs)
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
–
–
–
approx. 20
70-125
8-15
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 40 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1-2 h
sandable
approx. 4-6 h
accessible
overnight
Drying times strongly depend on application
quantity, ambient temperature, air humidity and
air movement. High application quantity and air
process. Higher temperature and air blast has
a positive effect.
Aftertreatment
After sufficient drying, sand Duocryl 2K-Parkettlack
DC-P with a disk sander and P 150 sanding disks.
Only use new sanding paper! Hoover the floor and
wipe it with an anti dust rag. The floor must be evenly
matt! If this is not the case, the areas must be sanded
in order to ensure proper adhesion with the next coat
of varnish. Never apply more than two layers (incl.
primer) per day, since greater layer thickness will slow
down drying! If the floor has not been primed with
Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund prior to the sealing
procedure, the floor must be coated a third time.
Product data
Batch sizes
Batch sizes
PUR-Wasserlackhärter PWH 3500
batches
0.95 l, 4,8 l
50 ml, 240 ml
approx. 20 sec.
approx. 1 year
VOC directive
140 g/l (2007) / 140 g/l (2010)
request from us.
Special notes
Not suitable for thermally or chemically treated
wood!
Deviations may cause worsening of the results.
Always keep the containers closed. Protect
contents against dehydration (skinning). If
required, remove the skin through filtration prior
to the application (e.g. through a nylon mesh).
resistance, a sufficient total layer thickness
must be ensured.
the sewage system.
Accessible after 8 hours at the earliest. Furniture
can be placed after 24 hours at the earliest,
carpets can be laid after one week at the earliest.
First cleaning after one month at the earliest.
Care instruction: Applicable to all surface-treated
wooden floors: Do not mop too wet in order to
avoid the detrimental effect of moisture to joints
or bordering. Please see our special cleaning and
care products PPR and PPP as well as the relevant
cleaning and car instructions.
according to DIN 68861/1B, except
mustard
101
Medicryl 2K-PUR Wasserklarlack
MC 8, 9, 0
PWH 3200
pliant
4h
5
Product description
Application
Medicryl 2K-PUR Wasserklarlack MC with antibacterial effect due to the latest nanotechnology. By the
use of innovative raw materials, e.g. finest silver
nano particles, a hygienic surface is created, which
in a natural way fights against harmful bacteria,
fungi and other germs. The particles are non-toxic,
i.e. they are absolutely no health hazard. Medicryl
2K-PUR Wasserklarlack MC is extremely lightfast
and can therefore be used for overvarnishing of
Variocryl® Color VCC/colour.
If the spraying plant is converted from solvent-based
products to water-based paint, the spraying
equipment must be flushed before with Zweihorn®
Universalreiniger UR and water. Medicryl 2K-PUR
Wasserklarlack MC may only be processed in hardened condition. After drying of the primer, sand with
a sandpaper suitable for water-based varnishes (e.g.
280-grit paper) and dust well. Then Medicryl 2K-PUR
Wasserklarlack MC is applied again. Processing
conditions: 15-25 °C and 30-65 % relative humidity
of air.
Due to the hygienic effect of Medicryl 2K-PUR
Wasserklarlack MC, the application is of particular
interest if hygiene and a high degree of health protection is important, e.g. in medical practices, hospitals, clinics, pharmacies, laboratories, food stores,
restaurants, large kitchens, bistros, snack bars, etc.
Surfaces
and MDF boards in wet cells, as well as some woods
rich in resin or other ingredients, such as pine, teak
or wenge, must first be insulated with Duocryl 2KPUR Wasser Isoliergrund DC-I. Please see the
separate Technical Data Sheet. Water-based paints
(Variocryl® Color VCC/colour) and all Zweihorn®
Preparation
the roughening. Do not sand stained surfaces.
Gloss levels
Product number
MC 8
Gloss level
silk
Meas. value acc. to approx.
DIN 67530 at 60°
40
MC 9
MC 0
silkmatt
lustre
approx.
10
20
Hardening
Hardener
PWH 3200
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
5:1
Pot life
thoroughly mixed, tap water must be added to adjust
the product to spraying viscosity. To achieve the optimum varnishing result, do not exceed the pot life .
Thinner
10 - 20 % of tap water.
102
oc-Com
1
Special notes
Application methods
Spraying
High/Low Airless/
pressure
Airmix
110-130
Nozzle size (mm)
1.8-2.0
0.25-0.33
Water added (%)
20
10-20
approx. 40 approx. 40-50
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
100-140
100-140
application (g/m2)
Yield incl. overspray
5-7
5-7
(m2/l)
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 30 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1 h
sandable
approx. 4-5 h
transportable
overnight
Aftertreatment
Medicryl 2K-PUR-Wasserklarlack MC can be worked
Product data
Batch sizes MC
original batches
The hygienic effect does not save cleaning
of the surface but the cleaning intervals will
be prolonged.
non-rusting materials.
When changing from water-based varnish
to solvent containing systems thoroughly rinse
the spray guns with water and afterwards with
Medicryl 2K-PUR-Wasserklarlack MC is PVC
resistant. Due to the huge number of plastic
materials being on the market, softening of the
paint coat in case of permanent contact can never
be excluded. Take care not to use unsuitable
profile packings. Please follow the instructions
of the profile manufacturer.
PUR-Wasserlackhärter PWH 3200 must be
stirred intensively into the base varnish.
normal conditions (20°C, 65% relative humidity).
Deviations may cause worsening of the results.
Always keep the containers closed; protect
a nylon mesh).
Some water stains might "bleed out" during
coating with water-based varnished. If in doubt,
carry out a sample staining and varnishing.
Reduction of bacterostatic activity
certified by Sanitized AG
5 l, 25 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l
approx. 40 sec.
approx. 1 year
VOC directive
150 g/l (2007) / 130 g/l (2010)
climatic conditions
Duocryl 2K-PUR Wasser Isoliergrund
DC-I
PWH 3200
pliant
4h
5
Product description
Duocryl 2K-PUR Wasser Isoliergrund DC-I is a
special primer of the latest generation of waterborne
varnishes with insulating and grain emphasizing
effect. It is excellently suitable for the insulation of
wood rich in ingredients and resin, such as teak,
wenge, pine and various exotic wood types as well
as for grain emphasis with all types of wood. It is
also suitable as perfect primer for MDF construction,
where it efficiently protects against penetrating
humidity.
After drying of the primer coat carry out intermediate sanding with a sanding paper suitable for
water-based paint (e.g. 280 grit paper) and dust
well. If the primer coat has been removed during
sanding, another coat of Duocryl 2K-PUR Wasser
Isoliergrund DC-I must be applied. Processing conditions: 15-25 °C temperature and 30-65 % relative
humidity of air.
Application methods
Spraying
Airless/
Airmix
Surfaces
All common wood types including wood rich in resin
or other ingredients such as pine, teak or wenge
types, as well as hardboard and MDF for wet-room
applications. All Zweihorn® stains, with the exception
of wax stain, can be used.
Preparation
Hardening
Hardener
PWH 3200
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
5:1
thoroughly mixed, tap water must added to adjust
the product to spraying viscosity. To achieve the
optimum varnishing result do not exceed the pot life.
Pot life
Thinner
10-20 % of tap water.
Application
When changing the spraying equipment from solvent-based products to water-based varnishes,
the spraying equipment must be first flushed with
Zweihorn® Universalreiniger UR and water. Duocryl
2K-PUR Wasser Isoliergrund DC-I may only be
applied after it has been mixed with the hardener.
www.zweihorn.com
Brush/
Roller
High/
Low
press.
Duocryl 2K-PUR Wasser Isoliergrund DC-I is
suitable for VOC-conforming priming of interior
wood and wood-based material, also for wet-room
applications in bathrooms and kitchens.
oc-Com
1
Spray pressure
(bar) .
Nozzle size
(mm)
Water added (%)
Processing
viscosity
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application
(g/m2)
Yield incl. overspray (m2/l)
110130
0.251.8-2.0
0.33
20
10-20
1.5-3.0
–
–
20
approx. approx.
40
40-50
approx.
40
100-140 100-140
80-120
5-7
8-12
5-7
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 30 min.
touch-dry
approx. 1 h
sandable
approx. 4-5 h
applied, the temperature, air humidity and air
movement. High application quantity and air
process. Higher temperature and air blast has a
positive effect.
Aftertreatment
After previous sanding and dusting, surfaces primed
with Duocryl 2K-PUR Wasser Isoliergrund DC-I can
be overpainted with Supercryl Füller (DF, SUF),
Variocryl® Color (VCC/colour) or water-based
varnishes (VC, DC-T).
Product data
Batch size DC-I
Batch sizes
Härter PWH 3200
original batches
Special notes
solvent containing systems thoroughly rinse
the spraying equipment with water and then
with Universalreiniger UR.
Prior to varnishing and after thorough sanding,
wood particularly rich in grease or ingredients
should be washed out with Universalreiniger UR.
dry conditions for not longer than approx. one
year in the closed original batch.
Duocryl 2K-PUR Wasser Isoliergrund DC-I can also
be used on bleached wood (peroxide-resistant).
Some water stains might "bleed out" during
coating with water-based varnishes. For that
reason, always make a staining and varnishing test.
conditions (20°C, 65% relative humidity of air).
a nylon mesh).
the sewage system.
5l
0.5 l, 2.5 l
approx. 40 sec.
approx. 1 year
VOC directive
150 g/l (2007) / 130 g/l (2010).
climatic conditions
103
Coating compositions for solvent-based one-pack varnishes
Surface
MDF
Preparation
Coloured design
Wood,
wood material
Exotic wood,
wood rich in ingredients
Living rooms
Moisture-proof applications
sand and dust
sand and dust
graduated wood sanding
Stains 1
Stains 1
Stains 1
Stains 1
–
S 7000/CL-F 3
–
S 7000
2
Insulation
Priming
SDF
DL
UL
–
SDF 4
DL 4
UL
Varnishing 5
SDF
DL
UL
UL
SDF 4
DL 4
UL
SDF
DL
UL
Final coating
SDF
DL
UL
UL
SDF2
DL
UL
SDF
DL
UL
1 = See application chart in the chapter 'Stains'. (Product catalogue)
2 = For our high-quality two-pack PUR paints we only recommend
two-pack PUR varnishes.
–
3 = For the insulation on MDF, CL-F must be highly diluted (25-30 % S 9004).
4 = For closed-pore compositions we recommend SDF-F or DL-F.
5 = Only required for closed-pore compositions.
Coating compositions for solvent-based two-pack varnishes
Surface
MDF
Coloured design
6
Living rooms
Moisture-proof applicat.
sand and dust
sand and dust
Preparation
–
Stains 1 / paints 2
Insulation
–
Stains 1 / paints 2
Priming
PL
CL
DD
DT
CL-F
Varnishing 5
PL
CL
DD
DT
COL
PL
CL
DD
Final coating
PL
CL
DD
DT
CL
PL
CL
DD
degrease and
excellently clean
with SAR
–
Stains 1 / paints2
S 7000/CL-F 3
–
Glass , not
Exotic wood,
moisturewood rich in ingredients
proof
Wood,
wood material
–
Paints 7
–
Stains1 / paints 2
S 7000
–
–
GDL 8
–
PL 4
CL 4
DD 4
DT 4
CL 4
DT
COL
PL 4
CL 4
DD 4
DT 4
COL
PL
CL
DD
DT
COL
–
DT
CL
CL
DD
DT
CL
PL
CL
DD
DT
CL
–
–
PL
2 = For recommendations and preparation see the chart 'Coating compositions' in the
chapter 'Coloured paints'. Surfaces coated with paints only need one final coat. We
recommend our ligtfast varnishes PL, CL, DD or DT.
3 = For the insulation on MDF, CL-F must be highly diluted (25-30 % S 9004).
4 = For closed-pore compositions we recommend CL-F, DD-F, or with Duritan®compositions, DT-F (with coarse-pore or strongly absorbing wood also DT-PS and
then DT-F).
5=
6=
7=
8=
Only required for closed-pore compositions.
Test painting must be made due to the multitude of different glass types.
Only after cleaning with SAR and priming with GDL.
Can also be tinted with up to 5 % of WNC, up to 5 % of STP-F/-G or up to
2 % WNC/MB or PGB.
pliant
oc-Com
Coating compositions for one-pack and two-pack water-based varnishes
Surface
MDF
Wood,
wood material
Exotic wood,
wood rich in ingredients
sand and dust
Stains 1 / paints 2
Stains 1 / paints 2
Stains 1 / paints 2
Stains 1 / paints 2
–
DC-I
–
DC-I
Living rooms
Moisture-proof applicat.
sand and dust
Preparation
Coloured design
Insulation
Priming
VC
DC-T
Varnishing 3
VC
DC-T
VC
Final coating
VC
DC-T
VC
–
2 = For recommendations and preparation see the chart 'Coating compositions' in the
chapter 'Coloured paints'. Surfaces coated with paints only need one final coat!
3 = Only required for closed-pore compositions.
104
VC
DC-T
–
DC-T
VC
DC-T
VC
DC-T
DC-T
VC
DC-T
VC
DC-T
NA URTREND
Products on natural basis belong to our programme, since the beginning of the brand Zweihorn®. An increased
environment consciousness and an aggravation of allergies in the past few years have propelled the demand for
products of unobjectionable qualities in terms of health and biologically decomposable. Zweihorn® recognized this
trend to natural products very early and in 1997 launched a product range under the name "Naturtrend". These
developed products dry faster, have more sturdy surface structures and are less dangerous to health because of their
natural raw materials. Although they contain natural ingredients growing again, they are free of any terpenes that
initiate allergies, e.g. citrus terpenes or balm turpentine oil.
They do not contain any toxic substances and are free of lead and cadmium. Therefore they can be used without
any objections for children furniture and toys. The great variety of positive aspects and the fact that wood
maintains it original characteristics convinces many people to convert to natural products.
www.zweihorn.com
105
NA URTREND - The Natural-Product Family from Zweihorn®
Interesting facts about natural products
Service Life
Surfaces treated with natural products
(oils, waxes) maintain their natural
charm and beauty for years, if they are
taken care of and reworked regularly.
This means that regular cleaning of
the natural surfaces should be
performed by special soaps that
contain caretaking agents. The soaps
are mixed with water and must be
applied "as foggy mist". Water alone
is too aggressive and would damage
the natural surface permanently!
To refresh the surfaces, it will be
necessary from time to time to let the
natural soap solution be followed by
a specific care emulsion. This is to
apply care and refreshment to waxed
or oiled surfaces. Depending on their
load, the surfaces must undergo
another oiling or waxing procedure
after a longer period of time, by an
expert or master service provider.
106
Resistances
Hint:
• Cleaning with Naturtrend cleaning
products every 2 - 3 weeks, depending
on the degree of dirt.
• Care and touching-up with Naturtrend
care products every 2 - 3 months,
depending on the load.
• Follow-up treatment with oil or wax
once a year.
When the surfaces are treated as
specified, it will be possible to achieve
the following resistances:
➜ Chemical resistance acc. to
DIN68861 part 1 C (waxed surfaces
only after being primed with oil
or similar)
➜ Heat resistant up to 120 °C
➜ Step-proof
➜ Dirt repellent
➜ Water repellent
If water remains on the surface for
a longer period of time, e.g. over
night, water stains may develop –
but as a rule, an oil-soaked rug
can remove these.
Hint:
Should stains or abrasion occur despite
the resistances, these may be removed
by smooth transition methods!
Pro/contra
natural surfaces
The products
Hartöl
Hartwachs -fest-
Pro
Emphasizing, very deeply penetrating,
Not emphasizing, high-quality, open-pore,
➜ The wood retains its natural
appearance/feeling
➜ Damage can be eliminated easily
(with smooth transition)
➜ Easy to process
➜ With Zweihorn® freedom of
hazardous/toxic substances
(i.e. lead, barium and terpenes)
and thereby unobjectionable for
mankind, animals and environment
➜ Biologically decomposable,
therefore no environment loaded
by special garbage and toxic substances (follow local instructions!)
open-pore natural product with very good
hot sprayable natural product on the basis
high-build characteristics. Free from solvents.
of extra hard waxes.
➜ NHO; 750 ml, 5 l, 25 l
➜ NHW; 500 ml, 2,5 l
Einschicht-Hartwachsöl
Bienenwachsbalsam
Emphasizing, very deeply penetrating,
Not emphasizing, open-pore, hot sprayable
open-pore natural product with extreme
natural product on the basis of beeswax for
high-build characteristics. In most cases,
finishing and care applications.
one coat is sufficient. Free from solvents.
➜ NBW; 750 ml, 5 l
Contra
➜ The wood is protected only to a
limited extent (yellowing, chemical/
mechanical loads, etc.)
➜ High care and refurbishing effort
(recommendation: conclude
maintenance agreement)
➜ Longer drying periods/careful
treatment before load
➜ Better wood selection, better wood
sanding needed
➜ NWO; 750 ml, 5 l, 30 l
Naturtrend Parkettreiniger
Projektöl
Gentle cleaning and care product,
Not emphasizing, deeply penetratring,
consisting of natural raw materials, for the
open-pore natural product with very good
application on all oiled or waxed wooden
high-build characteristics. Quickly drying.
floors and stairs.
➜ NPO; 750 ml, 5 l, 25 l
➜ NPR; 1 l
Exotenholzöl
Naturtrend Parkettpflege
Naturally tinted, deeply penetrating, open-
Natural product for the care and aftertreat-
pore natural product for the initial treatment
ment of oiled or waxed floors or stairs.
and care of exotic wood for indoor and
➜ NPP; 1 l
outdoor applications. UV and weather
protection.
Farbpasten
➜ NEO; 750 ml, 5 l
High-quality pigment paste on natural
basis for tinting of NHO, NWO, NPO,
Wachslotion
NHW and NBW.
Not emphasizing, strongly water-repellent
Maximum quantity to be added: 15 %.
(for moisture-proof applications) water-
➜ NFP/white; 150 ml
based natural product.
➜ NFP/black; 150 ml
➜ NWL; 750 ml, 5 l
➜ NFP/red; 150 ml
➜ NFP/blue; 150 ml
➜ NFP/yellow; 150 ml
➜ NFP/brown; 150 ml
valid. The validity of previous Technical
Data Sheets expires as soon as a new
www.zweihorn.com
107
Naturtrend Hartöl
NHO
Product description
surface must either be polished by hand or with a
soft white sanding pad. In doing so the wear resistance is essentially increased. After that the floor
must only be stepped on with socks or shoes with
felt soles for 24 hours. Completely usable is the surface only after 8 – 10 days. During this time it must
not come into contact with water, either. The longer
the surfaces are treated with care during the first
few days, the longer the floor will last. To cover the
floor do not use plastic foils but corrugated cardboard with the wavy side facing down. With 1 litre you
can treat approximately 8-15 m2. In case of strongly
absorbing floors (wooden pavement, head block,
etc.) the quantity is naturally much higher. Therefore,
we recommend e.g. applying Naturtrend Hartöl NHO
richly on beech wood, which through its hardly visible, but still existing capillary texture allows large
quantities of oil to penetrate without showing signs
of saturation on top of the surface. After drying overnight carry out the second work step as described
above. In case of such strongly absorbing woods,
the total consumption is increased by 3 – 4 times.
The described application method is floor and stair
specific. Other wooden parts such as furniture parts,
doors, shelves or cabinet parts etc. may of course
also be treated with Naturtrend Hartöl NHO, even
using dipping process or rolling application.
This product can be tinted for coloured surface
design. Please see the Technical Data Sheet for
Naturtrend Farbpasten NFP.
Naturtrend Hartöl NHO is a grain emphasising, very
deeply penetrating, open pore natural product with
high filling power. Surfaces that are treated with
NHO are extremely water repellent. Free from toxic
substances, solvents as well as allergy causing
terpenes (e.g. citrus terpene, balsam turpentine oil
etc.). Naturtrend Hartöl NHO contains linseed oil
varnish, nut oil, sunflower oil, poppy seed oil, thistle
oil, rapeseed oil, wood oil as well as lead and barium
free metal soap.
For all wooden indoor surfaces that are to be used a
lot. For example: Wooden and cork floors, furniture,
worktops, wooden ceilings in moisture-proof
applications, wooden pavement, industrial parquet,
stairs, and others. Naturtrend Hartöl NHO can be
tinted with Farbpaste NFP. Please see the separate
Technical Data Sheet.
Surfaces
All types of soft and hardwood, including exotic
timber, solid or veneered (also stained - see
Technical Data Sheets), cork, stone (unglazed).
Preparation
The surface must be dry (wood humidity not more
than 14 %), and free from grease and dust. Wood
sanding must be carried out carefully.
Recommendation: in steps 180/220/280/320-grit
paper. The finer a sanding you choose, the smoother
the surface will become. For floors, wood sanding
with 180 up to 220-grit paper might be sufficient.
Application
Example: Application of Naturtrend Hartöl NHO as
first time layer on already laid wooden floors or
staircases. Apply evenly wet with an oil resistant roll
or by spraying with a flow cup or electrical hot spray
guns (max. 80 °C), however, with relatively low
pressure and normal nozzle diameters. At those spots
where the oil penetrates the surfaces and appears to
be dry, you must immediately roll over, brush or spray
again until the oil stays evenly wet on the entire surface. If e.g. a floor is treated like that, then the surface can also be touched during the work with clean
shoes. After approximately 40 – 60 minutes, the layer
of excessive oil must be removed with a rubber knife
or wiper. Then the remaining oil is immediately rubbed into the wood by hand with a cloth, or by machine with a suitable fine sanding pad. No oil must
remain visible on the surface. 24 hours later the
108
Application methods
Brush, roller or spray application (flow cup or hot
spraygun, max. 80 °C), dipping or coil coating
process. Processing temperature should not be
lower than 15 °C.
Aftertreatment/Care instructions
Depending on their use, surfaces treated with
Naturtrend Hartöl NHO must be worked over
with the same material after a fairly long time.
Aftertreatment with Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam
NBW or Hartwachs NHW is possible. Waxed
surfaces, however, do not have such good water
resistance properties and need some more care!
Appropriate cleaning: Normal vacuuming or sweeping. If the floor is very dirty, add some Naturtrend
Parkettreiniger NPR (~ 250 ml in 10 l of water) to
the mopping water. Do not wipe too wet! Afterwards
for better care evenly apply Naturtrend Parkettpflege
NPP and let it dry without polishing. Also see the
separate Technical Data Sheets for NPP and NPR!
Product data
Batch sizes
original batches
750 ml, 5 l, 25 l
approx. 25 sec.
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
Caution: Cloth soaked in Naturtrend Hartöl NHO
must either be spread for drying and afterwards
disposed of or they must be kept for repeated use
in closed airtight containers. Danger of selfignition!
Cleaning of the tools with Naturtrend cleaning
products (NHS, NPR), Spezialintensivreiniger IR
or white spirit.
Naturtrend Hartöl NHO is biodegradable, however,
it must not be drained into the sewage system
(local regulations must be followed).
Naturtrend Hartöl NHO can be processed with
smooth transition, it is extremely heat resistant
(up to 120° C), step-proof and dirt repellent.
If wood surfaces are treated with Naturtrend
Hartöl NHO, definite drying times cannot be
assumed. Terms such as dust dry or sandable in
the usual sense are not relevant. Comparisons
with conventional varnishes cannot be applied.
Chemical exposure of furniture
surfaces according to DIN 68861/1C
DIN 53160, Part 1 and Part 2
Saliva and sweat proof (CE approval)
Naturtrend Einschicht-Hartwachsöl
NWO
Product description
the remaining oil is immediately rubbed into the
wood by hand with a pad (beige) or a cloth, until the
surface seems to be dry. No oil must remain
visible on the surface. 24 hours later the surface
must be polished with a soft pad (white). In doing so
the wear resistance is essentially increased.
Completely usable is the surface only after 8 – 10
days. Before, the surface should only be stepped on
with socks or shoes with felt soles. During this time
it must not come into contact with water. The longer
the surfaces are treated with care during the first
few days, the longer the floor will last. To cover the
floor do not use plastic foils but corrugated cardboard with the wavy side facing down. The application quantity should be 25-35 g/m2, which, however,
strongly depends on the type of wood. With 1 litre
you can treat approximately 25-40 m2. Greater
application quantities will delay the drying time
(exact values can only be determined on site).
Strongly absorbing floors (wooden pavement, head
block, etc.) may require two to three coats. The
described application method is floor-and stairsspecific. Other wooden parts such as furniture parts,
doors, shelves or cabinet parts etc. may of course
also be treated with Naturtrend EinschichtHartwachsöl NWO. In such a case, distribution of the
excessive material with a lint-free, absorbing cloth is
sufficient. This product can be tinted for coloured
surface design. Please see the Technical Data Sheet
for Naturtrend Farbpasten NFP.
Preparation
Application methods
Brush, roller or spray application (flow cup or hot
spray gun max. 80 °C), dipping or coil coating
process. Processing temperature should not be
lower than 15 °C.
Naturtrend Einschicht-Hartwachsöl NWO is a
surface-protecting product, slightly emphasizing
the substrate, on the basis of high-quality oils and
waxes with outstanding high-build characteristics
and good penetration properties. It is extremely
suitable for industrial processing (lines of machinery).
As a rule, one-time application is sufficient. Surfaces
treated with Naturtrend Einschicht-Hartwachsöl
NWO repel water well and are hard wearing. NWO
is free from toxic substances, solvents and allergycuasing terpenes (e.g. citrus terpenes, balsam turpentine oil, etc). Naturtrend Einschicht-Hartwachsöl
NWO contains sunflower oil, soya oil, rapeseed oil,
thistle oil, nut oil, wood oil, poppy oil, carnauba wax,
beeswax as well as lead-and barium-free metal soap.
For all indoor surfaces that are to be used a lot.
For example: Wooden and cork floors, furniture,
worktops, wooden ceilings in moisture-proof
applications, wooden pavement, industrial parquet,
stairs, and others. Naturtrend EinschichtHartwachsöl NWO can be tinted with Farbpasten
NFP. Please see the separate Technical Data Sheet.
Surfaces
Application
Example: Application of Naturtrend Einschicht-Hartwachsöl NWO as first time layer on already laid
wooden floors or staircases. Apply evenly wet with
an oil resistant roll or brush. Spraying with a flow
cup or electrical hot spray guns (max. 80 °C) is also
possible, however, with relatively low pressure and
normal nozzle diameters. At those spots where the
oil penetrates the surfaces and appears to be dry,
you must immediately roll over, or spray again until
the oil stays evenly wet on the entire surface. After
approximately 15 minutes, the layer of excessive oil
must be removed with a rubber knife or wiper. Then
www.zweihorn.com
Naturtrend Einschicht-Hartwachsöl NWO must be
worked over with the same material after a fairly long
time. Aftertreatment with Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam NBW or Hartwachs NHW is possible. Waxed
resistance properties and need some more care.
Appropriate cleaning: Normal vacuuming or
sweeping. If the floor is very dirty, add some
Naturtrend Parkettreiniger NPR (250 ml in 10 l of
water) to the mopping water. Do not wipe too wet!
Afterwards for better care evenly apply Naturtrend
Parkettpflege NPP and let it dry without polishing.
Also see the separate Technical Data Sheets for NPR
and NPP!
Product data
Batch sizes
750 ml, 5 l, 30 l
approx. 2 years
original batches
request from us.
Special notes
Caution: Cloth soaked in Naturtrend EinschichtHartwachsöl NWO must either be spread for
drying and afterwards disposed of or they must be
kept for repeated use in closed airtight containers.
Danger of self-ignition!
or white spirit.
Naturtrend Einschicht-Hartwachsöl NWO is biodegradable, however, it must not be drained into
the sewage system (local regulations must be
followed!)
Naturtrend Einschicht-Hartwachsöl NWO can be
processed with smooth transition, it is extremely
heat resistant (up to 120° C), step-proof and dirt
repellent.
Einschicht-Hartwachsöl NWO, definite drying
times cannot be assumed. Terms such as dust dry
or sandable in the usual sense are not relevant.
Comparisons with conventional varnishes cannot
be applied.
109
Naturtrend Projektöl
NPO
Product description
with a suitable fine sanding pad until the surface
appears to be dry. No oil must remain visible on
the surface.
24 hours later the surface must either be polished
by hand or with a soft white sanding pad. By doing
so, the wear resistance is essentially increased.
After that the floor must only be stepped on with
socks or shoes with felt soles for 24 hours.
Completely usable is the surface only after 8 – 10
days. During this time it must not come into contact
with water, either. The longer the surfaces are
treated with care during the first few days, the
longer the floor will last. To cover the floor do not
use plastic foils but corrugated cardboard with the
wavy side facing down. With 1 litre you can treat
approximately 8-15 m2. In case of strongly absorbing floors (wooden pavement, head block, etc.) the
quantity is naturally much higher. Therefore, we
recommend e.g. applying Naturtrend Projektöl NPO
richly on beech wood, which through its hardly
visible, but still existing capillary texture allows large
quantities of oil to penetrate without showing signs
of saturation on top of the surface. After drying overnight carry out the second work step as described
above. In case of such strongly absorbing woods,
the total consumption is increased by 3 – 4 times.
The described application method is floor- and
stairs-specific. Other wooden parts such as furniture
parts, doors, shelves or cabinet parts etc. may of
course also be treated with Naturtrend Projektöl
NPO, even using dipping process or roller application. This product can be tinted for coloured surface
design. Please see the Technical Data Sheet for
Naturtrend Farbpaste NFP.
Naturtrend Projektöl NPO is a deeply penetrating,
quickly drying, open pore natural product, with very
good high-build properties, which does not emphasise the grain (natural wood effect). Surfaces that
are treated with Naturtrend NPO are water-repellent,
free from toxic substances and allergy causing
terpenes (e.g. citrus terpene, balsam turpentine oil
etc.). Naturtrend Projektöl NPO contains hydrocarbons free from aromatic compounds, thistle oil,
poppy seed oil, nut oil, rapeseed oil, soya bean oil
and sunflower oil, beeswax, candellila wax,
carnauba wax as well as lead- and barium-free
metal soap.
For all wooden indoor surfaces that are to be used a
lot. For example: Wooden and cork floors, furniture,
worktops, wooden ceilings in moisture-proof applications, wooden pavement, industrial parquet,
stairs, and others. Naturtrend Projektöl NPO can be
tinted with Farbpaste NFP. Please see the separate
Technical Data Sheet.
Surfaces
All types of soft and hardwood, including exotic timber, solid or veneered (also stained - see Technical
Data Sheets), cork, stone (unglazed).
Preparation
Application
Example: Application of Naturtrend Projektöl NPO as
first time layer on already laid wooden floors or
staircases. Apply evenly wet with an oil resistant
roller or brush (spraying with HVLP). Spraying with a
flow cup or electrical hot spray guns (max. 35 °C) is
also possible, however, with relatively low pressure
and normal nozzle diameters. At those spots where
the oil penetrates the surfaces and appears to be dry,
you must immediately roll over, brush or spray again
until the oil stays evenly wet on the entire surface. If
e.g. a floor is treated like that, then the surface can
also be touched during the work with clean shoes.
After approximately 30 minutes, the layer of excessive oil must be removed with a rubber knife or wiper. Then the remaining oil is immediately rubbed
into the wood by hand with a cloth, or by machine
110
Application methods
Brush, roller, flow cup or hot spray gun (max. 35 °C),
dipping or coil coating process. Processing temperature should not be lower than 15 °C.
Naturtrend Projektöl NPO must be worked over with
the same material after a fairly long time.
Aftertreatment with Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam
NBW or Hartwachs NHW is possible. Waxed
resistance properties and need some more care.
Appropriate cleaning: Normal vacuuming or sweeping. If the floor is very dirty, add some Naturtrend
Parkettreiniger NPR (250 ml in 10 l of water) to the
mopping water. Do not wipe too wet! Afterwards for
better care evenly apply Naturtrend Parkettpflege
NPP and let it dry without polishing. Also see the
separate Technical Data Sheets for NPR and NPP!
Product data
Batch sizes
original batches
750 ml, 5 l, 25 l
approx. 15 sec.
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
or white spirit.
Naturtrend Projektöl NPO is biodegradable,
however, it must not be drained into the sewage
system (local regulations must be followed).
Naturtrend Projektöl NPO can be processed with
smooth transition, it is extremely heat resistant
(up to 120° C), step-proof and dirt repellent.
Projektöl NPO, definite drying times cannot be
Naturtrend Projektöl NPO, however dries faster
than our solvent-free oils (NHO, NWO).
DIN 53160, Part 1 and Part 2 Saliva
Naturtrend Exotenholzöl
NEO
Product description
her-beaten should also be sanded carefully until the
wood gets its natural appearance. For a weatherproof construction, Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO is
thinly applied two to three times, each time with intermediate drying for approx. 12 hours. The best UV
protection for the wood is obtained when Naturtrend
Exotenholzöl NEO is applied three times.
Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO is a naturally tinted,
deeply penetrating, open-pore natural wood care
product. Due to the use of resistant, weatherproof
oils and slightly brown micro-fine pigments, UV rays
are blocked effectively and so the wood is protected
against destruction. Surfaces treated with
Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO are water repellent,
free from toxic substances and terpenes causing
allergies (e. g. citrus terpenes, balm turpentine oil,
etc.). Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO contains hydrocarbons free from aromatic solvents, refined natural
oils on the basis of soybean, thistle and wood oils,
lead-free drying substances and iron oxide
pigments.
Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO is the professional,
non-abrasive initial treatment, refreshment and care
product for the protection of precious wood in the
garden, such as terrace floors, wooden decks,
carports, garden furniture, visual covers, etc. It is
suitable for exotic woods such as teak, bankirai,
iroko, mahogany, meranti, merbau, eucalyptus,
belinga and many others as well as for oak, douglas
fir, robinia, larch, cedar and many others. Naturtrend
Exotenholzöl NEO is also suitable for the application
on unpainted interior wood.
Surfaces
Many exotic timbers as well as many hardwoods,
solid or veneered. Due to the pigments contained in
Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO, strongly absorbing
wood and softwood may tend to spotting. For that
reason, always make a test on the wood to be used.
Preparation
The surface must be dry (wood humidity less than
14%) and free from grease and dust. Sanding
of the wood should be made very thoroughly.
Recommendation: Graduated sanding with
180/220/280/320-grit paper. The finer the sanding,
the more even the colour and the smoother the
surface. For terrace floors, sanding with 150 to 180
grit paper may be sufficient.
Application
The surface must be clean and free from dust.
Algae, grease, dirt and other contaminations should
be mechanically removed by means of a pad, a grinding sponge or abrasive paper. Wood already weat-
www.zweihorn.com
Application methods
Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO can be applied with
brush, roller, gravity spray gun or by dipping. The
application temperature should not be lower than
8 °C.
Consumption
Depending on the type of wood, the wood surface
and the application method, the consumption may
vary considerably. A basic consumption of appro
50 ml pro m2 and application cycle can be expected.
1 litre is then for approx. 20 m2. In the case of grooved or rough-cut surfaces, the consumption is up to
three times higher!
Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO must be worked over
with the same material after a while. To refresh the
surfaces, it is also possible, after the oil has been
applied, to spread the oil with a lintfree, clean cloth
and to remove the surplus. Depending on the appearance, wood subject to the influence of weather
should be refreshed several times with the same
material. We recommend annual retreatment with
Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO. We also recommend
post-treatment with colourless Naturtrend Projektöl
NPO in order to protect against the abrasion of
pigments.
Effective cleaning: We recommend cleaning the
surface with a soap solution of 30 ml Naturtrend
Parkettreiniger PPR in 1 litre of water. Clean the
surface with this solution and a slightly damp cloth.
Please see the Technical Data Sheet of NHS!
Refreshing with Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO or
Naturtrend Projektöl NPO is always possible with a
clean, lintfree, soaked cotton cloth.
request from us.
Special notes
The tools must be cleaned with Naturtrend
cleaning products (NHS, NPR),
Spezialintensivreiniger IR or white spirit.
Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO is biodegradable;
system (regional provisions must be followed!).
Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO can be processed
with smooth transition, it is extremely heat resistant (up to 120° C), step proof and dirt resistant.
For wooden surfaces treated with Naturtrend
Exotenholzöl NEO it is not possible to indicate
definitive drying times. Terms such as dust dry or
sandable in the usual sense are not relevant.
be applied. However, Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO
dries faster than out solvent-free oils (NHO, NWO.
Product data
Batch sizes
750 ml, 5 l
approx. 2 years
original batches
111
Naturtrend Wachslotion
NWL
Product description
Application methods
Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL is a water-based, liquid
oil/wax product for the priming and initial treatment
of all types of wood. Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL
maintains the natural effect and is highly waterrepellent. NWL is free from toxic substances, solvents
as well as allergy causing terpenes (e.g. citrus terpene, balsam turpentine oil, etc.). Naturtrend
Wachslotion NWL contains water, purified natural
oils, linseed oil, rapeseed oil and soya bean oil, wax
dispersion, natural emulsifiers as well as lead- and
barium-free metal soap.
Brush, roller, spraying or dipping process.
Processing temperature should not be lower
than 15 °C.
Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL is suitable indoors for
all furniture surfaces, floors, stairs, doors, panelling,
profile boards, shelves, cork coatings and moistureproof applications (kitchens, bathrooms, etc.).
Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL can be applied in
several layers. In most cases, after careful sanding,
this is not necessary. Aftertreatment with Naturtrend
Bienenwachsbalsam NBW or Hartwachs -fest- NHW
is possible. Waxed surfaces, however, do not have
such good water resistance properties and need
some more care.
Appropriate cleaning: Clean furniture surfaces with
a lint-free cotton cloth. In case of greater dirt accumulation, the surface can be wet-cleaned with a
soap solution made of 30 ml Naturtrend
Parkettreiniger NPR in 10 litre of water. Then evenly
apply Naturtrend Parkettpflege NPP as care product
and let it dry without polishing. Please see the
Technical Data Sheets of NPR and NPP!
Surfaces
All types of soft and hardwood, including exotic timber, solid or veneered (also stained - see Technical
Data Sheets), cork, stone (unglazed).
Preparation
Application
Apply Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL with the brush,
the roller or using spraying or dipping process. After
approximately 10 minutes absorbing time evenly
distribute with an almost dry brush. After a minimum
drying time of 12 hours another treatment with
Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL can be carried out.
Intermediate sanding in the usual sense is not
necessary. Depending on the type of wood, a very
light pressure-free smoothing of the surface with
fine sanding paper (600 grit) or suitable soft sanding
pad is sufficient. Coatings, which are planned for
moisture-proof installations, require an all-sided
coating, which has to be carried out twice.
With 1 litre of Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL, depending on the fineness of the wood sanding, up to 15
m2 can be treated in one work process. Naturtrend
Wachslotion NWL can be tinted with all Beizextrakt
BXF (max. 20 %). To protect the coloured surface,
a colourless coating with NWL is necessary. Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL can also be used to improve
the water resistance of Zweihorn® Wachsbeize. Apply
the wax stains in accordance with the Technical
Data Sheet, let them dry and brush the surface. Then
apply a thin film of Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL with
a soft brush, a suitable roller or using the spraying
process. Let it dry for 12 hours, then treat the
surface with a soft pad.
112
Drying time
The drying times depend on the application quantity,
Through preheating (e.g. with infra-red lamps) of the
wood surfaces before the coating, the penetration
depth and the drying of Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL
can be improved.
Product data
Batch sizes
original batches
750 ml, 5 l
approx. 35 sec.
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
Stir or shake Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL well.
Only use working equipment made from nonrusting material. After use the equipment must
be cleaned immediately with soap water.
Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL is biodegradable,
system (local regulations must be followed).
Material is frost sensitive. Do not store or transport
below 5 °C.
Naturtrend Hartwachs -festNHW
Product description
Naturtrend Hartwachs NHW is an excellent natural
product to obtain high-quality wax surfaces, also
using the hot spraying process. It gives the surface
gloss and freshness and strengthens the natural
wood structure. NHW is free from toxic substances
and allergy causing terpenes (e.g. citrus terpene,
balsam turpentine oil etc.). Naturtrend Hartwachs
NHW contains hydrocarbons free from aromatic
compounds, shellac wax, mineral wax, ceramimbi
wax, carnauba wax, candellila wax, Japan wax,
microwax and beeswax.
Narturtrend Hartwachs NHW is especially suitable
indoors for the natural treatment and care of furniture
surfaces, wooden floors, staircases, wood panelling,
laminates, cork tiles and stone floors. For the first
treatment of e.g. wooden floors or staircases we
recommend a pre-treatment. Naturtrend Hartwachs
NHW can be tinted with Farbpaste NFP.
Please see the separate Technical Data Sheet.
Surfaces
Drying time
polishable
approx. 3-5 h
accessible/stackable approx. 5 h
fully loadable
after 3 days
Drying times depend on application quantity, ambient
temperature, air humidity and air movement.
Naturtrend Hartwachs NHW must be worked over
with the same material after a fairly long time.
Appropriate cleaning: Furniture surfaces are
cleaned with a lint-free cotton cloth, floors and stairs
are vacuumed or swept normally. In case of greater
dirt accumulation, the surface can be wet-cleaned
with a soap solution made of 30 ml Naturtrend
Parkettreiniger NPR in 10 litres of water. Then evenly
apply Naturtrend Parkettpflege NPP as care product
and let it dry without polishing. Please see the
Technical Data Sheets of NPR and NPP!
Product data
Batch sizes
500 ml, 2,5 l
Viscosity at delivery DIN 4 mm pasty, creamy
approx. 2 years
original batches
Preparation
sanding must be carried out extremely careful.
the surface will become. For stressed surfaces such
as tables, worktops, wooden floors or staircases as
well as for moisture-proof equipment (bathrooms,
kitchens, etc.) we recommend pre-treatment with
Naturtrend oils NHO, NPO or NWO or with
Wachslotion NWL .
Application
Evenly apply Naturtrend Hartwachs NHW with a
paint brush (not too soft), a brush, a lint-free cluster
of cloth or by hot spraying (max. 80 °C). After a
drying time of approximately 5 hours, polish to a
shine with a white, fine sanding pad or lambswool
polishing wheel. In case of heavily used floors a
second treatment is necessary. 1 litre of Naturtrend
Hartwachs NHW is sufficient for approx. 30-60 m2,
depending on the surface condition. For the second
application you only need half the amount. For the
coloured design of surfaces, this product can be
tinted. Also see the separate Technical Data Sheet
for Naturtrend Farbpaste NFP.
Application methods
Paint brush, cluster of cloth, floor polisher, hot
spraying devices (60 °C to 80 °C max.). The
processing temperature should not be lower
than 8 °C.
request from us.
Special notes
or white spirit.
Naturtrend Hartwachs NHW is biodegradable,
system (local regulations must be followed!).
Naturtrend Hartwachs NHW can be processed
with smooth transition, it is extremely heat
resistant (up to 120° C), step-proof and dirt
repellent.
Hartwachs NHW, definite drying times cannot be
according to DIN 68861/1C (only in
connection with a priming coat with
Naturtrend oils NHO, NPO, NWO or
Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL)
www.zweihorn.com
113
Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam
NBW
Product description
Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam NBW is a purified
beeswax preparation from natural substances. It
works anti-static and protects against humidity and
dirt. Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam NBW is free
from toxic substances and allergy causing terpenes
(such as e.g. citrus terpene, balsam turpentine oil,
etc.). Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam NBW contains
hydrocarbons free from aromatic compounds, beeswax, carnauba wax, mineral wax, Japan wax,
candellila wax and micro wax.
Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam NBW is ideally suitable indoors for the natural treatment and care of
furniture surfaces, wood panels, cork tiles etc.
Furthermore, it is also well suitable to refresh old
varnished surfaces that have become dull.
Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam can be tinted with
Farbpaste NFP. Please see the separate Technical
Data Sheet.
Drying time
polishable
approx. 3-5 h
accessible/stackable approx. 5 h
fully loadable
after 3 days
Drying times depend on application quantity, ambient
temperature, air humidity and air movement.
Surfaces treated with Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam NBW must be worked over with the same
material after a certain time, depending on their use.
This aftertreatment cleans and preserves the
surfaces. Surfaces treated like this from time to time
will be kept continuously beautiful and valuable.
Product data
Batch sizes
original batches
750 ml, 5 l
pasty, creamy
approx. 2 years
Surfaces
All types of softwood and hardwood as well as
exotic timber, solid or veneered (also stained - see
Technical Data Sheets), cork, stones (unglazed), old
varnished surfaces of all kinds.
request from us.
Preparation
Special notes
the surface will become. For stressed surfaces such
as tables, worktops, wooden floors or staircases as
well as for moisture-proof equipment (bathrooms,
kitchens, etc.) we recommend pre-treatment with
Naturtrend oil NHO, NPO, NWO or with Wachslotion
NWL.
Application
Evenly apply Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam NBW
with a paint brush, a brush, a lint-free cluster of
cloth or by hot spraying (max. 35 °C). After approx.
15-30 minutes wipe off the excess material with
a soft cloth following the direction of the wood
structure. A few hours later the surface can be
polished easily for more gloss. In case a richer
surface is required, the treatment can be repeated.
1 litre of Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam NBW is
sufficient for about 15 m2, depending on the surface
condition. For the coloured design of surfaces, this
product can be tinted. Also see the separate
Technical Data Sheet for Naturtrend Farbpaste NFP.
Application methods
Paint brush, cluster of cloth, floor polisher, hot
spraying devices (max. 35 °C). The processing
temperature should not be lower than 8 °C.
114
or white spirit.
Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam NBW is
biodegradable, however, it must not be drained
into the sewage system (local regulations must
be followed!).
Bienenwachsbalsam NBW, definite drying times
cannot be assumed. Terms such as dust dry or
sandable in the usual sense are not relevant.
be applied.
according to DIN 68861/1C (only in
connection with a priming coat with
Naturtrend oils NHO, NPO, NWO or
Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL
Naturtrend Parkettreiniger NPR
Naturtrend Parkettpflege NPP
NPR
NPP
Product description
Product description
Naturtrend Parkettreiniger NPR is a gentle cleaning
and care product consisting of natural raw materials
without adulterating fragrances. Naturtrend
Parkettreiniger NPR contains water, liquid soaps,
coconut fat surfactants, soya lecithin and potash.
Naturtrend Parkettpflege NPP is a care product
and consists of natural raw materials. Naturtrend
Parkettpflege NPP contains water, carnauba wax,
candellila wax, beeswax, shellac wax, shellac and
natural emulsifier.
Naturtrend Parkettreiniger NPR can universally be
used for environmentally compatible care and
cleaning of all oiled or waxed wooden floor.
Naturtrend Parkettpflege NPP is ideally suited for the
maintenance and aftertreatment of oiled or waxed
floors, staircases, etc.
Application
Application
In case of waxed or oiled floors, staircases etc.,
Naturtrend Parkettreiniger NPR is added to the
mopping water (approx. 250 ml for oiled, approx. 30
ml for waxed or varnished surfaces on 10 litres of
water). The mopping water must be applied "as
foggy mist" only. We recommend using two buckets;
one for the clean soap solutions, the second one for
the dirty water. Aftertreatment with clear water must
not be carried out, since otherwise the fine silklustre protective film is removed.
Cleaning can be carried out every 2 - 3 weeks,
depending on the use of the floor.
Initial care of newly sealed surfaces should be done
after 8 - 10 days at the earliest. We recommend
cleaning the floor with Naturtrend Parkettreiniger
NPR before it is used. Please see the separate
Technical Data Sheet for this product. Apply
Naturtrend Parkettpflege NPP evenly and undiluted.
After drying apply Naturtrend Parkettpflege NPP
evenly in a thin layer with an absorbing cluster of
cloth either in the delivered viscosity or slightly
diluted with water. The addition of water results in a
flatter effect. After approximately 90 minutes polish
with a coarse cotton cloth. Without polishing,
Naturtrend Parkettpflege NPP dries on in a silk lustre
fashion. Aftertreatment with clear water should not
occur. Care can be carried out every 2 - 3 months,
depending on the use of the floor.
Product data
Batch size
original batches
1l
liquid
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
below + 5 °C.
The processing temperature should not be lower
than 8 °C.
www.zweihorn.com
Product data
Batch size
original batches
1l
liquid
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
below + 5 °C.
The processing temperature should not be lower
than 8 °C.
115
Naturtrend Farbpaste
NFP
Product description
tensity and colour, up to 15 % max. to the Naturtrend
products NPO, NHO or NOW, which must be carefully
mixed then. Naturtrend Farbpaste NFP can be mixed
with each other, however, the total amount added
may not exceed 15%. Prior to the application, we
recommend sieving of the coloured oil. During the
application it should be stirred again if work is
interrupted for a longer period of time. NHO and
NWO are then applied as usual (see Technical Data
Sheet!). Due to the intrinsic colour of NHO and NWO
and depending on the added amount and the selected colour, the treated surfaces may appear
yellowier. NPO can also be applied as described in
the Technical Data Sheet. Please note that this
method only works with coloured Naturtrend
Projektöl NPO! With all other Naturtrend oils the
excess must be removed after the given time of
exposure. The subsequent drying time is approx.
12 to 24 hours, depending on temperature and air
humidity.
In both cases we recommend a colourless final coat
with the same, uncoloured product, in order to
protect the coloured surface from abrasion. With
NHO and NWO, the colourless final coat must be
rubbed in well after the pigmented coat is dry.
Important: Do not apply colourless coats too
early on coloured surfaces in order to avoid
partly dissolving of the colour coat.
For exterior coloured coatings an addition of at least
5 % of NFP is necessary to protect the wood from
yellowing/greying and to ensure colour stability.
For exterior coatings we recommend the coloured
Naturtrend Projektöl NPO, since the excess of this
product must not be removed and drying is faster.
In this case, too, a colourless final coat must be
applied in order to avoid or slow down washing
out and abrasion of pigments. Aftertreatment is
done if required!
Naturtrend Farbpasten NFP, made of natural raw
materials, makes it possible to tint our colourless
Naturtrend products with the exception of waterbased products such as Naturtrend Wachslotion
NWL. Naturtrend Farbpaste is solvent-free and free
from allergy-causing terpenes and toxic substances.
The colours white, black, brown, blue, red, and
yellow can also be mixed in order to achieve a
multitude of brown or other colours.
Full declaration: Finished natural oils such as thistle
and soybean oil, micronised natural, mineral and
iron oxide pigments.
Naturtrend products tinted with Naturtrend
Farbpaste NFP are suitable for all interior applications such as furniture surfaces, doors, boardings,
profiled boards, shelves, etc. Please follow the
recommendations mentioned in the relevant
Technical Data Sheets! The application on hardly
strained surfaces like stairs and floors together with
NPO, NHO and NWO would technically be possible, is
however, not recommended because traces of abrasion could arise, which can only be removed by means of a complete new composition. Abrasion resistance might be improved by means of applying
colourless oil, but abrasion cannot be precluded.
From an added amount of 5% of NFP, the NHO, NWO
and NPO oils can also be used for exterior applications, e.g. on garden furniture, wooden terraces and
privacy fences.
Surfaces
All common softwood and hardwood as well as
exotic wood, solid or veneered.
Preparation
than 14 %), and free from grease and dust.
Thorough, extremely careful sanding is required in
order to achieve evenly coloured surfaces. We
recommend graduated sanding with 180/220/320grit paper. The finer the sanding, the smoother and
nicer is the surface. In the case of strongly absorbing
wood such as spruce etc. we recommend applying
a colourless primer coat with the same product.
Colouring will be weaker but more even then.
Application
Tinting of Naturtrend oils NHO, NWO, NPO
In general, tinting of Naturtrend oils is preferred
to the tinting of Naturtrend waxes, because the
coloured oil better gets into the wood and, in
general, is more resistant to mechanical stress
and chemical attack. Thoroughly stir Naturtrend
Farbpaste NFP before you add, depending on the in-
116
Tinting of Naturtrend wax NHW, NBW
The products Naturtrend Hartwachs -fest- NHW and
Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam NBW can also be
tinted with up to 15% of Naturtrend Farbpaste NFP.
This procedure is particularly suitable for lowstrained surfaces, which shall be coated in a timesaving and natural manner. Take the desired quantity
of wax and thoroughly mix it in a separate receptacle
with Naturtrend Farbpaste NFP. Mixing is facilitated
when the wax has been warmed up in a water bath
before. The products have to be processed in accordance with the current Technical Data Sheet.
Application methods
Short-piled velvet roller, sponge, paint
Oils
brush, grinding or spraying process
Paint brush, cluster of cloth, grinding
Waxes
or hot spraying process
Aftertreatment
If necessary, oil tinted with Naturtrend Farbpaste
NFP should be protected by a colourless coat of the
same oil. Surfaces that have to be restored because
the tinted oil is partially removed by mechanical
strain or chemical attack should be completely
re-constructed. Tinted wax can be protected with
colourless wax, Naturtrend Hartwachs or Naturtrend
Bienenwachsbalsam.
Product data
Batch size
Available colours
original batches
150 ml
white, black, brown,
blue, red, yellow
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Naturtrend Farbpaste
When oil is removed
When oil is not removed
NPO + 10 % NFP white
NPO + 10 % NFP white
NPO + 5 % NFP black
NPO + 5 % NFP black
NPO + 5 % NFP blue
NPO + 5 % NFP blue
NPO + 5 % NFP red
NPO + 5 % NFP red
NPO + 5 % NFP yellow
NPO + 5 % NFP yellow
NPO + 5 % NFP brown
NPO + 5 % NFP brown
www.zweihorn.com
117
Mixed colours
When oil is removed
NPO + 2,5 % NFP blue and red
NPO + 2,5 % NFP blue and red
NPO + 2,5 % NFP blue and yellow
NPO + 2,5 % NFP blue and yellow
NPO + 2,5 % NFP red and black
NPO + 2,5 % NFP red and black
NPO + 2,5 % NFP red and yellow
NPO + 2,5 % NFP red and yellow
The colours of Naturtrend Hartöl NHO
and Naturtrend Einschicht-Hartwachsöl
NWO look quite similar, but can be
obtained only when the oil is removed.
The application of Naturtrend Hartwachs
-fest- NHW with a cluster of cloth results
in similar colours. Colour deviations are
print-related.
118
When oil is not removed
Mixing system
In accordance with the colour circle you
can mix the colours in order to get the
desired shade. By adding black, colours
will become darker, by adding white,
they will become lighter and more pastel.
Product Safety Information
Full declaration of Naturtrend products
Naturtrend Hartöl NHO
Naturtrend Farbpaste NFP/colour
Linseed oil varnish, nut oil, sunflower oil, poppy seed oil, thistle
Refined natural oils such as thistle oil and soya bean oil,
oil, rapeseed oil, wood oil lead- and barium-free metal soap
micronised natural, mineral and iron oxide pigments
Naturtrend Projektöl NPO
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
Hydrocarbons free from aromatic compounds, thistle oil,
poppyseed oil, nut oil, rapeseed oil, soya bean oil, sunflower
oil, beeswax, candellila wax, carnauba wax, lead- and
barium-free metal soap
Naturtrend Exotenholzöl NEO
Hydrocarbons free from aromatic compounds, refined natural
oils on the basis of soybean, thistle and wood oils, lead- and
barium-free metal soap, iron oxide pigments
Naturtrend Einschicht-Hartwachsöl NWO
Sunflower oil, soya bean oil, rapeseed oil, thistle oil, nut oil,
wood oil, poppyseed oil, carnauba wax and beeswax,
lead- and barium-free metal soap
Hartöl
Projektöl
Exotenholzöl
Einschicht-Hartwachsöl
Wachslotion
Hartwachs -festBienenwachsbalsam
Farbpaste
NHO
NPO
NEO
NWO
NWL
NHW
NBW
NPR
NPP
NFP
are produced on the basis of natural, further growing raw
materials and shall be identified as complying to the legal
provisions not causing any health dangers (toxic, detrimental to health, etching, irritating, sensitizing, carcinogenic,
hazardous to reproduction, genotype-changing).
Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL
Water, refined natural oils, linseed oil, rapeseed oil, soya bean
oil, wax dispersion, natural emulsifiers, lead- and barium-free
metal soap
Naturtrend Hartwachs -fest- NHW
Hydrocarbons free from aromatic compounds, shellac wax,
mineral wax, ceramimbi wax, carnauba wax, candellila wax,
Japan wax, micro wax, beeswax
Naturtrend Bienenwachsbalsam NBW
Hydrocarbons free from aromatic compounds, beeswax, carnauba wax, mineral wax, Japan wax, candellila wax, micro wax
They do not contain any heavy metals relevant in physiological terms, like lead, chrome, mercury and cadmium and
comply with the requirements of DIN EN 71.3, edition
November 2003, Table 1 in terms of their contents of heavy
metals (Migration of certain elements). They do neither
contain any toxins of organic nature, e.g. PCP
(pentachlorophenol), PCB, PCT (polychlorinated bi- and
terphenyles), HCH (Lindan), pesticides (permethrine),
formaldehyde or other constituents regarded as carcinogenic, genotype-changing or hazardous to reproduction
according to the current state-of-knowledge. Nor do they
contain any allergogenic terpenes like citrus terpene or
turpentine oil.
Naturtrend Parkettreiniger NPR
Water, genuine soap, tensides from coconut oil, soya lecithin,
potash
After complete drying or curing, there will not be any
hazard of substances being emitted in any hazardous or
environmentally detrimental concentrations from the film.
Naturtrend Parkettpflege NPP
Water, carnauba wax, candellila wax, beeswax, shellac wax,
shellac, natural emulsifiers
The above-mentioned products can be used for painting
of children toys or children’s furniture.
Hilden, December 2008
A. Krause, Hazardous Materials Officer
www.zweihorn.com
119
Possible applications of NA URTREND products
Coating
Composition
Hartöl NHO (2-3 x)
NHO*
NHO
Effect
Applications
Load
Emphasizing
(wood colour becomes stronger)
Einschicht-Hartwachsöl NWO (1-2 x)
Wooden staircases, wooden
floors, kitchen and bathroom
equipment, etc.
NWO*
Projektöl NPO (2-3 x)
NPO*
NPO
Wachslotion NWL (2-3 x)
Severe load,
good water proofness
Natureffekt
(wood colour remains nearly
unchanged)
NWL*
NWL
Hartöl NHO (2-3 x)
+ Hartwachs -fest- NHW (1 x)
NHW
NHO*
NHO
Emphasizing
NHW
NWO*
Wachslotion NWL (2 x)
Wooden staircases, wooden
floors, furniture surfaces, etc.
NHW
NWL
NWL
NHW
NPO*
Hartöl NHO (2-3 x)
+ Bienenwachsbalsam NBW (1 x)
NHO*
Natureffekt
unchanged)
NPO
NBW
NHO
Emphasizing
NBW
NWO*
NBW
Wachslotion NWL (2 x)
Hartwachs -fest- NHW (2 x)
Furniture surfaces,
wooden panels, etc.
NWL
NWL
Normal load,
low water proofness
(surface needs more care)
NBW
NPO*
NPO
Natureffekt
unchanged)
Normal load,
no water proofness
NHW
NHW
Refinement and care of furniture, Minor load,
wood panels, etc.
no water proofness
Bienenwachsbalsam NBW (1-2 x)
NBW*
Exotenholzöl NEO (2-3 x)
Severe load,
low water proofness (surface
needs slightly more care)
NEO*
NEO
Farbpaste NFP (Quantity added max. 15 %)
Brown glazing
(wood colour is refreshed)
Terrace floors, wooden decks,
garden furniture, etc. Also
indoors on furniture surfaces.
Depends on the basic product
Coloured, glazing to opaque
(crucial for floors and stairs due
(depending on number of coats)
to abrasion)
Severe load,
good water proofness,
UV and weather protection
Depending on the product used
as colourless protection
* Depending on the absorption behaviour and condition of the wood, another coat should be applied.
120
www.zweihorn.com
Correct
The unique system for surface improvement offers you professional help if you want to eliminate smaller and larger
damage to wood and wooden materials, but also to plastic surfaces. It does not matter whether the surfaces are
varnished or not. The Correct-Reparatur-Koffer includes some practical products for surface correction that help you
save high repair costs and avoid invoice shortenings. By having repaired the most frequent damage cases by local
experts, you will also save the costs for extended approach distances. By performing the corrections always with
the original material, you will not have to try out the correct colour tone but achieve correct results right from the
beginning.
www.zweihorn.com
121
System overview
Correct – The new concept
What are the arguments in
favour of the new concept?
You always correct/retouch with the
original material, which you have filled
into the prepared glasses during
production already. You work with a
spraygun (Airbrush) and a pressure
air cartridge, or even better with a
module compressor directly on-site.
This means:
Hint:
➜ Same stain, same lacquer,
same application procedure
= same result (no differences in
colour tone and degree of gloss)!
➜ Annoying approach to the right
colour tone is omitted!
➜ No difference in the aging of
different materials (embrittlement,
yellowing, etc.).
Should you get an order to repair/retouch
an old piece of furniture, you should keep
in mind that your Zweihorn® Dealer can
measure and mix every colour tone
desired (stain/coloured lacquer) according
to your sample submitted.
Ádvantage:
You will certainly hit the correct colour tone
without wasting too much time for
approaching the original tone!
122
Reasons of error
A proverb says: „Omelettes are not
made without breaking eggs.“
We wish you that you will never
need our Correct Reparatur-Koffer.
But you will!
➜ The chisel falls into the finished
veneered chipboard – a deep hole
appears, and a new panel is too
expensive.
Hint:
Another proverb says: „Practice makes
perfect“. You should train your experience
in performing small superficial corrections
yourself. Also follow our working
➜ The apprentice has dropped a
foil-coated panel – the corner is
broken, but no replacement is
available.
recommendations!
Important:
Repair should always be performed on
the spot of damage. Different light and
➜ When building up the cupboards of
the new “Pharmacy near the
Station”, a hinge band breaks away
when suspending a door, while
your workshop is 350 km away.
Another trip would be too
expensive for the relatively small
repair and would only postpone
the payment of your invoice.
another viewing angle would otherwise
Weichwachs
Hartwachs
2K-Holzspachtel
Light-resistant, soft wax for quick repair
of small imperfections, but only for tiny
holes or cracks. For areas subject to
little load.
➜ CWW/colour; piece
➜ CWW-SA; Assortment A (14 pcs.)
➜ CWW-SB; Assortment B (14 pcs.)
Highly lightfast, hard quality wax for
quick repair of damages, larger holes
or cracks. For areas subject to severe
load. To be processed by Correct
Schmelzfix only.
➜ CHW/colour; piece
➜ CHW-SA; Assortment A (14 pcs.)
➜ CHW-SB; Assortment B (14 pcs.)
Two-pack stain surfacer, particularly
rapid-drying, for severely loaded
surfaces, e.g. corners, edges or holes.
The surfacer is of wooden colour (light
beech), is non-shrinking and can be
coated.
➜ CHS; 500 g
You certainly know similar examples
for damages on the object:
lead to choosing the wrong colour.
Filling
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Assortment A
Assortment B
00 Colourless
07 Copper beech
14 Mahogany, light
21 Traffic white (9016)
01 White beech
08 Limba
15 Oak, rustic
22 Light grey (7035)
02 Spruce, natural
09 Pine
16 Walnut, dark
23 Green
03 Ash
10 Walnut, light
17 Rosewood, dark
24 Yellow
04 Oak, light
11 Cherrywood, light
18 Mahogany, dark
25 Orange
05 Oak, natural
12 Pear tree
19 Jet black (9005)
26 Red
06 Alder
13 Cherrywood
20 Pure white (9010)
27 Blue
Note: Colour deviations are print related.
www.zweihorn.com
123
Filling
Holzkitt
0 Colourless
Rapidly drying filler containing solvent,
for small to medium imperfections on
raw wood. Very high solids content,
minimum shrinkage, good stain
properties.
➜ CHK/colour; 200 g
➜ CHK/0; 200 g, 500 g
1 Copper beech
2 Oak, light
3 Oak, medium
0
1
2
3
4
5
4 Oak, dark
5 Walnut
6 Mahogany
7 Limba
8 Beech
9 White
6
7
8
9
Retouching
Lasierstift
01 Maple, birch, ash
Transparent paint marker for
touching up small, coloured
defects on coated wood
surfaces, e.g. in the case of
small scratches, chafe marks
or edges.
In 12 standard colours.
➜ CLS/colour; piece
➜ CLS-S; Assortment
(all 12 colours)
02 Beech, natural (PM 1)
03 Oak, light (PM 30)
04 Birch, light (PM 2)
01
02
03
04
05
06
05 Cherrywood, light (PM 3)
06 Oak, medium (PM 31)
07 Mahogany (PM 13)
08 Mahogany, reddish (PM 14)
09 Walnut, medium (PM 10)
10 Oak, rustic (PM 43)
07
08
09
10
11
12
11 Walnut, dark (PM 12)
12 Black (PM 16)
Deckstift
Opaque paint marker for touching up
small, coloured defects on white or
black painted surfaces or plastic
panels. Markers are filled with original
Wigranit® paint.
In 3 standard colours.
➜ CDS/colour; piece
Tuschkasten
Universal, solvent-based retouching inks
for the repair of smaller defects on
painted wood and plastic surfaces, for
more exact colour adaptation of filled
defects and for the imitation of wood
veins and pores.
➜ CTK Tuschkasten; piece
➜ CTK-E Single pan/colour; piece
(please indicate the colour number)
124
01 Pure white (9010)
02 Traffic white (9016)
03 Jet black (9005)
01
02
03
Varnishing
Superduroffix® Spray cans
PVC-resistant, fast drying, formaldehyde-free one-pack varnish with good
lightfastness. Suitable for varnishing
larger surfaces. For partial repair only
spray a “mist”.
➜ SDF-H, 8, 9, 0; 400 ml spray can
01 SDF 9 silk-lustre
02 SDF 8 silk
03 SDF 0 matt
Other spray cans can be found in the
chapter Special products on page
136/137.
04 SDF-H High-gloss varnish
01
02
03
04
Preval Spray Gun
Spray applicator, which can be filled with
original stain or paint (also two-pack
products). The nozzle is designed for
spraying larger surfaces. For partial repair
only spray a “mist”.
➜ PREGLA; 12 pcs./box
Airbrush-Pistole
Sata Dekor 2000
For retouching and varnishing of superfine lines up to smaller areas. By this
gun you have the chance always to
work with the original material (stain,
coloured paint, varnish). Thereby it is
ensured that the correct colour tone
and degree of gloss is achieved. The
Sata pistol with round-jet nozzles for
the tiniest spraying results and infinitely
variable volume regulation is also suitable for water-based varnish. Before
processing please read the user
instructions and make yourself familiar
with the working procedures.
➜ Only available in the repair set
www.zweihorn.com
Hint:
For varnishing with smooth transitions,
the varnish may need strong dilution.
Then apply only a very small material
volume (dry spraying). Test the result on a
sample before.
125
Accessories
Spezial Grauweg
Wax spatula
Special product for removal of grey
shades from nitro-lacquered surfaces.
➜ Grauweg; 400 ml spray can
Special-shaped wood wedge for
processing of soft wax.
➜ CWS; piece
Schmelzfix
Melting device powered by cigarettelighter gas, for liquefying and treating
hard wax. Including lighter gas.
➜ CSF; piece
Spezial Möbelpflege
Scraper
Silicon-based cleaning and care product for all wood and plastic surfaces.
Does not emphasize grain and gives
additional lustre. Möbelpflege is free
from acid, alcohol and abrasives.
➜ MPF; 500 ml bottle
Metal blade for treating
soft and hard wax.
➜ CZK; piece
Compressed-air can for
Airbrush-Pistol
Compressed gas for mobile and lownoise application of airbrush pistols,
e.g. Sata Dekor 2000. Permits
professional lacquering on-site.
➜ CDL; piece
PUR-Verdünner
Thinner used in nitro and PUR
lacquers as well as for cleaning of
tools. High dissolving power.
➜ S 9004; 1 l bottle
Polishing linen
Firm cotton linen rug for cleaning and
fine polishing.
➜ Polierleinen; 1 kg
Pipettes
Plastic pipettes for fine metering of
varnishes and hardeners.
➜ Pipetten; piece
3
6
7
1
6
2
126
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Polishing linen
Pipettes
Compressed-air can
Scraper
Wax spatula
Schmelzfix incl. gas
Retouching glasses
The complete set
Correct-Reparatur-Koffer
Content:
The complete set for mobile surface
repair on-site at the customer's
premises or in the workshop.
Available with or without Airbrush
Pistol Sata Dekor 2000.
➜ CRK; with Airbrush pistol
➜ CRK/OS; without Airbrush pistol
➜ 1 tin Holzkitt colourless 200 g
➜ 2 assortments Weichwachs
(all 28 colours)
➜ 2 assortments Hartwachs
(all 28 colours)
➜ 1 tin 2K-Holzspachtel 500 g
➜ 1 assortment Lasierstift
(all 12 colours)
➜ 3 Deckstift (9010, 9016, 9005)
➜ 1 Tuschkasten
(double box with 24 colours)
➜ 1 Schmelzfix-Set incl. gas
➜ 1 Airbrush pistol set
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
1 set sanding accessories
1 scraper
1 wax spatula
12 retouching glasses 30 ml (empty)
4 plastic cups
10 pipettes
4 polishing linen
1 bottle Möbelpflege 500 ml
1 spray can Grauweg 400 ml
1 spray can Superduroffix®
silk-lustre SDF 9 400 ml
www.zweihorn.com
127
Correct Weichwachs CWW
Correct Hartwachs CHW
Correct Weichwachs CWW
Correct Hartwachs CHW
Product description
Product description
Correct Weichwachs CWW is a ready-to-use soft
wax in many colours, which is used to quickly repair
smaller defects on wood, varnish and plastic
surfaces. CWW is suitable for spots, which are not
subject to heavy stress. The wax is light resistant, is
not shrinking and can be overpainted with all
solvent-based and water-based Zweihorn® varnishes
and paints (but only very thin). We recommend using
the original varnish, which is already on the surface
in order to avoid adherence failures and different
degrees of gloss.
Correct Hartwachs CHW is a high quality, ready-touse wax in many colour shades, which is used to
quickly repair defects on wood, varnish and plastic
surfaces. CHW is suitable for spots, which are
subject to heavy stress. The wax is highly lightfast.
CHW is dropped with a hard wax smelting device
and hardens quickly.
It is not shrinking and can be overpainted with all
solvent-based and water-based Zweihorn® varnishes
and paints (but only very thin). We recommend using
the original varnish, which is already on the surface
in order to avoid adherence failures and different
degrees of gloss.
Processing recommendations
Remove all loose or slack parts from the defective
spot by hand, by means of a knife or a firmer
chisel, and, in case of greater spots, make an ‘indenting’ parallel to the structure direction (in case
of wood) in order to reach a better bond at the
borders. Thus, smooth transitions can be obtained.
Select the colour. If there are any doubts, it is
recommended to use a slightly lighter tint. Take
the approximate amount of wax by means of the
wax spatula and firmly press it into the defective
spot. Remove the excess wax by means of the
wooden spatula or the scraper until the surface is
smooth and even.
The repaired spot can be oversprayed with all
Zweihorn® varnishes with smooth transitions. For
doing so on the customer's premises you best use
the Airbrush Pistol, our fillable Preval spray cans or
the Superduroffix® spray cans. Spray very thin,
holding the sprayer slightly tilted and with uniform
movement. After drying, if required, carefully
remove spoiling spray mist by means of very fine
steel wool (000) or white abrasive cloth.
128
Remove all loose or slack parts from the defective
spot by hand, by means of a knife or a firmer
chisel, and, in case of greater spots, make an ‘indenting’ parallel to the structure direction (in case
of wood) in order to reach a better bond at the
borders. Thus, smooth transitions can be obtained.
Select the colour. If there are any doubts, it is
recommended to use a slightly lighter tint. Take
the approximate amount of wax by means of the
wax spatula and firmly press it into the defective
spot. Remove the excess wax by means of the
wooden spatula or the scraper until the surface is
smooth and even.
the Airbrush Pistol, our fillable Preval spray cans or
the Superduroffix® spray cans. Spray very thin,
holding the sprayer slightly tilted and with uniform
movement. After drying, if required, carefully
remove spoiling spray mist by means of very fine
steel wool (000) or white abrasive cloth.
Correct 2K-Holzspachtel naturfarbig CHS
Correct Holzkitt CHK 0-9
Correct 2K-Holzspachtel
naturfarbig CHS
Correct Holzkitt CHK 0-9
Product description
Correct Holzkitt is a quickly drying solvent containing filling medium for small to medium damages.
Very high solids content, minimal shrinkage, good
stainability. Correct Holzkitt CHK is available in white
and in 8 further wood colours which can be mixed
with each other.
Correct 2K-Holzspachtel CHS is a two-pack stain
surfacer on the basis of unsaturated polyester resin
with fillers. The pertaining catalyst paste is based on
dibenzoyl-peroxide. Information about the measures
of precaution to be taken can be found on the Safety
Data Sheet. The surfacer is wood-coloured (light
beech) and is very well suitable for non-shrinking
repair of defects such as broken corners or edges as
well as for greater holes on nearly all surfaces.
Application
Prior to the application, Correct 2K-Holzspachtel CHS
must be mixed with the catalyst paste. When doing
so, take care that the catalyst is distributed homogeneously. The mixing ratio may neither fall below nor
exceed 3 parts of the catalyst paste on 100 parts of
CHS. The surface must be clean, dry and free from
grease. Good adherence is obtained if the defective
surface has been roughly sanded before. The pot life
is approx. 5 minutes at room temperature. Therefore
only mix such a quantity, which is required to fill the
defective surface. The filled surface can be
subsequently treated after approx. 15 minutes. Heat
shortens, cold prolongs the curing time. For further
processing, fine sanding (320-grit paper) is required.
Correct 2K-Holzspachtel can be stored for approx.
6 months; the closed tubes with catalyst paste can
be stored for 20 months.
Aftertreatment
Correct 2K-Holzspachtel CHS can be worked over
with all Zweihorn® surfacers, coloured paints and
varnishes.
Product data
Batch sizes
500 g
Viscosity at delivery DIN 4 mm pasty
approx. 6 months
original batches
Product description
For the repair of cracks and holes in all veneer types
and solid woods indoors. Correct Holzkitt CHK can
also be used outdoors if an appropriately resistant
coating is provided.
Surfaces
Preparation
The surface must be free from grease, dry and free
from dust.
Application methods
With spatula, scraper or other suitable tools.
Drying time
quantity, temperature, air humidity and air blast.
Aftertreatment
Correct Holzkitt CHK can be worked over with all
Zweihorn® stains and varnishes.
Product data
Batch sizes all colours
Batch sizes CHK 0
original batches
200 g
200 g, 500 g
pasty
approx. 1 year
Thinner
Universalreiniger UR only if necessary. The addition
of thinner may increase shrinking because the solids
content is reduced.
Application
Do not process Correct Holzkitt CHK under 15 °C.
The humidity of the wood (at 20 °C room
temperature) should not exceed 13 %. If deeper
damages are to be repaired, fill in Correct Holzkitt
CHK several times. The intermediate drying time
must then be approx. 30 minutes. Final drying for
further processing depends on the drying conditions
and can last between 5 minutes to 12 hours.
Suitable tools are spatula, scraper or similar
instruments. Intermediate sanding in case of several
coatings is possible and depends on the thickness of
the applied layers. After drying, intermediate sanding
with 220-grit paper is required, afterwards dust
well. Then stain or further coat with primer and
coating varnish.
request from us.
Special notes
Clean working equipment immediately after use
with Universalreiniger UR.
normal conditions (room temperature 20 °C, 65 %
relative humidity). Deviations may cause
worsening of the result.
Always keep the containers closed.
Protect contents against dehydration.
sewage system.
request from us.
www.zweihorn.com
129
Correct Lasierstift CLS
Correct Deckstift CDS
Correct Tuschkasten CTK
Correct Lasierstift CLS
Correct Deckstift CDS
Correct Tuschkasten CTK
Product description
Product description
Product description
The Correct Lasierstift CLS can be used for the
transparent retouching of small colour defects on
coated wood surfaces, e.g. in the case of slight
scratches in the surface. Correct Lasierstift CLS can
also be used for retouching of sanded-through
veneer and impure edges. The specially formed tip
allows line repairs from a hairline to any width. The
texture can be perfectly copied. Mixed shades can
be reached be applying several layers of different
colour shades. To be sure, a sample application
should be made on a separate piece of wood or on
white paper.
The Correct Deckstift CDS is filled with original
Wigranit® paint and can be used for the opaque
retouching of small colour defects on coated wood
and plastic surfaces. Especially suitable for the
opaque coloration of corners and edges and for the
exact colour matching of repaired defects. Correct
Deckstift, as a standard, is available in the three
most common colour shades: pure white (9010),
traffic white (9016) and jet black (9005).
The Correct Tuschkasten CTK contains universal
retouching inks on NC basis for the repair of smaller
defects on painted wood surfaces and/or plastic
surfaces (laminates, laminate sheets with and
without decoration, etc.). The retouching paints are
also suitable for the exact colour matching of defective spots, which have been repaired by means of
Correct Weichwachs CWW, Hartwachs CHW or 2KHolzspachtel. The inks can also be used to rebuild
the missing wood texture. The retouched spot can
be finally varnished with all Zweihorn® varnishes. We
recommend using the original varnish, which is
already on the surface in order to avoid adherence
failures and different degrees of gloss.
Remove the cap - the applicator is ready-to-use.
The tincture dries within a few seconds.
Apply the glaze without any pressure.
In case the felt tip becomes dry, remove the white
cap, then remove the white felt reservoir and soak
it with Verdünnung 10063 or S 9029. Then the
applicator can be used again.
After use, in order to avoid dehydration, put the
cap firmly on again!
130
Shake thoroughly before use until the ball can be
heard.
Remove the cap.
Push the felt tip several times back into the bush
and wait until it is moistened with paint.
Apply the glaze without any pressure.
In case the felt tip becomes dry, repeat the
procedures as described above.
After use, in order to avoid dehydration, put the
cap firmly on again!
Store the Correct Deckstift CDS in a cool and dry
place. Storable up to 12 months.
In case the Correct Deckstift CDS is used every
day, the tip remains in working order. If the applicator should not have been used for a longer
period, the old felt tip can be pulled out and
cleaned by means of a thinner. Then the cleaned
tip can be inserted again.
Use the red marten brush to partly dissolve the
paints with the delivered nitro thinner or with
Verdünner 10063.
If applied thin, the inks and the mixtures have the
effect of a glaze. If the application is made in several layers, opaque repairs can be made.
Correct retouching inks can be mixed with each
other.
Drying time is approx. 3–5 minutes.
the Airbrush Pistol from the Correct-ReparaturKoffer and the original varnish or paint, which is
already on the surface. You can also use our
fillable Preval spray cans or the Superduroffix®
spray cans. Since the spray nozzles have been
designed for surface varnishing, you have to spray
very thin, holding the sprayer slightly tilted and
with uniform movement. After drying, if required,
carefully remove spoiling spray mist by means of
very fine steel wool (000) or white abrasive cloth.
Special products
Our wide spectrum of special products includes supplementary products and items that have been developed for
special applications and procedures. These products for instance include flatting agents and polishing agents,
as well as products for the protection and care of wood. Additionally, you find technical accessories for the
application of our Zweihorn® products.
www.zweihorn.com
131
System overview
Special products and accessories
Special products
Spezial Adhäsionsreiniger
Cleaner and adhesion promoter,
specifically for glass surfaces to be
coated with GDL.
➜ SAR; 750 ml
WNC/colour,
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Füllgrund CL-F,
Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Klarlack CL 9, 8, 7, 0
are available as two-pack spray can
(400 ml) from your specialized
Zweihorn® dealer.
Schellack-Mattierung
matt-blond
Pure shellac flatting agent for all wood
types for the restoration of antique furniture, even on wax containing stains.
➜ 10013; 1 l, 5 l
Glasdesignlack
Colourless two-pack polyurethane
varnish of extreme light resistance and
very good adherence on many glass
types. For creation of effects as well
as an adhesion promoter for coloured
coatings with Wigranit® Novacolor.
➜ GDL; 2.5 l
Supermatt-Finish
Non-reflecting final paint coat for all
Zweihorn® two-pack PUR lacquers
with unique matt appearance and
velvet-like surface finish. Extremely
resistant against polishing and highly
resistant against grease and oils.
➜ SMF; 5 l
Two-pack spray cans
Wigranit® 2K-PUR-Füller weiß WIG/FILL,
Wigranit® 2K-MDF-Isolierfüller weiß WIG-IF,
Wigranit® Novacolor 2K-PUR-Buntlack
132
Wisch-Patina-Paste
Wipe-on patina paste based on water
for tinting the pores of coarse-pore
wood, and for use as patinating ink.
➜ WPP/colour; 1 kg
Ballenmattierung farblos
Low-viscosity, high-build flatting
agent. For obtaining a high-build,
high-gloss surface with only a few
work cycles.
➜ S 50; 1 l, 5 l
Fugenkittlösung
Closes joints and holes, reduces
lateral glueing, easily to be applied,
quickly drying and easily sandable.
➜ FK; 1 l, 5 l
Porenfüller
Pore filler for coarse-pore wood.
➜ PO; 1 kg
Cellulose-SchellackMattierung
For priming and flatting, even on wax
containing stains.
➜ S 586; 1 l
Petersburger Möbellack
High-gloss polishing lacquer,
especially for uneven surfaces.
➜ 10018; 1 l
Kristall-Abziehpolitur
Cripowa
Can be applied on all surfaces polished
with Zweihorn® Schellack Politur for
hardening and clearing.
➜ 10011; 1 l
Schellack-Politur farblos
Pure shellac polish for final polishing
of light colour tones. Results in clear
surfaces of high brilliance.
➜ 10017; 1 l
Special products
Care products
Hochglanzpolitur
For removal of polishing oil residues
and recovery of gloss on old surfaces.
➜ 10099; 1 l
Abpolierwasser
For final treatment during polishing
and for cleaning of lacquered
surfaces, contains silicone.
➜ S 68; 750 ml, (new: 1 l)
Poligen-Einheitspolitur
For initial and final polishing, results in
crystal-clear high-gloss surfaces, also
for refreshing of shellac polishes.
➜ 10101; 1 l
Grauweg
Removes humidity stains on
one-pack coatings.
➜ Grauweg; 400 ml spray can
Verteiler
Solvent distributor for the buffing
method, removes sanding traces
on Super Duroffix® surfaces.
➜ S 20; 1 l
Möbelpflege
For cleaning and care of coated
surfaces and plastic surfaces,
contains silicone.
➜ MPF; 500 ml
Verteiler-Politur
Distribution agent for varnish polishing, removes sanding traces and
combines varnish and polishing agent.
➜ S 709; 1 l
Procryl Parkettpflege
For the care of varnished wooden
floors and laminate. Refreshes the
gloss and protects the surface
without repolishing.
➜ PPP; 1 l
Polieröl
Additive for final polishing, prevents
polishes from tearing.
➜ 10033; 1 l
Hochglanz-Schleifpaste
For professional polishing of all
Zweihorn® high-gloss varnishes.
➜ HSP; 1 kg
Hochglanz-Polierpaste
Water-based polishing paste for final
polishing of all Zweihorn® high-gloss
varnishes.
➜ HPP; 1 kg
Cleaning
Holzseife
For removal of pine and resin deposits
on solid wood and veneer.
➜ Holzseife; 500 g
Spezial-Intensivreiniger
Removes old self-lustre coatings, oils,
waxes and other contaminations, also for
cleaning of equipment and machinery
after the use of Naturtrend products and
water-based varnishes.
➜ IR; 2.5 l
Zaponlack
Protects interior polished areas of
non-ferrous and babbit metals.
➜ 10026; 1 l, 5 l
Procryl Parkettreiniger
For cleaning and care of varnished
wooden floors and laminate in one
operation. Results in a silk-lustre,
skid resistant, antistatic film.
➜ PPR; 1 l
Universalreiniger
For cleaning painting devices and
tools from Zweihorn® products
containing solvent or water. Also
suitable for cleaning of MDF, plasticcoated particle boards and flat
laminates.
➜ UR; 12.5 l
Additives
Antisilikon
Against silicone craters in the
surface of solvent-based products.
➜ AS; 100 ml
Egalisator
Compensates the absorption
capability of the wood.
➜ S 9025; 1 kg
Sunblocker
Innovative product for protection
of light wood against yellowing.
Addition of 10% in solvent-based
priming and coating varnishes.
➜ SB; 1 l
Mattkonzentrat
For flattening of solvent-based
varnishes.
➜ MK; 1 l
PUR-Beschleuniger
Accelerates hardening.
➜ BS; 1 l
Strukturpulver fein
Strukturpulver grob
Leads to rougher, extremely
scratch proof, resistant surfaces.
➜ STP-F; 0.4 kg
➜ STP-G; 0.4 kg
Verzögerer
Effective against bubble formation,
flow failures and blushing.
➜ VZ; 1 l
For all other product-specific information please see the Technical Data Sheets contained in this brochure. Only the current
Technical Data Sheet that can be downloaded from www.zweihorn.com is valid. The validity of previous Technical Data Sheets
expires as soon as a new version is published.
www.zweihorn.com
133
Glasdesignlack
GDL
PUR 5085
5h
5
Product description
Application
Spezial Glasdesignlack GDL is a colourless two-pack
polyurethane paint with extremely good lightfastness, which is very well adhering to many types of
glass. Spezial Glasdesignlack GDL can be universally
used for the decoration on glass. It is suitable for the
creation of many effects and can also be used as
adhesion promoter for coloured painting with
Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/colour.
Prior to painting, make sure that all glass
surfaces to be painted have been thoroughly
treated with SAR Spezial Adhäsionsreiniger.
Shake or stir Spezial Glasdesignlack GDL well
before use.
Glasdesignlack GDL must be hardened with PURHärter 5085 (see ‘Hardening’) and thinned with
30 % of PUR-Verdünner S 9004.
Opaque composition:
For opaque coloured paint systems apply Spezial
Glasdesignlack GDL as adhesion promoter onto the
cleaned glass and, after a drying time of approx.
1 hour up to max. 8 hours (plastic panes up to max.
3 hours), overpaint it with Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/
colour (to be hardened and thinned in accordance
with the Technical Data Sheet).
Transparent to glazed composition:
Depending on the desired effect, the following
Zweihorn® products can be added to Spezial
Glasdesignlack GDL and applied directly onto the
cleaned glass:
up to 5 % of Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/colour
for glazed effects
up to 5 % of Zweihorn® Strukturpulver fein STP-F
or grob STP-G for structured matt effect
up to 5 % of Wigranit® Novacolor Metallicbasislack
WNC/MB for metallic effect
The metallic effect is also very well suitable as a basic coat for a subsequently applied coloured paint
system with Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/colour.
Effect compositions such as:
Drop effect
Crackle effect
Staple fiber effect
Speckle effect
Nap effect and others
Spezial Glasdesignlack GDL GDL is only suitable for
the finishing of glass in furniture construction.
Spezial Glasdesignlack GDL is excellently suitable
for the coating of glass used for the high-quality
decoration of, for example, shop fittings, restaurants,
hotels, drugstores, etc. Due to the broad spectrum of
applications, a great many of glass effects can be
created, e.g. sandblasting effect, milk glass effect,
stained glass effect, metallic effects for table inlays,
cabinet doors, backlit panes of glass, glass screens,
display cases, bars, glass shelves for cabinets, etc.
Surfaces
All common types of mineral glass, which have been
thoroughly cleaned with Spezial Adhäsionsreiniger
SAR. Plastic panes can also be cleaned with Spezial
Adhäsionsreiniger SAR, but the adherence of the
coating composition on these plastic panes is notinfluenced. (see "Special notes").
Preparation
An important factor for the adhesion is that the glass
surface has been thoroughly cleaned with SAR
Spezial Adhäsionsreiniger and that impurities, such
as fingerprints are avoided. Therefore we recommend wearing cotton gloves. Spezial
Adhäsionsreiniger SAR is sprayed onto the glass
surfaces to be painted and spread with a dry, lintfree cotton cloth until the glass is fully dry and clean.
If necessary, the cleaning procedure can be
repeated. After cleaning with Spezial Adhäsionsreiniger SAR, the application can be immediately
continued (see 'Application'). In case the cleaned
glass surface should not be painted with Spezial
Glasdesignlack GDL within six hours, the cleaning
procedure with SAR Spezial Adhäsionsreiniger must
be repeated.
Gloss levels
Product number
Gloss level
DIN 67530 at 60 °
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
GDL
silk
approx. 60
PUR-Härter 5085
5:1
Thinner
134
1
Application methods
Nozzle size (mm)
Thinner added (%)
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
Spraying
High/Low
Airless/
pressure
Airmix
1.5-3.0
110-130
1.6-1.9
0.23
30
30
15
15
60-80
60-80
12-16
12-16
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 30 min.
touch-dry
approx. 2 h
transportable
overnight
loadable
after 3 days
Aftertreatment
After a drying time of approx. one hour to eight
hours max. on glass and up to three hours max. on
plastic panes without intermediate sanding, Spezial
Glasdesignlack GDL can be overpainted with
Wigranit® Novacolor 2K-PUR-Buntlack WNC/colour.
Product data
Batch size
Batch sizes
PUR Härter 5085
Viscos. at delivery DIN 4 mm
original batch
2.5 l
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12,5 l
approx. 27 sec.
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
Excellent cleaning of the glass surfaces with SAR
Spezial Adhäsionsreiniger is an absolute must and
is decisive for the subsequent adhesion of the
paint film.
Intractable contaminations on the glass surface
can also be cleaned with thinner (e.g., Universalreiniger UR). An important factor for the subsequent adhesion is that in the last step of the
procedure, before Spezial Glasdesignlack GDL is
applied, Spezial Adhäsionsreiniger SAR is used for
cleaning.
Spezial Adhäsionsreiniger SAR must be spread
with a dry, clean cloth.
Painting with Spezial Glasdesignlack GDL must be
done immediately after the cleaning with SAR
Spezial Adhäsionsreiniger within a period of 6
hours max. If not, the cleaning procedure must be
repeated.
Always avoid fingerprints - wear cotton gloves.
Final hardness and adhesion is obtained after
approximately 3 days.
Spezial Adhäsionsreiniger SAR considerably improves the adherence on many types of mineral glass
(silicate glass). Plastic panes (acrylic glass) can also
be cleaned with Spezial Adhäsionsreiniger SAR, but
the adherence of the subsequent coating composition is not influenced. For that reason, plastic panes
must also be tested with regard to adherence.
Due to different types of glass and special glass,
we generally recommend making a test coating on
the original glass. The adhesion check of this test
should be made after 3 days only.
Spezial Glasdesignlack was exclusively developed
for decorative applications.
Painted glass surfaces must not be dipped in or
moistened with water for a longer period of time.
However, short exposure to moisture is
permissible.
15 °C.
store in tightly closed original containers.
PUR hardeners should be stored dry and cool in
closed original containers for a maximum of one
year approx.
Supermatt-Finish
SMF
PUR 5085
4
Product description
Supermatt-Finish SMF is a clear, solvent-based twopack PUR varnish with a unique, non-reflecting
appearance and a very soft, velvety surface. This
special varnish, which must be used as final coat
only, turns your objects into real works of art.
Supermatt-Finish SMF is extremely insensitive to
polishing and is highly resistant to grease and oil,
which ensures a durable, matt and insensitive
surface.
Supermatt-Finish SMF is only suitable for the
finishing of interior furniture surfaces. It can be used
as final varnish on all surfaces, which have been
treated with solvent-based Zweihorn® two-pack PUR
products. Because Supermatt-Finish SMF clearly
stands out against all other varnished surfaces, it is
especially suitable for refining special objects such
as sales rooms, designer furniture, office furniture
and all high-quality interior equipment. Due to the
chemical resistance according to DIN 68861/1C, it is
not suitable for surfaces coming into contact with
fading substances or with surfaces from which
fading substances cannot be removed immediately.
Also see "Special notes".
Surfaces
and MDF boards in moisture-proof applications, as
well as some woods rich in resin or other ingredients such as pine, teak or wenge, should first be
insulated with Plastiklack S 7000. Supermatt-Finish
SMF SMF is suitable as final varnish on all surfaces
treated with solvent-based Zweihorn® two-pack PUR
products. In the case of coloured paint compositions
it is suitable as coating varnish for Wigranit®
Novacolor WNC/colour. Clear varnish compositions,
e.g. wood and wood materials primed with
Crystallit® or Diadur® (even if stained before with all
Zweihorn® stains except wax stain)) can be finished
with SMF.
Preparation
Clear varnish composition:
Supermatt-Finish SMF can be used on all solventbased, clear two-pack PUR varnishes. We
recommend the application on Crystallit® Füllgrund
CL-F or Diadur® Füllgrund DD-F. The products are
applied in accordance with the Technical Data
Sheet. Important for later adhesion is that the
primed surfaces are completely sanded and that the
product is applied as soon as possible after sanding.
Coloured paint composition:
Supermatt-Finish SMF can be used on Wigranit®
Novacolor WNC/colour paint.
Coloured paint compositions are made in accordance with the respective Technical Data Sheet.
After the coloured paint has been applied, we
recommend, after an evaporation time of approx. 1
hour up to max. 8 hours, overpainting with
Supermatt-Finish SMF, so that proper bonding is
possible without intermediate sanding. Painting with
intermediate sanding is not recommend because
poor adhesion may occur.
www.zweihorn.com
1
Gloss levels
Product number
SMF
super matt/reflection free
Gloss level
Meas. value acc- to DIN
approx. 0 - 2
67530 at 60°
request from us.
Special notes
Hardening
Hardener
Mixing ratio
(lacquer/hardener)
Pot life
PUR-Härter 5085
4:1
Thinner
Application
Supermatt-Finish SMF and PUR-Härter 5085 are
carefully mixed. Add Zweihorn® PUR thinner, as
required. The mixture is applied as coating only and
can be applied only once. Application is made by
means of spraying.
Application methods
High/Low
pressure
Nozzle size (mm)
1.6-2.0
Thinner added (%) 10
20
DIN 4 mm (sec.)
Coverage per
90-120
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/l)
6-10
Spraying
Airless/
Airmix
110-130
0.23-0.28
10
20
120
7
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 6-8 h
touch-dry
approx. 12-14 h
sandable
not possible
transportable
approx. 24 h
Complete curing and maximum load-bearing
capacity is reached after 3 days approx.
Aftertreatment
Aftertreatment of Supermatt-Finish SMF is not possible. For that reason, proper surfaces are a must.
If surfaces, which have been made by means of
Supermatt-Finish SMF have to be renovated, the
surface must be completely removed by means
of sanding.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
Due to its surface properties, Supermatt-Finish
SMF is sensitive to colorants and fading substances, such as ink, mustard, coffee, red wine,
tomato sauce, etc. The contact with such substances must absolutely be avoided.
May only be used as final varnish. Careful preparation (priming) with Zweihorn® two-pack PUR
products is required.
Overpainting with the same material without or
with slight intermediate sanding only will cause
adhesion problems.
Due to the non-reflecting effect, the shade of
surfaces coated with Supermatt-Finish SMF
(especially in coloured paint compositions) looks
paler and less sparkling. That is why you should
always make a sample varnishing and check the
colour after drying.
The material needs a very long time for curing.
After a short time (approx. 30 min.) the surface
looks dry, but the drying times stated must be
kept to.
Whenever polyurethane (PUR) material, e.g. CL-F or
DD-F, is to be applied as a coating, sand surface
and remove dust thoroughly just before commencing with further treatment to guarantee perfect
bonding.
Do not process and dry PUR varnishes under 15 °C.
(CE approval)
DIN 53160, Part 1 and Part 2 Saliva and
sweat proof (CE approval)
5l
0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
approx. 25 sec.
approx. 2 years
135
2K-Sprühdose Wigranit® Isolierfüller
SD WIG-IF
Product description
Application
With the new two-pack spray can of Wigranit®
Isolierfüller it is now possible to process the proved
product Wigranit® Isolierfüller in usual quality almost
everywhere. The product is excellently suitable for
priming of subsequent coloured coating composition
in on-site use on the building site in professional
two-pack quality. The product is immediately ready
for use after the two-pack spray can has been
activated and shaken. Because of the rotating spray
nozzle, vertical and horizontal coating is possible.
For easy handling, a plug-on type reusable pistol
grip is available as accessory.
Shake well before use until the integrated mixing
ball is heard. Then the activation of the two-pack
spray can of Wigranit® Isolierfüller must be made.
For doing so, take the red release button from the
cap of the spray can, place it on the bottom side of
the spray can, place the can with the activation
button inserted on a plane surface and push it
downward until the release button is noticeably
pressed in. The internal hardener cartridge is open
now. Then thoroughly shake the spray can for about
2 minutes in order to mix the varnish with the
hardener. Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIG-IF may only be
processed in hardened condition (after activation)!
When coating the object, always keep the can in
vertical position. The nozzle can be rotated for vertical and horizontal coating. When coating horizontal
parts, the spray stream may be interrupted due to
the oblique position of the spray can. If this happens,
the spray can and the spray nozzle can be rotated,
so that the integrated standpipe is within the varnish
fluid. If the two-pack spray can of Wigranit®
Isolierfüller is used frequently, we recommend using
the reusable pistol grip for effortless coating. After
use, place spray cans already open upside down
and press the spraying knob until the nozzle is
empty, in order to avoid clogging.
The two-pack spray can of Wigranit® Isolierfüller is
outstandingly suitable for coating all furniture parts
during assembly and for coating work that can only
be made on-site, such as installed door frames, or
for repair work on interior components firmly
installed. The two-pack spray can of Wigranit®
Isolierfüller allows MDF coating with insulating
effect in usual two-pack PUR quality. It is also
suitable as primer coat on critical substrates, such
as aluminium, various plastic materials, ceramics,
iron and steel.
Surfaces
MDF, also for moisture-proof applications, and ither
wood material. As adhesive primer: On aluminium,
various plastic materials, ceramics, iron and steel.
Preparation
paper) and dust well. When used as primer coat,
surfaces must be degreased before. Parts that shall
not be coated must be covered with suitable
adhesive tape in order to protect them against spray
mist.
136
Application methods
Distance to the
component in cm
Nozzle setting
Position –
Position I
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/spray can)
15-20
horizontal coating
vertical coating
100
0.7
Drying time
dust-dry
approx. 20 min.
touch-dry
approx. 2 h
sandable
approx. 3-4 h
Aftertreatment
After a drying time of 3 to 4 hours, you can continue
to sand and further coat the surface, e.g. with
Wigranit® Novacolor Buntlack WNC/colour. This
product is also available as two-pack spray can in
any colour.
Intermediate sanding just before further processing
must be carried out!
Product data
Batch size
original batch
Pot life after activation
400 ml
approx. 2 years
approx. 7 days
request from us.
Special notes
The product may only be used in hardened
(activated) condition!
The pot life of 7 days can only be guaranteed
when the can is properly stored at a temperature
of 25 °C max.
The test standards according to the Technical Data
Sheet for Wigranit® Isolierfüller WIG-IF are still valid!
2K-Sprühdose 5085
SD 5085
Product description
Please see the applicable Technical Data Sheet for
the Zweihorn® product that was filled into the can.
Caution! After the two-pack spray can has been
filled by your dealer, pure varnish or paint material is
in the standpipe and in the nozzle. For that reason,
the two-pack spray can must be sprayed free prior
to the first use. For doing so, press the spray nozzle
for about one or two seconds and spray onto a sheet
of paper or onto a cardboard, until a soft, even spray
stream is obtained. When coating the object, always
keep the can in vertical position. The nozzle can be
rotated for vertical and horizontal coating. The spray
angle can be adjusted because of the new spray
nozzle of the 2K-Sprühdose 5085. You will get a
wide spray stream by turning the thumb-wheel on
the spray nozzle to the left. By turning it to the right,
the spray angle is continuously decreased up to a
circular spray stream. By decreasing the spray
angle, the spray quantity is reduced at the same
time, in order to prevent sagging. When coating
horizontal parts, the spray stream may be interrupted due to the oblique position of the aerosol can. If
this happens, the spray can and the spray nozzle
can be rotated, so that the integrated standpipe is
within the varnish fluid. If the 2K-Sprühdose 5085
filled with WIG/Fill, WNC/colour or CL 7, 8, 9, 0 is
used frequently, we recommend using the reusable
pistol grip for effortless coating. After use, place
aerosol cans already open upside down and press
the spraying knob until the nozzle is empty, in order
to avoid clogging..
Application
Effect coatings
Shake well before use until the integrated mixing
ball is heard. Then the activation of the 2KSprühdose 5085 filled with WIG/Fill, WNC/colour or
CL 7, 8, 9, 0 is made. For doing so, take the red
release button from the cap of the spray can, place it
on the bottom side of the spray can, place the can
with the activation button inserted on a plane
surface and push it downward until the release
button is noticeably pressed in. The internal hardener cartridge is open now. Then thoroughly shake
the spray can for about 2 minutes in order to mix the
varnish with the hardener. The products WIG/Fill,
WNC/colour or CL 7, 8, 9, 0 filled into the can may
only be applied in hardened condition (after
activation)!
In addition to numerous Wigranit® Novacolor colours
and Crystallit® varnishes, the 2K-Sprühdose 5085
can also be used to create many effect coatings.
Your dealer can also fill the can with Wigranit®
Novacolor Effektlack WNC/PGB, WNC/MB, metallic
colours (WNC/PGB or WNC/MB tinted with WNC/colour) or WNC/Gold. It is also possible to add a
maximum of 5 % of Strukturpulver fein or grob or to
add approx. 0.5 to 5 % of WNC/PGB or WNC/MB or
mixtures of them.
The new 2K-Sprühdose 5085 can be filled with the
products Wigranit® Füller WIG/Fill, Wigranit®
Novacolor WNC/colour and Crystallit® Klarlack CL 7,
8, 9, 0. Zweihorn® dealers with equipped filling
station can fill the new two-pack spray can with all
colours according to RAL, Sikkens, NCS or your own
pattern. Even on-site on the building site you will
then obtain surfaces in professional two-pack
quality. Even effect coating can be made. Due to the
new nozzle, spray angle and spray quantity can be
adjusted. In addition, the spray nozzle can be
rotated, so that vertical and horizontal coating is
possible. For easy handling, a plug-on type reusable
pistol grip is available as accessory.
The 2K-Sprühdose 5085, filled with WIG/Fill,
WNC/colour or CL 7, 8, 9, 0, is outstandingly suitable
for coating all furniture parts during assembly and
for coatings that can only be made on-site, such as
installed door frames, or for repair work on interior
components firmly installed. By means of the 2KSprühdose 5085 many wood types and wood materials can be coated in usual two-pack PUR quality.
Surfaces und Preparation
www.zweihorn.com
Application methods
Distance to the
component in cm
Nozzle setting
Position –
Position I
Coverage per
application (g/m2)
Yield (m2/spray can)
Drying times (at 20 °C room temperature,
Aftertreatment
Product data
Batch sizes
Prefill spray can
(Aerosol and hardener PUR 5085)
after being filled with WIG/Fill,
WNC/colour or CL 7, 8, 9, 0
original batch
Pot life after activation
290 ml
400 ml
approx. 2
years
approx. 7 days
request from us.
Special notes
The product may only be used in hardened
(activated) condition!
The pot life of 7 days can only be guaranteed
when the can is properly stored at a temperature
of 25 °C max.
Effect coatings with metallic paints and effect
lacquers with Strukturpulver fein or grob can only
be made with a wide spray stream.
When the spray angle is decreased, the material
quantity is also reduced, so that the nozzle might
be clogged by metal or texture powder articles.
The test standards of the products WIG/Fill, WNC/colour or CL 7, 8, 9, 0, filled in the can, are still
applicable! Please see the applicable Technical Data
Sheet.
15-20
horizontal coating
vertical coating
75-100
0.7-1
137
Summary of colours Wisch-Patina-Paste WPP
138
WPP/brown
WPP/red
WPP/black
WPP/blue
WPP/yellow
WPP/gold
WPP/green
WPP/white
Application example
Application example
Wisch-Patina-Paste
WPP/colour
Product description
Wisch-Patina-Paste WPP for colourizing of pores in
coarse-grained woods, as well as for use as patinating coat. Wisch-Patina-Paste WPP is available in the
colours white, black, yellow, red, brown, blue, green,
silver and gold; all of them being randomly mixable
with each other. The product has a long open time,
can easily be wiped off and removed.
Coarse-pore wood and veneer like oak and ash, for
emphasizing the pores, as a wipe patina on all fineand coarse-pore wood and veneer types. WischPatina-Paste WPP can be used on stained and
primed wood surfaces as well as on open-pore
coloured paint coats. By this colour preparation,
numerous effects can be obtained.
Preparation
Aftertreatment
Wisch-Patina-Paste WPP must be coated with a colourless varnish. This purpose can easily be achieved by solvent-based two-pack varnishes, such as
Diadur® or Crystallit®. We recommend using the
same product series that has been applied for the
primer coat.
Product data
Batch size
1 kg
approx. 1 year
original batch
Sanding with 180/220-grit paper, wood pores must
be brushed and dusted well. All solvent-based twopack varnishes and coloured paints from the
Zweihorn® product range are suitable as primer. The
drying time of the primer must be approx. 12 to 16
hours.
request from us.
Thinner
Special notes
Not required.
Wisch-Patina-Paste WPP is ready to use. However it
can be thinned with tap water, if required.
Application
Shake well before use!
Coloured pore: Smoothen the surface before treatment, by a fine sanding pad, but do not sand so that
later the Wisch-Patina-Paste WPP can be removed
more easily from the surface. Apply a rich coat of
Wisch-Patina-Paste WPP by a brush, a cloth or a
spraying gun and rub it into the wood pore across
the wood grain. Remove the excess carefully using a
clean cloth rug. After a drying period of approx. 5
hours, remove the remaining excess using abrasive
paper of 280 to 320 grain size.
www.zweihorn.com
Patina cover: Thoroughly sand the surface before
treatment, with 320/400-grit paper, and remove the
abrasive dust. Apply a rich coat of Wisch-PatinaPaste WPP by brush, cloth or spraying gun. Remove
the excess using a clean cloth rug. After a drying
period of approx. 5 hours, the surface can be ground
for effect, using fine steel wool or sanding paper.
All types of Wisch-Patina-Paste WPP can be mixed
with each other.
All application procedures shall be regarded as
unbinding proposals.
By the use of Wisch-Patina-Paste WPP you will
create unique designs.
Improper product use like too thick layers applied
or missing grinding of the prime coat may result in
adherence problems.
In any case make sure to create a test sample.
139
Fugenkittlösung FK
Fugenkittlösung FK
Porenfüller PO/colour
Drying time
(at 20 °C room temperature, 65 % relative
humidity of air)
from approx. 45 minutes
Porenfüller PO
Aftertreatment
Product description
Fugenkittlösung FK is suitable for filling cracks and
joints in floors and, after sanding the floor, is mixed
with the sanding dust and then worked in. Cracks
and joints emerge from variations of temperature
and humidity in the room. Often they become visible
only after sanding. By closing these cracks and
joints, sagging of the varnish is avoided as far as
possible. At the same time, lateral glueing is
minimized.
Smoother dry surfaces with fine sand paper. e. g.
with a disk sander. If necessary, the levelling
procedure can be repeated or a primer coat, e. g.
with Unocryl 1K-Parkettgrund UC-PG, can be
applied.
Product data
Batch sizes
1 l, 5 l
Viscos. at delivery DIN 4 mm approx. 20 sec.
approx. 1 year
original batch
All common types of wooden floor, solid or with
sandable wear layer.
Surfaces
All type of wood usual for wooden floors. For parquet
floor with fine hair joints. Not suitable for extra-wide
joints, such as V joints in floorboards.
Application
Sand the new floor with sandable wear layer or the
solid floor after the installation. When refurbishing
old floor, first sand off and vacuum the old varnish
layer. After intermediate sanding, all cracks and
joints, if existing, must be closed with Fugenkittlösung. For doing so, Fugenkittlösung FK is mixed in
a clean container with the wood flour from the last
intermediate sanding in the mixing ratio 2:1 up to
5:1 (depending on the type of wood). The jointing
filler must not be too thick or too thin! During
processing, consistency may change due to
evaporation. If required, add some Fugenkittlösung
FK. In order to close all small joints and cracks,
distribute the mastic compound with a broad, flat
steel knife (stainless) evenly over the entire floor. If
greater cracks or joints emerge again after a drying
time of approx. 45 minutes (this period may be
longer depending on the temperature and the
humidity in the room!), these cracks and joints must
be filled again.
140
according to 91/155/EWG, which you can find on our
website www.zweihorn.com or which you can
request from us.
Special notes
Not suitable for parquet floor with oversized joints,
e.g. as V joints in floorboards. It is also not
possible to fill wood floor joints on an elastic substructure (e. g. floors for sporting activities).
Only use the compound for filling joints. If possible, do not allow greater areas to dry, since the
sanding effort will be much higher.
Only use working equipment made from nonrusting material. The working equipment must be
immediately cleaned with water after use.
sewage system.
Product description
Wood-coloured powders in 8 colours for filling of
wood pores.
Porenfüllpulver PO/colour is used for filling of wood
pores for closed-pore structures. Especially for
coarse-pore wood or if the varnish is bound to be
polished or buffed.
Application
Mix Plastiklack S 7000 with Härter S 7777 in
accordance with the Technical Data Sheet and then
mix it with Porenfüllpulver PO to get a paste that is
ready to apply. The mixing ratio should be approx.
2:1 (Porenfüller PO with S 7000/S 7777). Press this
mixture into the joint and let it dry. Before the
varnish coat is applied, the surface must be sanded
and the dust must be carefully removed.
Product data
Batch size
1 kg
approx. 2 years
original batch
request from us.
Colours
1 Maple
3 Walnut, light
6 Mahogany, light
7 Mahogany, medium
8 Mahogany, dark
10 black
11 whitely
12 Oak, light
1
3
6
7
8
10
11
12
Cellulose-Schellack-Mattierung S 586
Schellack-Mattierung matt-blond 10013
Ballenmattierung farblos, S 50
Cellulose-SchellackMattierung S 586
Schellack-Mattierung
matt-blond 10013
Product description
Product description
Silk-lustre, highly concentrated flatting agent for
priming and flatting, also on stains containing wax.
Highly concentrated, pure shellac flatting dissolved
in spirit with small additions of waxes and oils.
Cellulose-Schellack-Mattierung S 586 is used where
highly filled and flatted shellac surfaces are desired.
Schellack-Mattierung matt-blond 10013 is ideal
for refreshing of antique furniture, to achieve silk
surfaces.
Ballenmattierung farblos, S 50
Product description
Surfaces
All types of wood; exotic wood must be tested before.
Surfaces
Preparation
All common types of wood. Also applicable on stains
containing wax.
from dust. Primed surfaces must be sanded before
further treatment.
Preparation
Thinner
If required, use Verdünner S 3.
Application
Stir or shake well before use.
Cellulose-Schellack-Mattierung S 586 is applied to
the wood substrate with a brush or a flatting cloth. If
needed, it is possible to dilute the substance with
Verdünner S 3 (2:1 max.). As final coating apply
stroke by stroke with a rug in wood fibre direction.
Drying time
at least 2 h
Aftertreatment
With the same product after prior sanding.
Product data
Batch size
1l
approx. 2 years
original batch
request from us.
Special notes
Cellulose-Schellack-Mattierung S 586 is also
suitable as varnish coat on stains containing wax.
sewage system.
further treatment.
Thinner
Ballenmattierung S 50 is a thin but very high-build
product. Its high content of solids achieves a good
result and high-gloss already after a few working
steps. Ballenmattierung S 50 is very easy to
process.
With Ballenmattierung S 50 you will achieve very
high-build surfaces already in a few working steps.
Surfaces
All wooden surfaces, which have been primed,
for example with Superduroffix® Füllgrund SDF.
Preparation
further treatment.
Thinner
Application
If required, use Verdünner S 3 or Cellulose Verdünner
10063.
The surfaces must be carefully conditioned and well
sanded. Schellack-Mattierung matt-blond 10013 is
diluted half with Verdünner S 3. Soak a flatting cloth
richly with the mixture and apply stroke by stroke in
the direction of structure. After drying, the process
may be repeated until the desired effect is obtained.
Drying time
at least 4 h
Aftertreatment
Product data
Batch sizes
Viscosity at deliveryDIN 4 mm
original batches
1 l, 5 l
approx. 65 sec.
approx. 1 year
request from us.
Special notes
Clean the equipment with Verdünner S 3.
Shellac polishing is an art that can be achieved
only with a lot of practice.
sewage system.
Application
Prime the wood surface to be treated for example
with Superduroffix® Füllgrund SDF-F and cleanly
sand it after drying. Dilute Ballenmattierung S 50
with a slight amount of Verdünner S 3 or
Celluloselack-Verdünner 10063 and soak a rug
cushion of flatting cloth. The soaked cushion shall
be guided over the surface in the direction of wood
structure. This procedure shall be repeated in
intervals of 10 minutes until the gloss effect is as
desired.
Drying time
approx. 2 h
Aftertreatment
Product data
Batch sizes
original batch
1 l, 5 l
approx. 1 year
request from us.
Special notes
After several applications, a polishing effect will
be created.
sewage system.
www.zweihorn.com
141
Petersburger Möbellack 10018
Kristall-Abziehpolitur „Cripowa“ 10011
Petersburger Möbellack 10018
Kristall-Abziehpolitur
„Cripowa“ 10011
Product description
Petersburger Möbellack 10018 is also called
polishing varnish or extraction varnish and is set
ready for application.
With Petersburger Möbellack 10018, high-gloss
surfaces are achieved, because of the good
application features, on uneven substrates, for
instance on cleats, carving work, etc.
Surfaces
Kristall-Abziehpolitur „Cripowa“ 10011 is used for
clarifying and hardening of surfaces that have first
be treated with Schellack-Politur 10017 or
Einheitspolitur 10101.
Kristall-Politur „Cripowa“ 10011 can be used on
all surfaces treated with shellac polishes, to result
in crystal-clear, hard high-gloss surfaces.
Especially wooden parts with uneven surfaces, like
cleats, carvings, picture frames, etc. that are bound
to be covered by high-gloss coatings.
Thinner
Preparation
Application
from dust.
If required, use Verdünner S 3 or CelluloseVerdünner 10063.
Kristall-Abziehpolitur „Cripowa“ 10011 is applied
to a pad covered with fine linen. This is to treat the
shellac surfaces quickly and in large strokes, until
the pad is dry. It is essential to work quickly to
ensure smooth transitions. Finally, the remainder
is removed with Hochglanz-Politur 10099.
Application
Aftertreatment
Apply Petersburger Möbellack 10018 with a cotton
tab or a soft hairbrush. When applying by a cotton
tab, soak the cotton with Petersburger Möbellack
and move it over the surface slowly and uniformly
with a light pressure over the surface until the
intensity desired and crystal-clear gloss are
achieved.
Use Hochglanzpolitur 10099 in order to remove
remainders of polishing oil.
Thinner
Drying time
at least 2 h
Aftertreatment
Product data
Batch size
1l
Shelf life in unopened oriapprox. 1 year
ginal batch
request from us.
Special notes
Caution: Product must not be drained
142
Product description
If required, use Verdünner S 3 or CelluloseVerdünner 10063.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
1l
approx. 12 sec.
approx. 1 year
request from us.
Special notes
sewage system.
Working equipment must be cleaned with
Zweihorn®-Verdünner S 3.
Schellack-Politur farblos 10017
Hochglanzpolitur 10099
Poligen-Einheitspolitur farblos 10101
Schellack-Politur farblos
10017
Special notes
sewage system.
Poligen-Einheitspolitur farblos 10101 is used for
priming and final polishing. Crystal-clear firm highgloss surfaces are achieved in a relatively short
period of time. Poligen-Einheitspolitur farblos 10101
is also used for refreshing shellac polishings.
Product description
Surfaces
Pure shellac polish for the final coat on light and
sensitive colour tones. Produced with selected, highquality shellac grades that have been decolorized
before.
All common types of wood; exotic wood must be
tested before.
Hochglanzpolitur 10099
further treatment.
Schellack-Politur 10017 is used as final polish especially for light colour tones to achieve clear, highly
brilliant surfaces.
Surfaces
All types of wood, which have been primed with
shellac polish.
Preparation
further treatment.
Thinner
If required, use Verdünner S3.
Application
The substrate primed with Superduroffix® Füllgrund
SDF-F is sanded with a 280-grit paper size and
thoroughly dusted. Schellack-Politur 10017 is
thinned at a ratio of 1:5 with Verdünner S 3, before
a pad is used to apply the polishing medium in
circular movements. The pad shall be used up by
thorough polishing. Then repeat the procedure using
the polish diluted at 1:3. After drying overnight, the
final coat can be applied by diluting the polish to 1:3
with S 3 and by avoiding as long as possible using
polishing oil. Only at the end a slight amount of
Polieröl 10033 may be used. This procedure
recommendation can give you only basic hints.
Thinner
Product description
Hochglanzpolitur 10099 is an aqueous solution
of cleaning and dirt-dissolving substances.
Application
Hochglanzpolitur 10099 is suitable for removal
of polishing oil residues after high-lustre buffing.
Additionally, the original lustre of elder coatings on
furniture, music instruments, etc. that may have
deteriorated can be recovered.
Application
Hochglanzpolitur 10099 does not attack the coating
applied and is used in very small volumes by
polishing cotton applied to the surface to be treated.
For final cleaning (clearing) of the surface always
use a clean flatting pad, until the surface appears
crystal-clear again.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
approx. 2 years
With the same product, after previous sanding.
request from us.
Product data
approx. 1 year
original batch
request from us.
Special notes
www.zweihorn.com
Drying time
at least 4 h
Aftertreatment
Aftertreatment
request from us.
The surface primed with Superduroffix® Füllgrund SDFF is sanded with 280-grit paper and thoroughly dusted.
Poligen-Einheitspolitur 10101 is thinned 1:5 with
Verdünner S3 and in circular movements applied with a
pad, well used-up. The procedure is repeated after 4
hours with a 1:3 diluted polish. After drying overnight
the final polish is applied by diluting the PoligenEinheitspolitur 1:3 with Verdünner S3 and polishing as
long as possible without polishing oil. Only at the end a
slight amount of Polieröl 10033 may be used. This
procedural recommendation can be very basic only.
1l
Drying time
at least 4 h
Product data
Batch size
1l
approx. 1 year
original batch
Preparation
Poligen-Einheitspolitur farblos
10101
sewage system.
Product description
Poligen-Einheitspolitur farblos S 10101 is a highly
concentrated polish of high density for priming and
final polishing. It is largely scratch- and waterresistant and not shrinking.
143
Verteiler S 20
Verteiler-Politur S 709
Polieröl 10033
Verteiler S 20
Verteiler-Politur S 709
Polieröl 10033
Product description
Product description
Product description
Pure solvent distributor for buffing and as a final
distributor for Superduroffix® SDF. Removes traces
left after sanding.
Verteiler-Politur S 709 is a ready-to-use distributor
for the varnish polishing procedure. It ensures the
connection between the paint coat and the polishing
thereafter, by small amounts of constituents similar
to polyurethane. Removes the sanding traces left
over.
Polieröl 10033 is a white special oil free from
acid and resin.
Application
Surfaces treated with Superduroffix® SDF or by the
buffing process.
With Verteiler-Politur S 709, the connection between
paint and polish is ensured. It is effective by
successfully jointing the spirit-based polish with the
polishing varnish insoluble by spirit. The surfaces
are prepared for the subsequent polishing.
As one of the last steps during final polishing, drops
of Polieröl 10033 are applied on a tab soaked with
Zweihorn® polishes, to improve the sliding
properties. Additionally, cracking of surfaces already
polished will be avoided.
Application
Application
It is advisable to use only a dry polishing pad used
for the Verteiler S 20 only. The coated and wellsanded area is “distributed” (treated) in circular
movements until all superficial and sanding traces
are removed.
Verteiler-Politur S 709 is applied on an oil-free tab
(not too wet!) and worked into the surface by light
pressure in circular movements. This will remove
the last grinding traces and prepare the surface for
the following polishing procedure.
Verteiler S 20 is used to remove sanding traces and
residues of surfaces treated with Superduroffix®
SDF. Verteiler S 20 is further used as distributor
for the buffing procedure.
Surfaces
Product data
Batch size
original batch
1l
approx. 1 year
request from us.
Special notes
Never use polishing oil.
Drying time
overnight
Aftertreatment
After distribution, the surface can be treated with
Poligen-Einheitspolitur 10101 or with SchellackPolitur farblos 10017.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
1l
approx. 1 year
request from us.
144
Polieröl 10033 is an additive for polishing the
final coat on shellac surfaces.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
1l
approx. 1 year
request from us.
Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP
Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP
Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP
Polishing is started at low speed, which is then increased. Take care that the surface is not overheated by
friction. Always move the machine without applying too
much pressure. The surfaces can be cooled with a spray
flask containing clean tap water. Depending on the
visible polishing result, Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP can
be applied several times onto the lambskin. On dark
surfaces, Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP can be used for
the last surface finish with a smooth polishing pad (Mirka
Art. No.: 7993205011) or a waffle pad.
Product description
Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP is suitable for professional
polishing of all solvent-based or water-based Zweihorn®
high-gloss varnishes. It was especially developed for
polishing of surfaces that have been coated with the new
varnish system Duritan® 3K High-Solid Hochglanzklarlack
DT-HG. Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP is based on water
and contains a high-quality abrasive grain, which is selfdegradable during polishing. Due to this fact, high-gloss
surfaces of the highest quality can be obtained with only
one product.
All Zweihorn® high-gloss varnish systems, which shall
be polished and ennobled.
Surfaces
All surfaces that have been pre-treated with corresponding Zweihorn® varnish systems. Since polishing is a
degrading procedure, sufficient thickness of the dry
layer of the high-gloss varnish to be polished must be
ensured. Always read the applicable Technical Data
Sheet of the varnish system used.
Aftertreatment
Residues of the polish can be removed with a mixture of 1
part of Verdünner S3 and 1 part of tap water. Soak a clean
cloth with this mixture or use a spray bottle to spray it
onto the surface and clean the surface. In case the
polishing result should not be satisfying, polish again with
Hochglanz-Schleifpaste.
If required, Abpolierwasser S68 can be sprayed or rubbed
onto the polished surfaces, however it must be immediately distributed with a lint-free cloth until the surface is
completely dry. By doing so, an extremely thin siliconecontaining protective film is applied onto the surface. The
surfaces will then be more scratch resistant and get a
cosy surface smoothness.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
1 kg
approx. 1 year
Preparation
The basis for impeccable polished high-gloss surfaces is
careful sanding prior to the actual polishing procedure
with Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP. Take care that the
working environment is clean and the working equipment
is free from defects. Duritan® 3K High-Solid Hochglanzklarlack DT-HG can be polished from approx. one hour up
to max. three days after curing. If this time is exceeded,
we recommend slight sanding and coating with the same
material again. Always read the current Technical Data
Sheet for this product.
For polishing conventional Zweihorn® high-gloss
varnishes, such as surfaces coated with Crystallit® 2KPUR Hochglanzklarlack CL-H, sufficient layer thickness
and sufficient curing times before the polishing procedure
must be ensured. The following steps are recommended
for all Zweihorn® high-gloss varnish systems. The following steps are imperatively suggested for the polishing of
Duritan® 3K High-Solid Hochglanzklarlack DT-HG:
1. Thorough sanding with Mirka Polarstar P1500 (Mirka
Art. No.: FA62605094 9 holes ø150 mm with Velcro for
disk-type sanders). Sanding can be made dry or wet.
2. Followed by thorough sanding with Mirka Abralon
P2000 (Mirka Art. No.: 8A24102095 ø150 mm with
Velcro for disk-type sanders). This sanding procedure
can also be made dry or wet.
3. Carefully dust the surface prior to polishing.
Application
Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP should be applied with a
rotating polishing machine with a lambskin (Mirka Art.
No.: AGM-LWP/6). Cleanliness is a must when polishing!
Particles of dirt on the polishing pads may cause claw
marks, which are hardly to remove. HochglanzSchleifpaste HSP is applied onto the lambskin and, at
first, manually distributed on the surface to be polished.
www.zweihorn.com
request from us.
Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP
Surfaces
All surfaces that have been treated with corresponding Zweihorn® varnish systems and that have been
prepared with Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP. Please
see the Technical Data Sheet for this product.
Preparation
For the preparation please see the Technical Data
Sheet for Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP. Surfaces
must have been thoroughly polished before
Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP is used. Deep claw
marks or rings developed during sanding cannot be
removed with Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP.
Application
Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP should be applied with a
rotating polishing machine with smooth or waffled
polishing pads. Cleanliness is a must when
polishing! Particles of dirt on the polishing pads may
cause claw marks, which are hardly to remove.
Apply Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP onto the pad and
first distribute it manually onto the surface to be
polished. Polishing is started at low speed, which is
then increased. Take care that the surface is not
overheated by friction. Always move the machine without applying too much pressure. The surfaces can be
cooled with a spray flask containing clean tap water.
Depending on the visible polishing result, HochglanzPolierpaste HPP can be applied several times onto the
pad.
Aftertreatment
Residues of the polish can be removed with a mixture of 1
part of Verdünner S3 and 1 part of tap water. Soak a clean
cloth with this mixture or use a spray bottle to spray it
onto the surface and clean the surface. In case the
polishing result should not be satisfying, polish again with
Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP. If required, Abpolierwasser
S68 can be sprayed or rubbed onto the polished surfaces,
however it must be immediately distributed with a lint-free
cloth until the surface is completely dry. By doing so, an
extremely thin silicone-containing protective film is applied onto the surface. The surfaces will then be more
scratch resistant and get a cosy surface smoothness.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
1 kg
approx. 1 year
Product description
Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP is outstandingly suitable
for professional final polishing after HochglanzSchleifpaste HSP has been applied. It can be used to
remove turbidity and holograms. HochglanzPolierpaste HPP can also be used to remove slight
traces of usage. Hochglanz-Polierpaste HPP is based
on water and contains very fine, high-quality
abrasive grains.
request from us.
All Zweihorn® high-gloss varnish systems that have
been polished with Hochglanz-Schleifpaste HSP
before and that shall then be polished and finished
free from holograms, as well as for refurbishing
purposes and to remove slight traces of usage on
older high-gloss surfaces.
145
Zaponlack 10026
Abpolierwasser S 68
Zaponlack 10026
Abpolierwasser S 68
Product description
Product description
Zaponlack 10026 is a highly fluid product based on
high-viscosity nitro cellulose. The low content of solid
matter enables the application of very thin protection
films.
Aqueous fluid containing silicone for final treatment by
polishing or buffing. Gives the surfaces water-repellent
features and a special smoothness.
Abpolierwasser S 68 is used for removal of polishes
from high-gloss surfaces and for cleaning of
varnished surfaces.
Zaponlack 10026 protects polished non-ferrous or babbit
surfaces e.g. copper, brass, silver or chrome against
oxidizing. Not suitable for iron or steel because of lack
of rust prevention.
Surfaces
Polished non-ferrous or babbitt surfaces, e.g.
copper, brass, silver, chrome, etc.
Preparation
Surfaces
All painted/varnished surfaces.
Application
Soak a lint-free rug (tab) with Abpolierwasser S 68
and rub it into the coated surface at light pressure by
circulating movements.
The surface must be free from grease, dry and clean.
Thinner
If required, Celluloselack-Verdünner 10063 can be used.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
1 l, 5 l
approx. 1 year
Application
The polished metal surfaces to be coated must be
dry, clean, free from dust and oil and fingerprints,
and can be varnished with Zaponlack 10026 using
spraying, brushing or immersion methods. Air humidity should not increase beyond 65% during application, to prevent the lacquering film from oxidizing.
Slightly warming up the metal object to be lacquered
will have a beneficial effect on the result.
Drying time
approx. 1 h
Product data
Batch sizes
1l
approx. 2 years
batch
request from us.
Special notes
Zaponlack 10026 can be transparently tinted with
Colorkonzentrat CK.
sewage system.
146
request from us.
Special notes
Abpolierwasser S 68 is frost sensitive.
Do not store or transport below 5 °C.
Product contains silicone.
Grauweg
Möbelpflege MPF
Grauweg
Möbelpflege MPF
Product description
Product description
A mixture of specifically adapted solvents.
Möbelpflege MPF is a silicone-based cleaning agent
free from acid and alkaline for cleaning and
maintenance of varnished wood and plastic
surfaces. Möbelpflege MPF does not contain any
abrasives.
For removing grey stains caused by water, moisture
or alcohol. To be used on solvent-based one-pack
multi-layer lacquers.
Application
Spray the stained area from approx. 20 cm distance
with Grauweg and let it dry.
Caution: The varnish coat will slightly be dissolved
by this treatment. Do not wipe!
Drying time
approx. 2 h
Product data
Batch size
original batch
Möbelpflege MPF is used for cleaning and care
of paint-coated wood and plastic surfaces.
Application
Soak a lint-free rug (pad) with Möbelpflege MPF
and apply on the surface in circular movements.
Subsequently clean with a dry rug.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
500 ml
approx. 1 year
400 ml spray can
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
request from us.
Special notes
Möbelpflege MPF contains silicone.
The product does not contain any abrasive
material.
Use Grauweg with solvent-based one-pack
multi-layer lacquers.
The Grauweg spray can is under pressure. Protect
against sun radiation and temperatures >50 °C.
Follow the safety instructions on the spray can.
After use, place the spray can upside down and
press the spraying knob until just gas will escape.
The valve will clean itself automatically.
Ventilate the rooms thoroughly.
www.zweihorn.com
147
Procryl Parkettpflege PPP
Holzseife
Spezial-Intensivreiniger IR
Procryl Parkettpflege PPP
Holzseife
Spezial-Intensivreiniger IR
Product description
Product description
Product description
Procryl Parkettpflege PPP is a high-tech care product
especially for varnished wood flooring and laminates.
Procryl Parkettpflege PPP refreshes the gloss and
makes small scratches invisible. It dries evenly and
lefts no haze behind. It protects the varnished surface
in highly frequented areas. It can be easily applied
without any repolishing.
Holzseife removes natural resinous or resin deposits
in the wood or veneer to be coated. Holzseife is also
suitable to remove glue residues of white glues.
Spezial-Intensivreiniger IR is an efficient cleaning
agent for all floorings like parquetry, plastic, cork,
PVC, linoleum, natural and artificial stoneware, tiles,
rubber floors, etc., especially surfaces treated with
Naturtrend products.
The solution made from Holzseife is used to remove
resin deposits etc. from solid woods and veneers.
Furthermore, the uniform reception of stains is
enhanced.
Procryl Parkettpflege PPP is outstandingly suitable
for the care and aftertreatment of varnished wood
flooring and laminate.
Surfaces
Application
Application
Initial care of newly sealed surfaces should be done
after 8 - 10 days at the earliest. We recommend
cleaning the floor with Procryl Parkettreiniger PPR
before it is used. Please see the separate Technical
Data Sheet for this product. Procryl Parkettpflege
PPP is applied undiluted and evenly with a moist
cluster of cloth or a mop. After a drying time of
approx. 30 minutes, the floor is ready. Further
polishing is not required. Care can be carried out
every 2 - 3 months, depending on the use of the
floor.
Dissolve 30 g of Holzseife in 1 litre of warm water
and cover the wood surface to be treated richly with
this solution. After approx. 5 minutes violently rub it
into the structure direction of the wood with a hard
brush, until foam develops. After several minutes of
action, flush with warm water and rub it dry with a
rug.
Product data
Batch size
1l
Viscosity at delivery DIN 4 mm flüssig
approx. 2 years
original batch
request from us.
Special notes
below 5 °C.
than
8 °C.
All wood types that contain wood galls, etc.
Drying time
overnight
Aftertreatment
Smoothen dry surfaces with fine sandpaper (360grit). Then it is possible to apply stain.
Product data
Batch size
500 g (Granules)
request from us.
Special notes
Removes glue stain of one-pack white glues.
Holzseife has a resin-removing effect and
minimizes spotting during staining
For basic cleaning of waxed and oiled floors before
new construction as well as for cleaning of
equipment and machines after using Zweihorn®
water paints or Naturtrend products. Removes old
self-lustre coatings, polymer coatings, waxes and
oils and other contaminations.
Application
1. Cleaning of oiled/waxed floors:
Apply Spezial-Intensivreiniger IR undiluted and let it
take effect. The cleaning effect will be enforced by
the treatment with a scrubber, cleaning fleece or
cleaning machines with a hard brush. Do not let
Spezial-Intensivreiniger IR dry out; for larger areas
work in sections. Take up dissolved contamination
immediately and wipe with clear water. Test
sensitive surfaces like e.g. linoleum, high-lustre
surfaces and stained areas at a less conspicuous
place. If required, dilute Spezial-Intensivreiniger IR
with water up to 1:5 maximum. You can process 810 m2 with 1 litre (undiluted). Oiled, waxed and stained surfaces must be treated anew after such a basic cleaning. For this purpose, you should use our
great number of Naturtrend products like Hartöl
NHO, Projektöl NPO, Einschicht-Hartwachsöl NOW or
Hartwachs- fest - NHW. Naturtrend Wachslotion NWL
should be used only on surfaces previously treated
with NWL. For processing hints, see our Technical
Data Sheets.
2. Cleaning of equipment and machinery:
Spezial-Intensivreiniger IR is used in undiluted
condition. Severely contaminated equipment (e.g.
spraying guns) can be soaked also in an immersion
bath with IR. After treatment/cleaning, you should
thoroughly flushed and/or cleaned.
In case of extremely persistent deposits of dirt, e.g.
caused by varnishes, we recommend using
Product data
Batch size
original batch
2.5 l
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
Wear rubber gloves during application.
Keep away from children.
below 5 °C.
Spezial-Intensivreiniger IR has a neutral colour
effect on oak wood and cork.
148
Universalreiniger UR
Procryl Parkettreiniger PPR
Antisilikon AS
Universalreiniger UR
Procryl Parkettreiniger PPR
Antisilikon AS
Product description
Product description
Product description
Universalreiniger UR is suitable for cleaning painting
devices and tools from Zweihorn® products
containing solvent or water. It is also excellently
suitable for cleaning plastic-coated chipboards
and MDF as well as laminated boards.
Procryl Parkettreiniger PPR is a gentle cleaning and
care product of the latest generation, especially for
varnished wood flooring and laminates. Procryl
Parkettreiniger PPR cleans and cares in one operation. It improves wear resistance and lefts a silklustre, non-skid antistatic film behind.
Antisilikon AS is a highly concentrated, colourless
liquid containing silicone.
Cleaning of solvent-resistant tools and equipment such
as measuring cups, mixing cups, stirrers, brushes, etc.
and solvent-resistant painting devices. Plastic-coated
boards can be cleaned from tenacious stains, such as
hot-melt-type adhesives after edge coating.
Application
Application
1. Cleaning from solvent-containing Zweihorn®
products:
Paint or stain residues from tools, equipment and
painting devices and directly rinse them with
Universalreiniger UR. First clean the equipment
with a small amount of UR, and then finally clean
them with new material.
2. Cleaning from water-containing Zweihorn®
products:
Paint or stain residues from tools, equipment and
painting devices and first rinse them with tap
water. Then clean them with Universalreiniger UR.
3. Cleaning of plastic-coated boards:
Clean the surface with a clean cotton cloth
moistened with Universalreiniger UR. Check the
compatibility in an inconspicuous place before.
First remove coarse dirt from the floor, e.g. by
means of vacuuming. Add Procryl Parkettreiniger
PPR to the mopping water.
In case of normal soiling, add approx. 200 ml of
Procryl Parkettreiniger PPR to 10 litres of water.
In case of heavy soiling, add approx. 500 ml of
Procryl Parkettreiniger PPR to 10 litres of water.
Wiping must be done with a damp mop only. We
recommend using two buckets; one for the clean
soap solutions, the second one for the dirty water.
Procryl Parkettreiniger PPR can also be used in
cleaning machines. Cleaning can be carried out
every 2 - 3 weeks, depending on the use of the floor.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
12,5 l
Procryl Parkettreiniger PPR is outstandingly suitable
for cleaning and care of varnished wood flooring and
laminate. It can also be used for cleaning of clinker
and stone floors.
Antisilikon AS can be used in all coloured paints and
varnishes, if the surface has defects due to silicone
craters.
Application
As a rule, the added quantity is 10 ml for every 1
litre of lacquer. Antisilikon AS must be stirred well
into the lacquer.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
100 ml
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
All subsequent lacquer layers must also contain
Antisilicon AS, to avoid any surface defects.
Product data
Batch size
1l
Viscosity at delivery DIN 4 mm liquid
approx. 2 years
original batch
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Special notes
Clean tools, equipment and painting devices
immediately after use.
Only clean solvent-resistant tools, equipment and
painting devices with Universalreiniger UR.
Never immerse spray guns for a longer period of
time into Universalreiniger UR, since seals and
plastic parts could be damaged.
Avoid inhaling fumes. Ensure sufficient ventilation.
The product is easily inflammable. Keep away
from ignition sources. Only remove cold residues
of hot-melt-type adhesives, never use the product
to clean hot machine parts.
Universalreiniger UR may only be used for
cleaning purposes. Do not use as thinner for
Zweihorn® products.
After use, carefully dispose of the product and any
rinsing residues. Caution: The product must not be
drained into the sewage system.
www.zweihorn.com
request from us.
Special notes
below 5 °C.
than 8 °C..
149
Egalisator S 9025
Spezial Sunblocker SB
Mattkonzentrat MK
Egalisator S 9025
Spezial Sunblocker SB
Mattkonzentrat MK
Product description
Product description
Spezial Sunblocker SB is a Zweihorn® product for the
protection of many species of wood against
yellowing. Since it is an additive for solvent-based
varnishes, you will save one additional operation,
which would be necessary with normal yellowing
blockers. Varnishes with Spezial Sunblocker SB
added noticeably show that yellowing is stopped,
because most of the ultraviolet rays in sunlight and
daylight have been blocked. Unequally exposed
wood, e.g. in the area of windows and/or covered by
objects such as posters, paintings, desk sets,
telephones, vases, etc. will no longer show colour
variations. Spezial Sunblocker SB has the best effect
when it is added to the primer and the coating
varnish.
Mattkonzentrat MK can be used for flatting of
solvent-based coloured paints and varnishes. In
addition, Mattkonzentrat MK can be used to create
a crackle effect. Please see the description of the
crackle effect.
Product description
Egalisator S 9025 compensates for the different
absorbency of wood, especially in the case of veneer
with butt joints.
Egalisator S 9025 is used as so-called pre-stain for
compensating colouring. Veneer of all kind, applied
with butt joints, having different absorbency
characteristics with regard to stains are coated with
S 9025 in order to avoid irregular stain appearance.
Surfaces
All types of wood with different absorbency
characteristics.
Preparation
In case of raw wood surfaces, carry out wood
sanding in several steps (120/150/possibly 180-grit
Application
Mix 25 ml of Egalisator S 9025 with 1 litre of cold
water. Richly apply with sponge, brush or spray gun.
After drying overnight, sand with fine sandpaper
(400 grit paper); Caution: Do not sand through! For
further treatment with solvent-based Zweihorn®
stains. For further treatment with water soluble
stains, Egalisator S 9025, solved in water, can also
be used if applied appropriately. Always make a test
staining in such a case. Overpainting should only be
made with light resistant, colourless varnishes such
as Crystallit® or Diadur®.
Drying time
overnight
Product data
Batch size
original batch
Spezial Sunblocker SB is particularly used for light
wood, which shall be protected against yellowing.
Due to the broad range of application, varnishes
modified with Spezial Sunblocker SB can be used on
veneered and solid wood of almost all interior objects
in order to keep the natural appearance. Even stained
surfaces can be lastingly protected against colour
variations by means of Spezial Sunblocker SB.
Application
Spezial Sunblocker SB can be used as additive to all
solvent-based varnishes. We recommend using it in
lightfast clear two-pack polyurethane varnishes such
as Purolit, Crystallit® or Diadur®.
The amount of 10% to be added is recommend for
primer and coating varnish each.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
1l
approx. 2 years
request from us.
1 kg
approx. 1 year
request from us.
Special notes
Do not sand too deep so that the effect of
Egalisator is not lost.
below 5 °C.
150
Special notes
We recommend using Spezial Sunblocker only on
light wood.
In the case of dark wood, e.g. walnut or
mahogany, we do not recommend the application
of Spezial Sunblocker SB, because these species
of wood will not darken but become pale under
the influence of ultraviolet light. Spezial
Sunblocker cannot slow this effect down.
Always read the Technical Data Sheet of the
varnish prior to the application.
When Spezial Sunblocker SB is used, the
recommended amount of thinner added to the
respective varnish can be reduced by 10 %.
All solvent-based coloured paints and varnishes.
Application
Stir Mattkonzentrat MK well into the paint/varnish
to be flattened.
Example
The gloss level of Crystallit® 2K-PUR-Klarlack
CL-7 is ~ 80 %.
Reduction by
Amount added Gloss level
flatting
1%
~ 60 %
20 %
3%
~ 40 %
40 %
5%
~ 25 %
55 %
7%
~ 15 %
65 %
10 %
~8%
72 %
Product data
Batch size
original batch
1l
approx. 2 years
request from us.
PUR-Beschleuniger BS
Strukturpulver grob STP-G, fein STP-F
Verzögerer VZ
PUR-Beschleuniger BS
Strukturpulver grob STP-G,
fein STP-F
Verzögerer VZ
PUR-Beschleuniger BS is a catalyst for the acceleration of drying of solvent-based two-pack varnishes
and coloured paints.
Product description
Verzögerer VZ is a solvent mixture used to retard
the drying process.
PUR-Beschleuniger BS should be used if the
processing temperature is lower than indicated in
the Technical Data Sheets or if faster drying is
desired. However, please make sure not to be below
the minimum temperature. PUR-Beschleuniger BS
should be added to Wigranit® paints, in order to
avoid a lifting effect if, for example, the clear varnish
coat can only be applied after 24 hours.
Strukturpulver grob (or fein) can be used in all
coatings. It can also be added directly into the
coloured paint Wigranit® Novacolor WNC/colour. After
addition of the structure powder, the coating surface
will be much rougher, extremely scratchproof and
resistant. By using Strukturpulver grob (or fein), the
degree of gloss will be reduced by the addition of
the powder.
Application
Application
Recommended quantity to be added: Depending on
the requirement, up to 2 % of PUR-Beschleuniger BS
can be used in all solvent-based two-pack varnishes
and coloured paints. Caution: The pot life after
hardening is reduced if PUR-Beschleuniger BS is
added.
Strukturpulver grob (or fein) can easily be worked-in
by hand or by an agitator. Added volume: 5% max.
For use in solvent-based varnishes, we recommend
to soften the Strukturpulver first by the necessary
amount of thinner and then to add the varnish. This
is to avoid clogging of the structuring powder. For
use in varnishes diluted in water, start by softening
Strukturpulver STP-G or –F with a little volume of
varnish before the final remainder of varnish is
added, to avoid clogging of Strukturpulver.
Product description
Product data
Batch size
original batch
1l
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Coarse/fine white powder for the creation of
structured (napped) surfaces.
Product data
Grain size Strukturpulver fein STP-F
Grain size Strukturpulver grob STP-G
Batch size
Shelf life in unopened original batch
Product description
Verzögerer VZ is used to prevent formation of
bubbles, flow problems (surface stress failures) or
greying of the painted surface. Verzögerer VZ can
be universally used in all solvent-based varnishes,
paints and stains.
Application
Recommended amount to be added (as required):
1-5 %.
Product data
Batch size
original batch
1l
approx. 2 years
request from us.
40 µm
80 µm
1 kg
unlimited
request from us.
Special notes
When using Strukturpulver grob/fein in coloured
paints, changes in the colour tone may occur.
Store the product at a dry place at a temperature
of 30 °C max. since the product is sensitive to heat.
www.zweihorn.com
151
Accessories
Pore brush
Flatting cloth
➜ Mattiertrikot; 1 kg
Product description
Brush of bronze fibre. Applications: For brushing
grinding dust and glue residues out of the pores, to
remove potential residues of stripping media from
the pores, etc.
➜ Bürste Nr. 3; piece
Polishing linen
➜ Polierleinen; 1 kg
Stain smoothening brush
Product description
Combination of fibre and leather. Applications:
To achieve the “positive effect” desired on stained
surfaces with Wachsbeize WXF and PositivFertigbeize PBF.
➜ Bürste Nr. 4; piece
Stain distributor 9 cm
Wall-Tilting System WKS
Product description
Brush (flat shape) of high-quality bristle material,
fibre-bound and free from any metal parts.
Application: For applying and removing all Zweihorn®
stains. After using, clean thoroughly and suspend
them with the bristles pointing down for drying.
➜ Beizvertreiber 9 cm; piece
152
Large containers are indispensable for the practice
of a carpenter and jointer’s workshop. But they can
also be unhandsome, bulky and heavy and make
handling them a powerful effort. For this reason,
Zweihorn® offers a practical solution: the wall-tilting
system.
There are some clear benefits visible when working
with glues and varnishes:
It makes handling easy, less material is
poured out.
Mixing ratios of paint, hardener and thinner
can so be metered directly and precisely.
Clean filling of glue bottles and gluing rolls.
Unnecessary heavy lifting of large containers
is omitted.
More safety and cleanliness in the working
chamber.
Greater surveillance and more freedom of space,
awesome searching is omitted.
Fitting for all hobbocks and canisters up to
30 litres from Zweihorn®.
Hardeners react with the bonding agents of the varnishes and paints, without hardeners, two-pack varnishes
would not dry and develop any resistant surface.
Thinners serve for optimizing the processing viscosity of paint materials for the application intended.
Zweihorn® hardeners and thinners are tuned to the adequate Zweihorn® varnishes and paints; therefore the
mixing ratios specified should be followed precisely to obtain the optimum result.
www.zweihorn.com
153
System overview
Hardeners and thinners are exactly
tuned to the varnish system. Therefore
it is essential that the correct hardener
and thinner is used. Incorrect thinners,
hardeners or the incorrect mixing ratio
could lead to complaints.
For Zweihorn® varnishes, paints and
special products you need the
following hardeners and thinners:
Hardeners for PUR lacquers:
Hardeners for water-based lacquers:
PUR 5085
PWH 3200
Order No. PUR 5085
➜ 0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
Order No. PWH 3200
➜ 0.5 l, 2.5 l
PUR 4084
PWH 3500
Order No. PUR 4084
➜ 2.5 l, 12.5 l
Order No. PWH 3500
➜ 50 ml, 240 ml
S 7777
Spirit thinners:
Order No. S 7777
➜ 0.5 l, 2.5 l, 12.5 l
Hardener for Wigranit IF
Order No. S 8888
➜ 0.8 l, 2 l, 5 l
Hardener for Duritan®:
Thinner for water-based lacquers:
Variocryl®-Optimizer
➜ DH1; 5 l
For quicker drying and for the
optimum surface relaxation for
Variocryl®-Color.
➜ VO; 1 l
➜ DA2; 125 ml
154
Thinner for flatting and
polishing agents
Order No. S 3
➜ 1 l, 5 l
Hardener for Duritan®
Activator for Duritan®
10063
normal drying
Order No. 10063
➜ 1 l, 5 l, 25 l
Thinners for PUR lacquers:
S 9004
normal drying
Order No. S 9004
➜ 1 l, 5 l, 10 l, 25 l
S3
S 8888
Thinner for NC lacquers:
S 8003
normal drying
Order No. S 8003
➜ 25 l
S 9029
slow drying
Order No. S 9029
➜ 1 l, 5 l
Keimfix
Glues and adhesives are inevitable in the carpenter’s and joiner’s work to connect various materials as e.g. wood,
veneer, panels, plastics, foils, metal, etc. with each other.
The high quality of the Keimfix products is certified by several independent institutions that have issued a number
of test certificates, and is ensured by the technical know-how and many years of experience of one of the greatest
adhesive producers worldwide.
www.zweihorn.com
155
System overview
Glues and adhesives
White glues
Keimfix Aqua Plus
Keimfix Formel D4 Plus
Keimfix Speed
Universally applicable one-pack/two-pack
One-pack D4 wood glue with high heat
wood glue, reaching Class D3 as an one-
resistance according to DIN EN 14257 (Watt
pack product according to DIN EN 204,
91). Characteristic is its versatility and
with hardener reaching Class D4. It is
straightforward application.
characterized by very short pressing times
➜ especially for high-frequency glueing
and high thermal resistance according to
➜ suitable for all common types of wood
One-pack D2 wood glue with very
high setting speed for universal
application for assembly work,
construction of racks, handrails and
staircases as well as for the construction of models.
➜ for glueing of solid wood and
board joints
➜ suitable for all types of wood and
HPL on wood materials
➜ KFSD; 550 g, 10 kg, 30 kg
DIN EN 14257 (Watt 91).
➜ for surface, window, corpus and
and wood materials
➜ KFFD4 Plus; 10 kg
joint adhesion
➜ suitable for all types of wood, even
exotic wood and wood materials
➜ KFAP; 500 g, 10 kg, 30 kg
The two-pack wood glue is optimally
suitable for the construction of windows,
thanks to its water resistance according to
Keimfix BL Flächenleim
Keimfix KL 3
DIN EN 204 Class D4 and its high heat resis-
Universally applicable one-pack/two-pack
tance according to DIN EN 14257 (Watt 91).
wood glue with very short pressing times,
As one-pack product it reaches stability
as one-pack product reaching Class D3
class D2 and is outstandingly suitable for
according to DIN EN 204, with hardener
dowel glueing machines.
reaching Class D4.
➜ especially for wedge tenons, high-
Universal-purpose one-pack D2 wood
glue free from formaldehyde that
thanks to its long open time is particularly suitable for large glueing areas.
➜ for cold and hot pressings
➜ suitable for all types of wood and
wood materials, HPL, veneer
➜ KFBL; 10 kg, 30 kg
➜ for surface, window, corpus and joint
adhesion
➜ suitable for all common types of wood
and wood materials
➜ KFKL3; 10 kg, 30 kg
156
Keimfix Durolok 270
frequency and solid-wood connections
➜ suitable for hardwood and exotic wood
➜ DL 270; 30 kg
Hot press glues
PU adhesive
Keimfix UF 5001
Keimfix PU
Agsoflex HK 2421 Patrone
The powder glue with very low tendency to
The one-pack polyurethane adhesive meets
The cartridge of the white EVA universal hot
strike-through meets the load group C2
DIN EN 204 Class D4 and features a long
melting adhesive for edges is specifically
according to EN 12765.
open time and short pressing times.
conceived for HOLZHER edge glueing
➜ for interior veneer applications
➜ for particularly difficult surfaces
machines. Heat resistance is met according
➜ KFUF 5001; 25 kg
➜ suitable to connect wood, wooden
to WPS 68 (75-80 °C).
(5 plastic bags at 5 kg each)
materials, fibre cement with laminated
panels, plastics or PVC, polystyrene and
Keimfix UF 5003
The powder glue with very low tendency to
PU foams
➜ suitable for polyester, melamine, ABS, PVC,
solid wood and veneered edges
➜ AFHK 2421; 15.5 kg box
➜ KFPU; 600 g
strike-through meets the load group C3
Agsoflex HK 2422 Patrone
The cartridge of the natural-coloured EVA
➜ for interior veneer applications, especially for bathroom and kitchen furniture
universal hot melting adhesive for edges is
Hot melt adhesives
➜ KFUF 5003; 25 kg
(5 plastic bags at 5 kg each)
glueing machines. Heat resistance is met
Agsoflex HK F10 Granulat
according to WPS 68 (70-75°C).
The slightly filled, granulated EVA hot melt
adhesive is economical in consumption. It
meets heat resistance according to WPS 68
Contact adhesives
specifically conceived for HOLZHER edge
➜ AFHK 2422; 15.5 kg box
(80-85°C) and is available as transparent
glue only.
Keimfix SP Kontakt
The special one-pack adhesive has a high
initial adherence combined with good
spreading behaviour and high heat
resistance. Optimal usage for make-ready
➜ especially for edge glueing, also as
soft-forming adhesive
➜ AFHK F10; 20 kg bag
and upholstering work.
➜ suitable for foamed plastics, paper-
Hardener
KF 101
For Durolok 270
➜ KF 101; 1.5 kg
Agsoflex HK 2426 Granulat
board, metal, PVC, rubber, leather,
The filled granulated EVA universal hot melting
KF 26500
wood and wooden products
adhesive for edges is available in white or
For Aqua Plus and KL 3
➜ KF 26500; 0.5 kg
➜ KFSP; 5 kg, 1 kg
natural colour and meets the heat resistance
acc. to WPS 68 (70-75°C).
Emofix Sprühkleber
One-pack unilateral and contact spray
adhesive for uniform glueing with good
➜ AFHK 2426; 25 kg bag
initial adherence.
➜ suitable for wood, wooden materials,
foamed plastics, textile, paper, board,
plastics and metal
➜ EMO; 500 ml
www.zweihorn.com
157
Keimfix Aqua Plus
KFAP
Product description
Keimfix Aqua Plus is an aqueous one-pack or twopack wood glue, as a one-pack product meeting the
Class D3 of DIN EN 204, but as a two-pack product
it reaches D4. Keimfix Aqua Plus is also characterized by very short pressing times and can be used
both for area glueing and as window, corpus and
joint glue.
Keimfix Aqua Plus is universally applicable
especially for the construction of staircases and is
recommended for glueing solid wood types (also for
exotic wood), HPS, corpus, joint and window glueing.
As D4 wood glue also suitable for outdoor purposes
(only with adequate surface protection).
Application methods
Hand roller, coil, nozzle, brush or spatula.
Processing conditions
Product, ambient and
material temperature
Wood humidity
Application volume (g/m2)
Bonding press. (N/mm2)
Open time
15-20 °C
8-12 %
approx. 100-160
0.2-0.8
up to approx. 8 min.
Water resistance acc. to DIN EN 204 Class D4
Hardener to be added
- by weight: 5 %
KF 26500
- by volume: 4 %
Pot life
appr. 8 hours at 20 °C
Pressing time
Hard wood
Soft wood
HPL on
wood materials
from 15 min.
from 10 min.
appr. 30 min.
appr. 6 min.
appr. 2 min.
Product data
Solids content
ph value
Batch sizes
Viscosity at delivery acc. to
Brookfield (4/20/23) in mPas
batches at 20 °C
158
at 20 °C
at 20 °C
at 20 °C
at 50 °C
at 80 °C
approx. 50 %
approx. 3
500 g, 10 kg, 30 kg
approx. 10,200
approx. 1 year
request from us.
Cleaning
Still humid film can be cleaned with water. Films
already dried can be removed by mechanical means
only.
Special notes
Due to the wood ingredients possibly contained in
the wood, there might be cases of discoloration
for various wood types, e.g. cherry, beech, etc.
Iron in combination with wood types containing
tannic acid like oak may cause discoloration of the
wood. If necessary, self-tests would be
recommendable.
Different adhesives should never be mixed with
each other.
Final strength and water resistance acc. to DIN EN
204 D3/D4 is obtained only 7 days after glueing.
relative humidity) and can, depending on the
application volume and the processing conditions,
deviate from the given values.
DIN EN 204 D3 (ift Rosenheim-tested):
For indoor purposes with frequent shorttime exposure to flowing or condensate
water and/or longer exposure to high
humidity. Outdoor use, protected against
weather influence.
For indoor purposes with frequent strong
exposure to flowing or condensate water.
Outdoor use with exposure to weather but
with adequate surface protection.
DIN EN 14257 (Watt 91) > 7 N/mm2
Heat resistance
suitable for children’s toys (CE approval)
Keimfix KL 3
KFKL3
Product description
Keimfix KL 3 is an aqueous wood glue, which can be
processed as a one-pack and two-pack product; as
one-pack wood glue it meets the water resistance
according to DIN EN204 Class D3, as a two-pack
wood glue it achieves D4. Substrates glued with
Keimfix KL3 show high security against humidity
and temperature influence. Keimfix KL3 also
features a short pressing time.
Application methods
15-20 °C
8-12 %
approx. 100-160
0.2-0.8
Hardener to be added
- by weight: 5 %
KF 26500
- by volume: 4 %
Pot life
appr. 8 hours at 20 °C
Pressing time
Hard wood
Soft wood
HPL on wood
materials
from 15 min.
from 10 min.
appr. 30 min.
appr. 6 min.
appr. 2 min.
Product data
Solids content
ph value
Batch sizes
batches at 20 °C
www.zweihorn.com
Cleaning
only.
Special notes
Keimfix KL 3 is universally applicable in handicraft,
especially for glueing of solid wood and HPL, for
assembling work on windows and doors, and for the
construction of staircases. As D4 glue also usable for
outdoor purposes (but only with adequate surface
protection).
Wood humidity
Open time
request from us.
at 20 °C
at 20 °C
at 20 °C
at 50 °C
at 80 °C
approx. 50 %
approx. 3
10 kg, 30 kg
approx. 10,500
tannic acid like oak may cause discoloration of the
wood. If necessary, self-tests would be
recommendable.
each other.
204 D3/D4 is obtained only 7 days after glueing.
For indoor purposes with frequent shorttime exposure to flowing or condensate
water and/or longer exposure to high
humidity. Outdoor use, protected against
weather influence.
approx. 1 year
159
Keimfix Formel D4 Plus
KFFD4 Plus
Product description
Keimfix Formel D4 Plus is a water-based one-pack
wood glue with an excellent waterproofness
according to DIN EN 204 D4. Additionally, Keimfix
Formel D4 Plus meets DIN EN 14257 (Watt 91). As no
hardener is needed, it is very easy to use.
Keimfix Formel D4 Plus is applicable by handicraft
both for indoor and outdoor purposes (outdoor applications with adequate surface protection only). It is
outstanding for laminating of window edges and
door sashes, as well as for slot and spigot joint in
window construction, for wedge spigot glueing and
solid wood glueing of any kind, e.g. in the construction of staircases, work tops and laminated wood.
Additionally, Keimfix Formel D4 Plus is particularly
suitable for high-frequency glueing.
Application methods
Wood humidity
Open time
Pressing time
Hard wood
Soft wood
HPL on wood
materials
High-frequency
processing
15-25 °C
10-15 %
approx. 100-180
0.4-1
Cleaning
only.
Special notes
tannic acid like oak may cause discoloration of
the wood. If necessary, self-tests would be
recommendable.
each other.
204 D4 is obtained only 7 days after glueing.
ab 40 min.
ab 20 min.
approx. 30
min.
at 20 °C
at 20 °C
at 20 °C
approx. 45-120 sec.
Product data
Solids content
ph value
Batch size
batches at 20 °C
160
request from us.
DIN EN 14257 (Watt 91) > 7 N/mm2
Heat resistance
approx. 50 %
approx. 3
10 kg
approx. 5,000
approx. 6
Monate
Keimfix Durolok 270
DL270
Product description
Keimfix Durolok 270 is a two-pack wood glue with
water resistances according to DIN EN 204 D4 and
heat resistance according to DIN EN 14257 (Watt
91). Durolok 270 may be used also without a hardener. It then meets the requirements of DIN EN 204
D2 and is, due to its viscosity, outstanding for
commercial dowel glueing machines.
Keimfix Durolok 270 is recommended for the following applications: lamination of window edges and
door frames, glueing and laminating of exotic wood
and hard wood types, slot and spigot glueing in
window construction, wedge spigot glueing, highfrequency glueing and solid wood glueing of any
type, e.g. staircases, work panels, laminated wood.
Application methods
Wood humidity
Open time
closed waiting time
15-25 °C
10-15 %
approx. 100-180
0.4-1
Pressing time
from 40 min. at 20 °C
Hard wood
from 20 min. at 20 °C
Soft wood
High-frequency procesapprox. 45-120 sec.
sing (depending on
height of glueing joint
and generator output)
Hardener to be
- by weight 5 %
added KF 101
- by volume 4 %
Colour
colourless
Pot life
up to approx. 7 days
Processing instructions
Mix Keimfix Durolok 270 very thoroughly with 5% by
weight or 4% by volume of hardener. Dosage must
be made using a scale or a measuring beaker. For
mixing use an agitator or a drilling machine with
stirring wings. Follow and meet the following conditions: Measure material and glue temperature, if
required. Make sure to comply with open time! Verify
the pressing time required according to local
circumstances. Tables with reference values are
available. Avoid contact with iron, because of
discolorations that could occur. Resistance acc. to
DIN EN 204 Class D4 and DIN EN 14257 (Watt 91)
will not be reached earlier than after 7 days of
storage above 15°C. Deviations from the working
conditions indicated may cause glueing errors.
www.zweihorn.com
Product data
Solids content
ph value
ph value with Härter KF 101
Batch size
MFT with hardener
(min. film forming temp.)
original batches at 20 °C
approx. 53 %
approx. 5
approx. 4
30 kg
approx. 5,0007,500
approx. 6 °C
approx. 1 year
request from us.
Cleaning
only.
Special notes
recommendable.
each other.
relative humidity) and can, depending on the application volume and the processing conditions,
DIN EN 204 Class D2: For indoor purposes
with occasional short-time exposure to
flowing water or condensate water and/or
momentary high air humidity with an
increase of wood moisture up to 18 %
maximum.
DIN EN 14257 (Watt 91) > 7 N/mm2
Heat resistance
161
Keimfix Speed
KFSD
Product description
Keimfix Speed is a water-based one-pack D2 wood
glue at high setting speed for universal applications.
Due to its high setting speed, Keimfix Speed can be
universally applied for assembly work. It is suitable
for board joint and solid wood glueing of hard and
soft wood, carcass glueing and for glueing of laminates (HPL) on wood materials. In addition, Keimfix
Speed can be optimally used for glueing during the
construction of racks, handrails and staircases as
well as for the construction
of models.
Application methods
Wood humidity
Bonding pressure (N/mm2)
Open time
Pressing time
Soft wood
Hard wood
HPL on wood materials
8-12 %
80-160
0.4-1.0
up to appr. 10 min.
appr. 4 min.
appr. 6 min.
appr. 30 min.
appr. 8 min.
appr. 3 min.
appr. 1 min.
Product data
Solids content
ph value
Batch sizes
batches at 20 °C
162
15-25 °C
at 20 °C
at 20 °C
at 20 °C
at 50 °C
at 70 °C
at 90 °C
approx. 56 %
approx. 5
550 g, 10 kg, 30 kg
approx. 10,000
approx. 1 year
request from us.
Cleaning
only.
Special notes
recommendable.
each other.
DIN EN 204 Class D2:
For indoor purposes with occasional
short-time exposure to flowing water or
condensate water and/or momentary high
air humidity with an increase of wood
moisture up to 18 % maximum.
Keimfix BL Flächenleim
KFBL
Product description
Keimfix BL is a water-based one-pack D2 wood glue
free from formaldehyde with a long open time.
Keimfix BL is uniformly applicable in handicraft and
owing to its long open time it is suitable particularly
for large glueing areas, e.g. for doubling of wood
substrates to work tops. Keimfix BL can be used
both for cold and hot pressing.
Application methods
Wood humidity
Applic. volume (g/m2)
Open time
Pressing time
with veneer
work
HPL on wood
materials
15-25 °C
8-12 %
approx. 100-160
0.2-0.8
appr. 4 min.
at 65 °C
appr. 25 min.
appr. 8 min.
at 20 °C
at 60 °C
Product data
Solids content
ph value
Batch sizes
Brookfield (5/20/23)
in mPas
batches at 20 °C
www.zweihorn.com
request from us.
Cleaning
only.
Special notes
recommendable.
each other.
approx. 52 %
approx. 5
10 kg, 30 kg
approx. 10,000
approx. 1 year
DIN EN 204 Class D2:
For indoor purposes with occasional
short-time exposure to flowing water or
condensate water and/or momentary high
air humidity with an increase of wood
moisture up to 18 % maximum.
163
Product description
Keimfix Heißpressenleim UF 5001 is a ready-to-use,
self-hardening glue powder based on urea
formaldehyde for hot pressings, characterized by a
low formaldehyde emission (E1), by an extremely
low tendency to strike through, and by its soft glue
gap. Veneering work carried out using Keimfix
Heißpressenleim UF 5001 meet the load group C2
Keimfix Heißpressenleim UF 5001 is used for hot
glueing of veneers and foils in the temperature range
of 70-140 °C on commercial wood materials for
indoor purposes, especially where veneering is
required to meet the emission class E1.
Application methods
Keimfix Heißpressenleim UF 5001 5001can be
processed easily with commercial applicators.
Preparation of the glue liquor
5 kg UF 5001
Manual
by weight
+ 3 l water
application
by spatula or
3 parts of UF 5001
by
volume
roller
+ 1 part of water
5 kg UF 5001
by weight
+ 3.5 l water
Mechanical
application
2.5 parts UF 5001
by volume
+ 1 part of water
Make sure that the powder is stirred to a smooth
liquor free of lumps. After a curing time of 15 min.
stir the mix again thoroughly.
15-20 °C
Wood humidity
8-12 %
Application volume
approx. 100-150
Veneer on chipboard
(g/m2)
Application volume
Foil on chipboard
(g/m2)
Open time
Insertion time at 100 °C
Pressing temperature
Processing time of
glue liquor
164
approx. 60-100
approx. 20 min.
approx. 1.5-2 min.
0.2-0.6 (2-6 kg/cm2)
70-140 °C
4-5 hours
at 20 °C
3-4 hours
at 25 °C
2 hours
at 30 °C
Keimfix Heißpressenleim UF 5001
KFUF 5001
Pressing time
Pressing
Pressing
temperature time
Soaking time for thick
veneers and plastic
panels
170 °C
9.0 min.
+ 2.0 min. per mm
180 °C
5.0 min.
+ 2.0 min. per mm
190 °C
3.5 min.
+ 1.0 min. per mm
100 °C
2.0 min.
+ 1.0 min. per mm
110 °C
1.5 min.
+ 0.5 min. per mm
120 °C
1.0 min.
+ 0.5 min. per mm
For the pressing times indicated, soaking of wood
veneers up to approx. 0.7 mm thickness has been
taken into account. For glueing thicker veneers or
plastic panels, a pressing time extension according
to the Table above is needed. For veneer types
containing fat like teak or rosewood, attempt not to
exceed 80 °C if possible. Keep work pieces free
from fat and dust.
Product data
Apparent density
ph value
Batch size
Shelf life in
unopened original
batches
Hazard class acc.
to ADR/RiD
approx. 600 kg/m3
slightly acid
25 kg
(5 plastic bags of 5 kg each)
approx. 8 months
n.a.
request from us.
Cleaning
only.
Special notes
Store material cool and dry. When taking partial
amounts make sure to close the bag tightly.
Keimfix Heißpressenleim UF 5001 can be tinted as
required with 0.5 % of Zweihorn® Pulverbeize OW/
colour or with up to 5 % of Beizextrakt BXF/ colour.
Caution: At too high dosage the glue strength may
change!
Make sure to test the glueing effect.
Clean working equipment with water after usage.
Urea formaldehyde-based glues may emit traces
of formaldehyde that might hurt the skin and
mucous membranes of sensitive persons. We
therefore recommend to ensure good ventilation
and/or to install exhaust devices above the hot
presses.
For some wood types there might be wetting
problems so that the veneer can be pulled off
again lightly after pressing. The most critical wood
types are birch, maple, teak, pine, because these
hardly absorb the glue. For such veneers we
recommend adding approx. 10-30 % of white
glue Keimfix BL to the liquor.
We generally propose to test the glueing effect
before commencement of work followed by a
pull-off test.
Meets load group
C2 acc. to EN 12765
Product description
Keimfix Heißpressenleim UF 5003 is a ready-to-use,
self-hardening glue powder based on urea formaldehyde for hot pressing, characterized by a low
formaldehyde emission (E1), by an extremely low
tendency to strike through, and by its soft glue joint.
The subsequent formaldehyde emission meets the
requirements applicable for the test by means of gas
analysis according to EN 717-2 in accordance with
the German Banned Chemicals Ordinance. Veneering
work carried out using Keimfix Heißpressenleim UF
5003 meets the load group C3 according to EN
12765.
Keimfix Heißpressenleim UF 5003 is used for hot
glueing of veneers and foils in the temperature
range of 70-140 °C on commercial wood materials
for indoor purposes. Keimfix Heißpressenleim UF
5003 meets the load class C3 according to DIN EN
12765 and is therefore suitable for indoor
applications with frequent short-time water
exposures or high air humidity, like veneering of
bathroom or kitchen furniture.
Application methods
Keimfix Heißpressenleim UF 5003 can be processed
easily with commercial applicators.
Preparation of the glue liquor
5 kg UF 5003
Manual
by weight
+ 3 l water
application
by spatula or
3 parts of UF 5003
by
volume
roller
+ 1 part of water
5 kg UF 5003
by weight
+ 3.5 l of water
Mechanical
application
2.5 parts UF 5003
by volume
+ 1 part of water
Make sure that the powder is stirred to a smooth
liquor free of lumps. After a curing time of 15 min.
stir the mix again thoroughly.
Wood humidity
Application volume
Veneer on chipboard
(g/m2)
Application volume
Foil on chipboard
(g/m2)
Open time
Insertion time at 100 °C
Pressing temperature
15-20 °C
8-12 %
approx. 100-150
approx. 60-100
approx. 20 min.
approx. 1.5-2 min.
0.2-0.6 (2-6 kg/cm2)
70-140 °C
5-6 hours
at 20 °C
Processing time of glue
4 hours
at 25 °C
liquor
2 hours
at 30 °C
www.zweihorn.com
Keimfix Heißpressenleim UF 5003
KFUF 5003
Pressing time
Pressing
Pressing
temperature time
Soaking time for thick
veneers and plastic
panels
170 °C
9.0 min.
+ 2.0 min. per mm
180 °C
5.0 min.
+ 2.0 min. per mm
190 °C
3.5 min.
+ 1.0 min. per mm
100 °C
2.0 min.
+ 1.0 min. per mm
110 °C
1.5 min.
+ 0.5 min. per mm
120 °C
1.0 min.
+ 0.5 min. per mm
For the pressing times indicated, soaking of wood
veneers up to approx. 0.7 mm thickness has been
taken into account. For glueing thicker veneers or
plastic panels, a pressing time extension according
to the Table above is needed. For veneer types containing fat like teak or rosewood, attempt not to
exceed 80 °C if possible. Keep work pieces free
from grease and dust.
Product data
Apparent density
ph value
Batch size
Shelf life in
unopened original
batches
Hazard class acc.
to ADR/RiD
For some wood types there might be wetting
problems so that the veneer can be pulled off
again lightly after pressing. The most critical wood
types are birch, maple, teak, pine, because these
hardly absorb the glue. For such veneers we
recommend adding approx. 10-30 % of white
glue Keimfix BL to the liquor.
We generally propose to test the glueing effect
before commencement of work followed by a
pull-off test.
Mdeets load group
C3 acc. to EN 12765
Subsequent formaldehyde emission
according to EN 717-2 as per German
Regulation of Chemicals Prohibition
approx. 650 kg/m3
slightly acid
25 kg
(5 plastic bags of 5 kg each)
approx. 8 months
n.a.
request from us.
Cleaning
only.
Special notes
Store material cool and dry. When taking partial
amounts make sure to close the bag tightly.
Keimfix Heißpressenleim UF 5003 can be tinted as
required with 0.5 % of Zweihorn® Pulverbeize OW/
colour or with up to 5 % of Beizextrakt BXF/colour.
Caution: At too high dosage the glue strength may
change! Make sure to test the glueing effect.
Clean working equipment with water after usage.
Urea formaldehyde-based glues may emit traces
of formaldehyde that might hurt the skin and mucous membranes of sensitive persons. We therefore recommend to ensure good ventilation and/or
to install exhaust devices above the hot presses.
165
Keimfix SP Kontakt
KFSP
Product description
Keimfix SP Kontakt is a one-pack special adhesive
for make-ready and upholstery purposes and is
characterized by its high initial adherence and good
spreading properties at a uniform application
process. Keimfix SP Kontakt is resistant against
thermal influence and permits rapid continuation of
working.
Keimfix SP Kontakt is particularly suitable for makeready and upholstery activities with e.g. foamed
plastics, especially moulded foam, cardboard, metal,
PVC, rubber, leather, wood and wood materials.
Application methods
Substrate requirements
The material to be glued must be dry and free from
grease and dust. When glueing on metal, the surface
must first be degreased; if necessary, it is recommended to remove any hydroxide layers with
calcium hydrate (Vienna chalk, rub drying and dust
removal afterwards).
166
Product data
Solids content
Batch sizes
Haake in mPas
batches at 20 °C
approx. 25 %
1 kg, 5 kg
approx. 3,500
approx. 6 months
request from us.
Cleaning
Brush or spreader.
Bonding pressure (kg/m)
Minimum drying time
Insertion time
Application volume
per side (g/m2)
Pressing time
at least 1 min.
15-25 °C
approx. 6
approx. 10-15 min.
up to 45 min.
approx. 100
Still humid film can be cleaned with Universalreiniger UR. Films already dried can be removed by
mechanical means only.
Special notes
each other.
Do not store the material above 35 ºC.
Emofix Sprühkleber
EMO
Product description
Emofix Sprühkleber is a solvent-based unilateral and
contact adhesive without any FCHC. With Emofix
Sprühkleber you achieve a very uniform sprayed
image, uniform glueing pattern and good initial
adherence.
Emofix Sprühkleber is suitable as an assembly
adhesive for industrial, household and handicraft
purposes. It is used for production of permanent
joints of wood, paper, cardboards, textiles, polystyrene foam panels, plastics, plastic foils and sheet
with itself or with each other.
Application
Shake the can well before use!
Prime any porous, uneven or absorptive surfaces
with a very thin prime coating, let it dry for 5
minutes and then apply the adhesive layer as
described hereunder. For use as a contact adhesive,
spray Emofix Sprühkleber uniformly on the clean,
degreased and dry surfaces to be glue, at approx 20
to 30 cm distance in a thin coat and ventilate it for
approx. 3 to 10 minutes. Then press it together with
a short but violent pressure.
For unilateral glueing, a drying time of at least 30
seconds up to 1 minute should be maintained. The
parts to be glued by unilateral glueing must be
jointed within 5 minutes, depending on application
thickness, otherwise there will be no unobjectionable joint ensured of the materials.
www.zweihorn.com
Product data
Batch size
original batch
500 ml spray can
approx. 2 years
request from us.
Cleaning
Clogged nozzles or tools can be cleaned with
Special notes
Make sure to store and handle any material free
from frost. Protect it against sun radiation and
heating beyond 50 °C.
Glued connections subject to severe mechanical
or thermal load or tension load shall be additionally secured (sewn, stitched, screwed, etc.).
167
Keimfix PU Polyurethanklebstoff
KFPU
Product description
Keimfix PU is a one-pack polyurethane adhesive
meeting the water-resistance according to DIN EN
204 Class D4. The product is now free from solvents
with similar processing parameter. With Keimfix PU it
is also possible to glue fibre cements, plastics,
metals or PVC foams hard to combine.
Keimfix PU is particularly suitable for glueing of
laminations as well as assembly glueing e.g. of
windows, doors, constructional elements, furniture
components etc. wherever high demands are set to
the joint strength and glue joint stability. Keimfix PU
is suitable for wood, wood materials, fibre cements
and other porous materials that include moisture,
with laminated panels, plastics or PVC, polystyrene
or polyurethane foams.
Application methods
Keimfix PU can be applied by a glue bottle, by a
spatula or by a spraying system.
Wood humidity
Bonding press. (kg/cm2)
Open time
Pressing time
from 20 min.
10-30 °C
12-20 %
approx. 150-250
0.7-0.9
at 20 °C
The pressing time varies by material or wood type.
At lower material humidity /lower temperature it is
prolonged, at higher humidity/higher temperature it
is shortened.
Application hints concerning the curing
of the glue film
If wood moisture is less than 12%, the wood should
be humidified approx. 1 hour before glueing. Poorly
absorptive substrates and materials containing little
humidity must be sprayed with little water, depending on the general glue content. Test glueing is
highly recommendable in these cases. Curing can be
168
accelerated by finely spraying of water or by heat
supply. Keimfix PU will obtain its full gap strength
after 24 hours at 20 °C, after which processing may
be continued.
Product data
Batch size
600 g
Viscosity at delivery acc.
approx. 4,000-6,000
to Brookfield in mPas
approx. 6 months
original batches
request from us.
Cleaning
Still humid film can be cleaned with Universalreiniger UR. Films already dried can be removed by
mechanical means only.
Special notes
Fatigue of the glue will occur by UV radiation.
Therefore the glue gap shall be protected
adequately by a lacquer or stain coat.
each other.
relative humidity) and can, depending on the application volume and the processing conditions,
Material is frost sensitive - do not store and under
5 °C.
Agsoflex HK F10 Granulat, transparent
AFHK F10 T
Product description
Agsoflex HK F10 is a slightly filled, granulated EVA
(ethylene vinyl acetate). Agsoflex HK F10 meets the
thermal strength according to WPS 68 (80-85°C). To
achieve it, the following notes shall be observed. The
gap images obtainable by Agsoflex HK F10 result in
a strong optimization in comparison to filled edge
melting adhesives, accompanied by a substantially
reduced adhesive consumption, Agsoflex HK F10 is
available as a transparent melting adhesive.
Agsoflex HK F10 is used as an edge-melting adhesive for polyester, melamine resin, ABS, PVC, solid
wood and veneering edges. When using ABS, PVC
and solid wood make sure that the materials are
equipped with adequate adhesion promoters.
Agsoflex HK F10 is suitable also as a soft forming
adhesive. The maximum feed rate attainable in the
soft forming segment shall be regarded in dependence of the profile or edge material used. For the
application of adhesive on the work pieces, feed
rates of >40 m/min. are considered achievable.
Application on edge
(soft-forming)
Application on workpiece
with straight edge
Feed rate
carburized adhesive carefully, before a new one is
applied. Because of the great variety of substrates
offered in the market, we recommend to perform
own tests.
Product data
Batch size
to Haake RV20 in mPas
D = 25 s-1
Softening point
(ring & ball)
original batch
at 20 °C
Colour
20 kg
approx. 120,000 at
200 °C
approx. 115 °C
approx. 1 year
transparent
request from us.
approx.190-210 °C
Heat resistance according to WPS 68
(80-85 °C). In consideration of the
material or profile used, the indicated
value may deviate to higher values
considerably, but to lower values slightly.
We recommend performing an object test.
appr. 120 (PVC ap.150)
approx. 10-40 m/min.
approx.190-210 °C
approx. 150
Apply Agsoflex HK F10 in a uniform film by an application roll or nozzle. Make sure to verify at regular
intervals the preset processing temperatures and
adjust if required. When interrupting the process, the
melting container temperature should be reduced by
approx. 30-40°C, to avoid the quality of the melting
adhesive being affected. Make sure to remove any
www.zweihorn.com
169
Agsoflex HK 2426 Granulat, weiß/natur
AFHK 2426 W/N
LA
ORMU
NEW F
Product description
Agsoflex HK 2426 is an EVA (ethylene vinyl acetate)
melting adhesive available in the colours white and
natural brown. Agsoflex HK 2426 meets the thermal
resistance levels of WPS 68 (70-75 °C).
Agsoflex HK 2426 is an universal hot melting adhesive for polyester, melamine, ABS, PVC and solid
wood and veneering edges. When using ABS, PVC
and solid wood, make sure that the materials are
provided with adequate adhesion promoters.
Processing temperature
Feed rate
Substrate temperature
Edge pressure
approx. 190-210 °C
approx. 12 m/min.
> 15°C
3-5 kg/cm²
Product data
Batch size
to Haake RV3 in mPas
D = 25 s-1
Softening point
(ring & ball)
original batches
at 20 °C
Colours
25 kg
approx. 80,000 at
200 °C
approx. 90 °C
approx. 1 year
white: AFHK 2426W
nature: AFHK 2426N
request from us.
Apply Agsoflex HK 2426 in a uniform film by an
application roll or slotted nozzle. Make sure to verify
at regular intervals the preset processing
temperatures and adjust if required. When
interrupting the process, the melting container
temperature should be reduced by approx. 30-40°C,
to avoid the quality of the hot melting adhesive
being affected. Make sure to remove any carburized
adhesive carefully, before a new one is applied.
Because of the great variety of substrates offered in
the market, we recommend performing own tests.
170
(70-75 °C). In consideration of the material
or profile used, the indicated value may
deviate to higher values considerably, but
to lower values slightly. We recommend
performing an object test.
Agsoflex HK 2421, weiß / 2422 natur Patrone
AFHK 2421W / AFHK 2422N
Product description
Agsoflex HK 2421 / 2422 are EVA (ethylene vinyl
acetate) hot melting adhesives and meet heat
resistance levels according to WPS 68
(AFHK 2421: 75-80 °C, AFHK 2422: 70-75 °C).
Agsoflex HK 2421 / 2422 are particularly suitable for
HOLZHER edge glueing machines with cartridge
magazine and slotted nozzle application. Agsoflex HK
2421/2422 are universal edge melting adhesives for
polyester, melamine, ABS, PVC, solid wood and
veneering edges. When using ABS, PVC and solid
wood, make sure that the materials are provided with
adequate adhesion promoters.
Processing temperature
Feed rate
approx. 190-210 °C
approx. 10 m/min.
Apply Agsoflex HK 2421/2422 in a uniform film by
an application roll or slotted nozzle. Make sure to
verify at regular intervals the preset processing
temperatures and adjust if required. When interrupting the process, the melting container temperature
should be reduced by approx. 30-40°C, to avoid the
quality of the melting adhesive being affected. Make
sure to remove any carburized adhesive carefully,
before a new one is applied. Because of the great
variety of substrates offered in the market, we
recommend to perform own tests.
Product data
Batch size
request from us.
AFHK 2421W
We recommend performing an object test.
AFHK 2422N
We recommend performing an object test
15.5 kg box
AFHK 2421: appr. 150,000
180 °C
Viscosity at
AFHK 2422: appr. 130,000
delivery acc. to
AFHK 2421: appr. 80,000
200 °C
Haake RV20
AFHK 2422: appr. 75,000
in mPas
AFHK 2421: appr. 50,000
D = 25 s-1
220 °C
AFHK 2422: appr. 50,000
Softening point
approx. 103 °C
(ring & ball)
Shelf life in
unopened origiapprox. 1 year
nal batches
at 20 °C
white: AFHK 2421 W
Colours
nature AFHK 2422 N
www.zweihorn.com
171
White glues
Load group
acc. to DIN
EN 204
Aqua
Plus
KL 3
Formel
D4 Plus
Durolok
270
Speed
BL
Flächenleim
D3
D3
D4
D2
D2
D2
D4
-
D4
-
-
-
max. 7 days
-
-
●
❍
●
●
●
●
One-pack
Two-pack
with hardener added
Pot life
D4
max. 8 h at 20 °C
Test standards Heat resistance acc. to
DIN EN 14257 (Watt 91)
❍
Flame resistance acc. to
IMO-Resolution A.653 (16)
Free from soluble heavy
metals EN 71-3
Application
Application method
●
All Keimfix white glues can be applied with the usual applicators, e.g. hand roller, coil, nozzle, brush or spatula.
Application volume g/m2
100-180
100-180
8
100-160
8
5
6
12
25
approx. 10,200
approx. 10,500
approx. 5,000
approx. 5,000-7,500
approx. 10,000
approx. 10,000
3
3
3
5
0.4-1
5
5
0.2-0.8
Open time up to appr. min.
Product data
Viscosity in mPas acc. to
Brookfield
●
ph value
Bonding press. in N/mm2
0.2-0.8
100-160
Pressing time Soft wood
20 °C in min.
10
10
20
20
4
-
Pressing time Hard wood
20 °C in min.
15
15
40
40
6
-
Pressing time HPL
20 °C in min.
30
30
30
-
30
25
High-frequency processing
approx. 45-120 sec.
Veneering
approx. 4 min. at 80 °C
Final strength and water resistance acc. to DIN EN 204 is obtained only 7 days after glueing.
Aftertreatment Final strength
Undesired glue penetration can be removed with a Zweihorn® wood soap solution (30g on 1 l of warm water). Application: Apply richly, after short exposure
Glue penetration
rub violently with a hard brush, let it dry, grind with fine abrasive paper and carefully remove the sanding dust.
Cleaning
Recommended
Soft wood
range of
application
Hard wood
Still humid film can be cleaned with water. Films already dried can be removed by mechanical means only.
●❍
●❍
●
●❍
●
●❍
●❍
●
●❍
●
Exotic wood
●❍
HPL
●❍
●❍
●❍
●
●
Glueing of entire surfaces
(veneer)
Window glue
●
❍
Carcass, joint glue
●❍
Assembly
●❍
High-frequency glueing
● = suitable
❍
●
❍
●❍
●❍
●
●
●
●
●❍
❍ = with hardener suitable
Important notes:
• Due to the wood ingredients possibly contained in the
wood, there might be cases of discoloration for various
wood types, e.g. cherry, beech, etc.
• Iron in combination with wood types containing tannic
acid like oak may cause discoloration of the wood.
If necessary, self-tests would be recommendable.
• One side must be absorbent.
172
●
• The colour of white glues can be adapted to the stain
colour used later by means of Pulverbeize and BXF
Beizextrakt.
• Glue penetration can only be removed with
white glues (without hardener).
• Different adhesives should never be mixed
with each other.
• White glues are frost sensitive. Do not store
or transport below 5 °C.
• See the Technical Data Sheet prior to processing.
• All product and processing parameters apply to
relative humidity) and can, depending on the application volume and the processing conditions, deviate
from the given values.
Wood humidity should be 8-12 %.
• Storage above 20 °C strongly affects stability and
may lead to a reduction of the storage time.
Pictograms
Labelling
Solvent-based products
Water-based products
Nature-based products
Application pictograms
see the
apply with spray can
apply with a bale of cloth
stir well before use
apply with brush
apply with a sponge
thin
apply with roller
sanding (machine)
shake
apply with spatula
sanding (manually)
with spray gun
polishing
pouring
pot life
1
1
mixing ratio
2 components
1
1
1
mixing ratio
3 components
water-thinnable
www.zweihorn.com
dipping
173
Test standards for coating and glueing
of wood and wood materials
For products, used for coating, test standards play
an important role. Test standards demonstrably
prove quality and special features of the certified
products, thus giving the required certainty. The
occasionally high requirements (chemical
resistance, abrasion resistance, flame resistance,
etc.) made by customers, architects, but also by
tenders, can be met accordingly.
All tests are solely carried out with cured coating
compositions
Zweihorn® products are produced for the
professional user, who has a basic knowledge of the use and the application of
stains, varnishes, glazes and glues. The
user information for our qualities given in
the data sheets should be regarded as
non-binding recommendations. They are
based on our test series and experiences
and should facilitate and promote the work
of our clients. Any adjustment to the individual working conditions, which might be
possible, lies within your responsibility. If in
any doubt, our material experts as well as
our application and laboratory technicians
will try to help you as best as they can. We
guarantee of course the impeccable quality
of our products based on our General
Sales and Delivery Condition. The use of
the final product lies entirely within the
responsibility of the buyer. As long as we
have not guaranteed in writing specific
characteristics and suitability of the products for a contractually agreed purpose,
any advice or information given regarding
the application, even if the advice or information is given to the best of our
knowledge, will be non-binding. Nor does
it relieve the buyer, either from his own
inspection, and if need be through a trial
processing. Furthermore, we are only liable
according to Chapter 1 of our General
Conditions for advice either given or rejected, which does not refer to the characteristics and use of the delivered product.
Only the current Technical Data Sheet that
can be downloaded from
www.zweihorn.com is valid. The validity of
previous Technical Data Sheets expires as
soon as a new version is published.
174
DIN 4102 – Fire Behaviour /
Flame Resistance
Flame-resistant varnishes according to
DIN 4102-B1 must be applied on tested
(in accordance with DIN 4102-B1) particle
boards, also veneered, in order to meet
the test criteria. On other surfaces, only
DIN 4102-B2 is considered as being met.
Strictly keep to the prescribed application
quantity. Classification of fire behaviour as
specified in DIN 4102 Part 1:
Material class A = incombustible
Material class B = combustible
Material class B1 = hardly inflammable
Material class B2 = normally inflammab.
Material class B3 = easily inflammable
This standard refers to building materials
and components for building purposes (e.
g. walls, ceilings, interior equipment,
stairs, etc.).
DIN 5510 – Preventive Fire Protection in
Railway Vehicles; Part 2: Combustion
Behaviour and Secondary Fire Effects
of Materials and Components
This standard includes the requirements
deemed necessary for the combustion behaviour and secondary fire effects (smoke
development and drop-forming capacity)
of materials and components used for the
construction of railway vehicles.
Solas 1974 and the IMO Resolution
A.653(16) – Hard-flammability in
Marine Engineering, as per the
“International Convention for the
Protection of Human Life on Sea”.
Three specimens to be tested each under
the following conditions:
Radiation intensity of 25 kW/m2
with existing ignition flame
without ignition flame
without ignition flame
Testing time shall be at least 10 minutes.
If the minimum light transmittance level is
reached during an exposition time of 10
minutes, the test shall be continued for 10
minutes more.
DIN 53160 Part 1 and 2 – Saliva
and Sweat Proofness
(for testing e.g. of children's toys)
Potential losing colour or penetration
dyeing (e.g. of stains under clear
varnishes) are tested here in contact with
saliva and sweat. At 40°C are applied for
two hours with filter paper soaked with
sweat. If no discoloration occurs, the
coating is deemed to be tested by DIN
53160 (saliva or sweat-proof).
EN 71-3 – European Standard –
Migration of Heavy Metals (for testing
e.g. of children's toys)
EN 71 Part 3 identifies the migration of
hazardous substances in coatings (heavy
metals like lead, chrome, cadmium,
barium, etc.). A digestion process is simulated by extraction, giving information on
the dissolved substances. Provable
elements extracted are determined in
quantity terms. The limits for hazardous
substances must not be exceeded.
DIN 68861 – Resistance of Furniture Surfaces
This extensive standard, consisting of several
sections, checks the effect of heat (dry and humid),
chemical load, scratch and abrasion resistance,
cigarette heat, etc.
Acc. to Part 1: Chemical Resistance
Load groups – classification:
1A = highest/most resistant group down to
1F = lowest/least resistant group
Example: Chemically curing varnish/hardener coatings achieve the load
class 1B. Varnishes that run dry physically/evaporating usually reach the load
class 1C. Testing is performed by 27 specimen substances, for instance beverages, solvents, acids, general household
detergents, etc.
Acc. to Part 2: Abrasion Resistance
Testing the abrasion resistance of varnished surfaces by so-called Taber-Abraser;
measuring the rotation speeds up to 50%
abrasion with defined abrasive paper.
2A = highest/most resistant group down to
2F = lowest/least resistant group
§ 31, Para. 1 – Food and Utilities Act
Varnishes bound for coating of wooden
surfaces of shop outfit in the food-area
shall be certified by an independent
institute for safety of use according to
§31, para. 1 of the Food and Utilities Act.
The test extends throughout three
segments:
Migration test
Examination of migrate quality and
quantity
Sensory test (gustatory test based on
DIN 10955).
The results of the examination are
recorded in a test certificate, and the
safety is certified if necessary. This test is
mandatory for the inside coatings of food
preservation.
www.zweihorn.com
Test standards for coating and glueing
of wood and wood materials
Fitness for sealing profiles according to
Rosenheim Guidelines
Testing methods to verify the interaction
between sealing profiles and paint coats.
Valuated are the adhesion, re-softening and
discoloration properties. The judgement
spectrum ranges from "good" to "poor".
Compatibility exists if all tested criteria are
classified as "good".
DIN 68930 – Requirements to the
Surfaces of Kitchen Furniture
Regarding the Resistance under
Changing Climatic Conditions
The resistance under changing climatic
conditions is determined by the cyclic test
in a climatic testing cabinet as described
in DIN 68930. The following cycle is
performed three times.
Cycle:
5h
Storage at 23 °C,
83 % relative humidity
14 h Storage at 40 °C,
24 h Storage at 23 °C,
The supporting material is an MDF board.
TÜV-Toxproof – The Label for LowEmission Paints
By the interaction of various hazardous
substances in closed rooms, there is a
danger that troubles like headaches, concentration problems, irritations of the respiratory organs are caused already in small
concentrations. As many of these hazardous substances may originate from furniture, the release of such hazardous matter
is examined by the TÜV Toxproof test. The
test criteria catalogue for furniture and any
related components and cured coatings on
them deals with the following criteria:
Formaldehyde content 0.05 ppm
after 28 days
Phenol content
14 µg/m3
Isocyanate content
0.1 µg/m3
Residual solvents/volatile 0.8 mg/m3
organic compounds (VOC)
Sum of all substances
DIN 53160
EN 71-3
Reduction of Bacterostatic Activity
Coatings based on bacterostatic activity
limit the growth of micro-organisms on
the smooth varnish surface. The silver
particles contained affect the exchange of
potassium ions and minimize the life of
the bacteria. The nano-silver particles
destroy the enzymes needed for oxygen
pickup and thus their DNS. For a human
being, the coating is not toxic and
therefore entirely safe.
www.zweihorn.com
Anti-Slip Properties acc. to BGR 181
and DIN 51130
For this test, the testing persons walk on
the flooring to be tested, with testing
shoes and defined rubber soles, the
flooring being covered with engine
lubricant. The inclination of the floor is
increased from a horizontal plane to an
angle of acceptance. The average total
acceptance inclination is classified in the
groups R9 to R13.
DIN EN 14257 (Watt 91) – Adherence
under Thermal Load
In many applications of glue and adhesive
engineering, it is of great interest to determine the thermal resistance of a joint. In
the woodworking industries, particularly in
the construction of windows, Watt 91 has
become the basic testing standard. This
standard specified the breaking load of
shear resistance at 80°C in N/mm2. The
recommended minimum requirements for
adhesive on laminated profiles, wedge
tenon joints and frame joints at windows
(acc. to ift Rosenheim, Guidelines for
Adhesives at Wood Windows) are:
Load group D4 or D3, acc. to DIN EN 204
Adhesion resistance Watt 91 > 7N/mm2.
WPS 68 – Heat Resistance
The test specimens fabricated by certain
methods are loaded by 400 g weights
suspended and placed in a recirculation
furnace pre-heated to 50°C. In intervals of
one hour each, the temperature is
incremented by 5°C and the number of
“fallen” specimens is noted. The evaluation and resultant test value thereof are
reflected by the number of degrees
indicated, e.g. WPS 68 (70-75 °C).
DIN EN 717-2 – Formaldehyde Emission
With this test, powdered adhesives are
examined for subsequent formaldehyde
emission. In DIN EN 717-2 the formaldehyde emission is tested by the gas
analysis method.
PILF-Seal – Function tested by the Testing
Institute for Varnishes/Pains, Cologne
DIN EN 204 – Water-Resistance of Thermoplastic
Adhesives
The procedure of DIN EN 204 and the preceding
exposure conditions are specified in EN 205. The
load classes D1-D2 classify the adhesives by
minimum shear resistances and by their behaviour
at humidity and water exposure.
D1 Inside environment, max. wood
humidity 15 %.
D2 Inside environment with occasional
short-time water or condensate
exposure and occasional increase
of wood humidity up to 18%.
D3 Inside environment with frequent,
short-time water exposure or high
humidity, in outdoor environment
where the adhesive gap is not exposed
to any direct weather effect.
D4 Inside environment with frequent longtime exposure to flowing water or
condensate. In outdoor environment
exposed to weather effect, but with
adequate surface protection.
DIN EN 12765 – Water-Resistance of ThermoSetting Plastic Adhesives
The procedure of DIN EN 12765 is as set forth in EN
205. The load classes C1-C4 classify the adhesives
by their minimum shear resistances and by their
behaviour under exposure to humidity and water.
C1 Inside environment, max. wood
humidity 15 %.
C2 Inside environment with occasional
short-time water or condensate
exposure and occasional increase
of wood humidity up to 18%.
C3 Inside environment with frequent
short-time water exposure or high air
humidity; outdoor environment where
the adhesive gap is not exposed to
direct weather influence.
C4 Inside environment with frequent longtime exposure of water or condensate
flow. Outdoor environment with
exposure to weather, but with
adequate surface protection.
175
Notes
176
www.zweihorn.com
www.zweihorn.com
177
Notes
178
www.zweihorn.com
General Sales and Delivery Conditions
of Akzo Nobel Deco GmbH for the
Legal Communication with Business Companies
I. General
1. These General Terms and Conditions apply only to transactions with merchants in the meaning of the Civil Code.
2. All supplies and services, including consultations, proposals
and other secondary services are given exclusively on the
basis of the following General Terms and Conditions. We will
expressly oppose any conditions not in conformity with these
General Terms and Conditions, especially any purchasing
conditions of customers and deny to accept these, unless
expressly agreed with us in writing before n.
3. By placing the order or accepting the service offered, the
purchaser accepts the validity of our General Terms and
Conditions, for the present and for all future transactions.
4. Agreements of any kind shall be made in writing for clarification and evidence.
5. For interpretation of commercial agreement formulae, the
Incoterms shall be valid in their current wording.
II. Conclusion of Contract
All of our orders are subject to change without notice, unless
expressly defined as binding. In this case, the contract is
made by the purchase order, unless we refuse the conclusion
of the contract by return of mail.
III. Shipment
1. Shipment will be ex works or ex-outdoor store, unless a
different agreement has been made (EXW). The way and
route of shipment shall be as selected by us, without
responsibility for the cheapest shipping method..
2. For purchases of more than 100 kg/l building varnishes
and/or building paints, shipment will be made different
from Section 1 - free station of purchaser (CPT).
IV. Delivery
1. Any delivery times indicated only represent the approximate delivery deadline, unless agreed otherwise. The day
of delivery shall be the day when the goods leave the
factory or the store; of the goods are not shipped, the
readiness for delivery shall suffice.
2. Reasonable part deliveries to the purchaser are acceptable.
If acceptance of part shipments have been agreed within a
certain period of time, the part shipments shall be distributed about uniformly throughout the period, unless something different has been agreed. The scheduled call deadlines shall not be surpassed by the purchaser by more than
one month.
3. Excessive deliveries or shortages common in industry are
permitted.
4. For special products, we are allowed to exceed or be short
of the delivery quantities agreed by 10% maximum, in
case this is reasonable for the purchaser. Ordered special
products must be taken by the purchaser, in so far the
refusal to take the products is excluded.
5. If the purchaser is in default of accepting the product, we
shall have the option either to send the products on
account of the purchaser or to hold them on store – outdoor, if not possible otherwise. In this case, we are not
liable to the failure, loss or damage of the products.
6. All delivery obligations are on reserve of self-delivery; at
non-delivery we are relieved from our delivery obligation.
7. Delivery disturbances owing to force majeure and based on
events whose cause is beyond our control – this also includes lawful strike and lockout for us or our suppliers and
sub-contractors, official decrees, etc. – our responsibilities
are not included, even if firm terms and deadlines have
been agreed. In this case, we are relieved from our duty to
fulfil, for the duration and the effect of disturbance. We are
entitled to withdraw completely or partly from the contract,
in terms of the unfulfilled part; however, from the delayed
part only if the performance of duties is beyond reason.
The purchase is, in terms of the not yet fulfilled part, entitled to cancel the contract, subject to granting a respite, if
the disturbance of delivery and performance lasts longer
than 2 months and the delivery of the purchased object is
no longer of interest to him. Further claims do not exist for
the purchaser, especially no damage claims.
8. If the delivery is performed in rented containers, these shall
be returned within 90 days after the receipt of the product,
voided from their contents and free of freight charge. Any
loss and damage of a rented container shall be on account
of the purchaser, in case he is responsible for it. Rented
containers shall not be used for other purposes or for
housing other products. They are bound for the transport of
the goods delivered. Inscriptions must not be removed.
9. One-way packages will not be taken back by us. Instead,
we will name the purchaser a third party who feeds the
packages to recycling according to the packing regulations.
V. Prices, Payment
1. Unless agreed otherwise in writing, our prices are exworks, exclusive value-added tax.
2. The weights, quantities and volumes determined by us are
valid for calculation, unless the purchaser opposes them
without delay, but not later than 14 days after reception.
3. Any costs incurring to the purchaser in the country, in conjunction with the contract, including taxes and fees, even if
they have been unknown on conclusion of the contract,
shall be on account of the purchaser.
4. Special products will be charged with an allowance on our
list prices (special product allowance).
5. Unless agreed otherwise, all payments shall be made
without any deductions to our bank accounts, within 30
days net or within 10 days with 2% discount after invoice
date. Deduction of discount for newer invoices is not permitted if there are any older invoices due at earlier dates.
6. Payments, also for bills and cheques, will be considered
as-paid after the sum concerned is credited on our
account. Bills and checks do not entitle to deduct any
discount. Bank, discount and collection expenses shall be
borne by the purchaser.
7. The punctuality of payment is based on the time of arrival
of the payment on our account.
8. In case the purchaser runs into default, all of our claims
from business transactions with the purchaser will become
due. The same applies if a bill is protested or a cheque is
not paid, or if insolvency of the purchaser must be feared.
We have an option to elect for pre-payment or security
allowances, on any pending supplies.
9. The purchaser is entitled to compensation or to assert
retaining rights only insofar as the counter-claim has been
legally determined or is approved by us.
VI. Retention of Title
1. We retain the title on any products delivered by us until the
purchaser has paid all of our receivables from the mutual
business relationship with us, including any existing
current account balances.
2. The purchaser is entitled to process, combine or mix our
products, in the scope of orderly business operations.
a) If our property is destroyed by processing, it is deemed
that the purchaser awards us a share of co-ownership corresponding to the ratio between the invoiced value and the
value of the new product, which the purchaser already now
transfers to us. The transfer required to procure the coownership is replaced by the agreement that the purchaser
retains the object for us or, if he does not own it, replaces
it by the right for recovering possession against the holder.
b) Insofar as our product is combined or mixed with the main
object of a third party, against payment, it is agree that the
purchaser already now assigns his redemption claims
against a third party up to the amount of the invoiced
value, to us for security purposes.
3. The purchaser is entitled to dispose of the products being
under reservation of ownership, in a normal transaction.
4. The purchaser already now assigns to us, for security
reasons, any claims including any secondary and security
rights from the goods sold up to the value of our co-ownership. The purchaser is entitled to collect the assigned
claims.
5. The purchaser may claim his rights as per sections 2 – 4
only as long as he meets his obligations against us from
this business relationship. The customer has no other
disposal rights on the objects in our reserved ownership or
co-ownership or on any claims assigned to us. The titles
will expire automatically if the purchaser ceases his
payments.
6. The purchaser is not entitled to pledging or assignment for
security of retained products and to assignment or pledging of receivables. The purchaser shall without delay
inform us about any legal limitations by third parties of the
objects belonging to us completely or partly. If the realization of our claims is jeopardized, the purchaser shall, on our
demand, inform his customers about the assignment and
to give us any information and documents required about
the status of the goods in our ownership and the claims
assigned to us.
7. If our retention of title loses its validity in a foreign country,
the purchaser shall be liable to give us security for our
claims, such security being effective according to the law
concerned and approaching the retention of title according
to German law as closely as possible.
8. If the value of our existing securities exceeds our total
claims by more than 20%, we shall on the purchaser’s
demand release securities at our options. For the valuation
of the securities, their realizable value (security value) shall
be decisive.
9. The purchaser undertakes to treat the products under
retention of title to us, with the care and diligence of a full
merchant, and to maintain them on his own account, to
insure them on his own account against loss and damage,
and to give evidence on the conclusion of such an insurance, on our demand. The purchaser already now assigns his
claims from this insurance to us, for security reasons.
VII. Claims of Defects
1. The products delivered shall be checked for defects, immediately on receipt. Missing quantities or other obvious
defects shall be complained within 8 days after receipt of
the products in writing, giving detailed information on the
reason of defect. Deficiencies discovered later shall be
complained about in writing, within the same period after
discovery.
2. On late complaint, the claims of defects shall be excluded.
3. The limitation period for damage claims is 1 year.
4. The damage claim is raised to our option on free repair or
replacement of the claimed product. In case the proposed
elimination of the defects fails, is missing or delayed for
reasons within our control, the purchaser shall be entitled
to withdraw from the contract or to reduce the price for the
product. The claim for damage replacement is excluded.
5. In case we have purchased the defective product from a
sub-vendor, we already now assign our defect claims to
the purchaser; we are liable only in subsidy. The purchaser
is obliged to claim against the sub-vendor with legal aid.
6. All information about our products, contained in our publications, is no guarantee for the quality condition of the product.
The quality, suitability, qualification and function as well as
the application purpose of our products are exclusively determined as per the relevant product descriptions on which the
sales agreements are based. In any case, there are common
deviations as permitted by the industry, unless something
different has been agreed in writing. Owing to the wide
variety of substrates and project conditions, the purchaser/
user will not be released from his responsibility to test our
materials for their suitability for the intended application
under the object conditions concerned, and to process them
in conformity to the current state-of-the-art.
VIII. Miscellaneous Responsibility
1. The responsibility for other contractual and extra-contractual damage at simple negligence is excluded, unless these
are damages based on an infringement of major objects of
legal protection like life and health or the infringement of
cardinal duties of the contract, or insurable damages the
insurance of which is within our reasonable control.
2. The responsibility for indirect damages is excluded.
3. Our responsibility for all legal reasons, whether contractual
or not, is limited in sum to the double purchase price.
4. The liability exclusions and limits are not applicable to wilful intention, to guarantees and in cases of mandatory
liability according to the Civil Code or the Product Liability
Code.
5. We are not responsible for any legal or financial damages
which the purchaser suffers owing to foreign patents or
foreign provisions of commercial protection against further
selling or further use of our products.
6. We are only secondarily liable for any products and
materials that we only distribute. Insofar we assign any
claims that we may have against the producer and/or prevendor to the purchaser.
IX. Application Consulting
Application proposals in word and writing are of unbinding
nature and do not constitute any legal relationship and no
secondary liability from the purchase contract. They do not
relieve the purchaser from his responsibility to check any
products supplied by us for their fitness to the intended
application.
X. Responsibility of the Purchaser
1. Application, use and processing of the products are beyond
our control and therefore are exclusively within the
purchaser’s responsibility.
2. The purchaser is obliged to relieve us from any damage
claims asserted by third parties, if he infringes their patent
protection when using or selling our products.
XI. Place of Venue and Jurisdiction, Applicable Law
1. The seat of the seller is the venue and place of jurisdiction.
The International responsibility of German courts is hereby
agreed. However, we are also authorized to assert our
claims also at the general venue of the customer. This
applies also to disputes in a document, bill of exchange or
cheque proceedings.
2. This contract is subject to German law. The application of
the „UN Purchasing Clause“ dated 11 April 1980 is hereby
excluded.
3. Should there be certain clauses of this contract or of the
General Terms and Condition that are or become
ineffective, this does not affect the validity of the remaining
clauses.
Vitalisstraße 198-226 · D-50827 Köln (Bickendorf)
Phone: +49 (0) 2 21 / 58 81-0 · Fax: +49 (0) 2 21 / 58 81-335
Werner-von-Siemens-Straße 11 · D-31515 Wunstorf
Phone: +49 (0) 50 31 / 9 61-0 · Fax: +49 (0) 50 31 / 9 61-274
Düsseldorfer Straße 96-100 · D-40721 Hilden
Phone: +49 (0) 21 03 / 77-800 · Fax: +49 (0) 21 03 / 77-475
Zweihorn® Product Catalogue 2009
9 DS 01
Zweihorn Division
Düsseldorfer Straße 96-100 · 40721 Hilden
Postfach 10 05 22 · 40705 Hilden/DEUTSCHLAND
Phone: +49 (0) 21 03 / 77-800 · Fax: +49 (0) 21 03 / 77-475
www.zweihorn.com · E-Mail: [email protected]
Token fee 25 €
Product Catalogue

Zweihorn

Transcription

Similar documents

EcoFire Wood Briquettes Leaflet copy

Hertco Express 20-DoorStyles_062013-A.indd

BANGKI-OIL

Balloon - Ultra Furniture Warehouse

Product Cut-Sheet

aquanett - Owatrol

Collection - Custom Made Wood Doors

Description The property comprises a single storey

Warranty Info